Home

Isadora Manual v1.3 08-19-2013

1. ABCD r t A space a double quote an A B C or D a carriage return or a tab A abc 24M 0 Anything except a hyphen a b c space 2 4 M N O or tab Isadora Manual 191 Data Input Elements byte_set A byte_set is similar in spirit to a character set except you specify 2 digit hexadecimal numbers instead of characters You can separate individual values with spaces or commas whichever you prefer they are treated the same These appear in curly braces Here are some examples in single curly braces but double curly brace syntax also uses these To invert the set specify a caret as the first character 00 01 The bytes 0 or 1 OA OD 10 The bytes OA OD or 10 hex 03 08 FO FF The bytes 03 to 08 or FO to FF A 30 39 Anything except the bytes 30 to 39 hex A30 39 Same as above just showing that you can leave out the spaces Data Input Elements bitfields Frequently devices with binary formatted data pack multiple values into a single integer covering only a few bytes You can use bitfield elements to specify such bitfields and optionally assign the values of certain fields to output parameters Bitfields are slightly different than the other elements in that the parameter assignment rules described in the following section do not apply Instead multiple parameters may be specified in a single bitfield element For more information on how to define actor output parameters for the other el
2. Speed The Stage Preview Control must read data back from your graphics card using OpenGL The performance impact of using this control can vary greatly depending on the video card you are using Resolution The resolution of the Stage Preview Thumbnail Resolution Stage Preview image is Set in the Stage tab of the Preferences Here you determine the actual resolution of the image that is shown in the Stage Preview By default the resolution is low to ensure that computers with older graphics cards don t experience performance problems But on more recent computers you can increase this value to something like 320x240 without a significant performance hit 80 by en pixels max Compatibility We have seen issues when testing with some Stage Preview Mode Compatible D older graphics cards because Isadora Manual 462 of their OpenGL driver implementation If you experience crashes when using the Stage Preview control then switch the Stage Preview Mode in the Video tab of the Preferences to Compatible This mode is slower than the Faster modes but should work on almost any card Settings Dialog Control Title Width Height Font Style Font Size Border Size Stage Keep Aspect Border Color Refresh FPS Stage Preview 1 CG ER Geneva EG Bold l Italic Underline E mo F Cancel OK Control Properties Isadora Manual Control Title The title used to identify this con
3. 1 2 3 4 5 06 1 Manuf amp Driver Versions ATI Technologies Inc 2 1 ATI 1 6 42 Packed Pixels Standard Rectangular Textures Native YUV BGRA Mode Multisampling Extension Pixel Buffer Objects Video Input Settings z Load Save All Settings When Starting Stopping Live Input Enabling this feature restores and saves every setting shown in the Video and Sound Input Settings e g gain hue sample rate etc when starting and stopping live input Note that starting and stopping live input may take noticeably longer External Video Output Stage To Mirror Stage 1 B _ Disable External Video Output FreeFrame Plugin Directory v Use Default Path Path Library Application Support FreeFrame Quartz Composer Plugin Load Options vi Load System Patches System Library Compositions vi Load Library Patches Library Compositions v Load User Patches Library Compositions AE e _ a Video Image Processing Default Resolution v1 1 The Default Resolution determines the resolution of a video stream when no other reference is available There are two general situations when the Default Resolution setting comes into play First when an actor generates video and has no video inputs to determine what the resolution should be e g the Video Noise actor For these actors the output resolution will always be forced to the Default Resolution setting Second when actors with one or more video inputs have on
4. Allows you to flip the video image horizontally vertically or both e Freeze Allows you to freeze the incoming video stream e Gaussian Blur Blurs the incoming video stream Be cautious with the size parameter values above 8 can cause Isadora to run very slowly sometimes to the point where you might think that it has crashed s HSL Adjust Adjusts the hue saturation and or luminance brightness of the video image e MiultiVid Produces numerous copies of the source video you can select the number of copies across and down independently e Panner Allows you to pan up and down or left and right within the source vide stream It does this by defining an area that is a subset of the source video and then moving that area around The actor gives visual feedback of what portion of the source video you are seeing e Shimmer Produces dust like trails of pixels on moving imagery e Slit Scan Copies a single line from the source image and scrolls that out either horizontally or vertically Named after the technique invented by Douglas Trumbull for the final sequence of 2001 A Space Odyssey Works best with slowing moving source imagery e Spinner Allows you to rotate and zoom the source image e The Edge Edge detection algorithm makes a highly digital look on high contrast video imagery e Video Delay Delays the incoming video image by passing it through a number of buffers bucket brigad
5. Character to Number Character to Number a input A p23 output Converts the first character of the input text to it s decimal equivalent Input Property e input The text whose first character will be converted to a number Output Property e output Outputs the decimal value of the first character of the text received in the input Chop Pixels v1 1 video in video out horz res max vert res max E force 4 3 horz ctr vert ctr Crops a video stream outputting it at a new resolution Chop Pixels will take an incoming video stream and crop it to s a specified horizontal and vertical resolution This can be useful in a number of situations perhaps most notably when you have a high resolution still image e g 1200x900 and you want to see only a portion of the image e g 320x240 You may also pan within the larger image using the horz ctr and vert ctr inputs IMPORTANT It is bad practice to use Chopper to scale images to a different size instead use the Panner or Zoomer actor The reason for the inefficiency stems from the fact that when Isadora tries to combine two images of differing resolutions it will scale one to match the other as specified by the Video Image Processing setting in the Video Tab of the Preferences To get best efficiency when using Isadora you want to keep all of the video streams the same resolution Input Properties e video in The source video stream e horz res max Sp
6. Once you are done linking controls to actors you can choose Controls gt Show Actor Control Split again to hide the actors and only show the Control Panel To link an Actor output property to a Control While controls are most commonly linked to actor inputs sometimes you may want to link a control to an output so that you can monitor some changing value in the Control Panel To link a control to an actor output do the following e Ifthe Control Panel is not currently visible choose Controls gt Show Controls Isadora Manual 109 e Ensure that Controls gt Show Actor Control Split is turned on has a checkmark If it does not choose it now e Click in the Control ID shown at the top right of the control and drag the mouse A red line will track your mouse as you do e Move the mouse to the output of the actor to which you want to link it and release the mouse e Once you have done this a small link indicator will appear to the right of the output showing the Control ID linked to that output movie video out visible trigger speed loop end position position play start play length loop enable volume pan snd out into ram Once you see the link indicator you know that whenever a control with that Control ID changes value this input property will see that change and automatically set its value appropriately e Note that if you want the control to track the value of the input property when it is chan
7. 3 etc You should repeat these instructions for each video projector e For both Vista and XP you should ensure that the Extend the desktop onto this computer check box is checked Isadora e Follow the instructions on page 126 under the heading Stage Preferences to configure the Isadora so that the stages will appear on the video projector s you have just configured Projectors in Performance Two Critical Tips And now two tips that you ll be glad you followed should there be an unexpected problem during your show TIP 1 Set your desktop background to black Should the unthinkable happen and you were to experience a crash or other problem during a show you can be certain the audience will immediately know something has gone wrong if your desktop background appears Both Windows and Mac allow you to choose a picture as your desktop background So create a black picture in your favorite picture editing software and select it as your desktop background consult the documentation for your operating system to learn how to do this TIP 2 Set the default projector background to black Similarly if you were to accidently disconnect the cable between your computer and the video projector the appearance of a giant blue screen will also serve to alert your audience that something has gone wrong Especially if as is often the case the video projector displays the words NO SIGNAL Most video projectors will all
8. Button 05 vi O USB Joystick Button 06 E W o USB Joystick Button 07 _ W o USB Joystick Button 08 SSS Wl o USB Joystick X S Won USB Joystick Y E 3 Most often you will want to keep the Ignore Mouse option turned on otherwise movements of your mouse will add items to the list If you need to take input from the mouse turn this option off 4 Turn on the Auto Detect Input option 5 Touch the sensors or click the switches on the HID device from which you wish to receive input As you do a new item will appear in the list for each input on the device Please note that all inputs register with a Port number of 0 Sorting HID Inputs and Renumbering Ports Isadora allows you to automatically sort and renumber your HID input list To sort and renumber your list 1 Choose Communications gt Stream Setup 2 Click on the Stream Select popup menu and choose the HID option Isadora Manual 183 3 Click the Sort List button to order the HID input list alphabetically 4 To manually number the port associated with an HID input click the Port text box to the left of the HID input and type a number This port number will be used to uniquely identify this particular input To use the HID Listener actor to receive a message from this HID input specify the matching port number 5 To automatically renumber the ports click the Renumber Ports button Only port numbers that are currently not in use within this list
9. Input Properties e color The input color whose component values are to be converted Output Properties e hue The hue of the input color e saturation The saturation of the input color brightness The brightness of the input color Color to RGB Converts a color input to its individual red green and blue component values Input Properties e color Takes the color input from a color actor Output Properties e red outputs the red component value of the color received at the color input e green outputs the green component value of the color received at the color input e blue outputs the blue component value of the color received at the color input Isadora Manual 254 Colorizer video out Adjusts a video stream s color by increasing or decreasing the red green and or blue components of that stream The red green and blue input properties can be individually adjusted from 100 to 100 a negative setting reduces the amount of that particular color a positive setting increases it Some examples Original Red 0 Red 100 Green 25 Green 50 Blue 100 Blue 0 Properties e hue The hue of the color ranging from 0 to 360 degrees Values to achieve some of the primary colors are Red 0 Yellow 60 Green 120 Aqua 180 Blue 240 Purple 300 Red 360 e saturation The purity of the color 100 results in a pure color lower values add more white to the color moving it t
10. Isadora Manual 173 Associating a Physical Input Port to an Isadora MIDI Input Port If you want to receive MIDI input from a particular port on your MIDI interface do the following 1 Choose an unused Isadora MIDI Input port to receive the MIDI data from Port 1 through Port 6 2 Click on the popup menu to the right of that port name under the heading Inputs 3 In the popup menu you will see a list of physical input ports available on your MIDI interface Choose the physical input to which your MIDI device is connected and release the mouse r 8 O 0 None tup iniii 7 MTP Port 1 E MTP Port 2 Port 1 x MTP Port A Port 2 MTP Port 5 1 Port 3 MTP Port 6 B MTP Port 7 Port 4 MTP Port 8 ia MTP Net Port ina Port 5 MTP Adat Port bi Port 6 MTP Sync Port D3 isadora Virtual Out 4 Choose Windows gt Show Status to show the Status Window Have your MIDI device send data to the input port e g if you have a MIDI keyboard press keys on the keyboard If everything is working correctly you should see one of the indicators associated with the port you chose in Step 1 blink as the MIDI data comes in If you are not receiving any MIDI data check the following 1 Ensure that you have connected the MIDI Out of your device to the MIDI In of your physical interface and that the MIDI cable is in working order 2 If your MIDI interface has an indicator that shows when MIDI data is being r
11. Loop Calculator type loop dur media file SA rate trigger Calculates a play length percentage for a specific movie or sound based on the tempo measured at the trigger input The Loop Calculator is useful when you want the play length 1 e loop length of a Movie or Sound player to match the beat of music you are hearing Typically one would connect the output of a Keyboard Watcher to the trigger input and tap the beat of the music using the computer keyboard Input Properties e type Specifies the media type of the file to be controlled Can be either movie or sound e media file Specifies the number of the media file for which the loop will be calculated as shown in the Media Window When the type input is set to Isadora Manual 315 movie then this is the number of a movie file when set to sound it is the number of a sound file e rate The playback rate of the media file The default setting is 1 0 If the media file that you intend to loop plays at a rate other than 1 0 you should adjust this setting to match that found in the Movie or Sound Player actor Otherwise the duration of the loop will not be calculated correctly e trigger Trigger this input to measure the tempo of the music being heard and calculate the loop duration You can connect any trigger output to this input but a typical usage would have this input connected to the output of a Keyboard Watcher actor so that the computer
12. Note that to play two sounds simultaneously they must be on different channels restart Starts playing the sound from the beginning of the play segment speed The speed of the movie from 10 to 10 times normal speed The default setting is 1 0 which plays the movie forward at normal speed 0 5 would play the movie forward at half speed 2 0 plays the movie forward at twice normal speed Negative values play the movie in reverse volume Sets the volume of the Movie s sound track if one is present Expressed as a percentage of the sound track s normal volume pan Controls the panning of the sound from 0 to 100 0 is left 100 is right 50 is center play start Determines the starting point of the play segment the portion of the movie that will play as a percentage of the movie s total length ranging from 0 to 100 play length Determines the length of the play segment the portion of the movie that will play as a percentage of the movie s total length ranging from O to 100 loop enable If this property is turned off the play segment will play once each time the Sound Player s Scene is activated or when its restart property receives a trigger If this property is turned on once the sound starts playing it will continue by looping back to the start of the play segment when the end of that segment is reached crossfade When set to a value greater than zero and when the loop enable property is turned on cro
13. Paths that do not begin in this way are considered to be partial path names specified relative to the location of the Isadora document that contains this actor e video in The video stream that will be mapped on to the 3D mesh If no video stream is connected to this input the object will be rendered as a white rectangle e stage The stage on which the image will be rendered e visible Makes the image visible or invisible e layer Determines the order in which layers will be drawn Lower numbers are drawn first and higher numbers are drawn last This means that a higher numbered actor will be drawn in front of a lower numbered one blend The blend mode determines how the image will be rendered When set to additive the image is added to the background objects lower intensity settings reduce the brightness of the image When set to transparent lower intensity values make the object more transparent allowing you to see more of the objects underneath When set to opaque lower intensity values will fade the image to black but the object always obscures background objects e intensity Depending on the setting of the blend input this functions determines the brightness or transparency of the objects from O to 100 Higher values are lighter or more opaque lower values are darker or more transparent e render back When turned on both the front and back of the mesh will be rendered with the video mage Otherwise onl
14. Then you would broadcast values to it from one or Matrix Value Send actors in subsequent Scenes Each Matrix Value Send actor specifies a list of values and each of these can be sent to one or more of the Matrix Value Receive actor s input channels Consider the following Matrix Value Send actor Isadora Manual 319 Matrix Value Send port master bump values channets 1 value 1 channels 2 value 2 channels 3 value 3 The values input has been set to 3 giving us three channel value pairs The first channels 1 value 1 sends the value 50 to input channels 1 and 5 on the associated Matrix Value Receive actor listening on port 1 The second sends the value 100 to input channel 2 and the final one sends 75 to channel 10 The Matrix Value Receive actor does the work of receiving the values on its input channels and mapping them to the output channels One of the Matrix Value Receive actor s key features is that it will mix values coming from multiple Scenes based on the intensity of the source Scene To understand why this is important consider the following scenario In the first Scene we have a Matrix Value Send actor sending a value of 100 on channel 1 In the second another MVS actor sends the value 25 to channel 2 Currently the first scene is active and so the output value for channel 1 is 100 Then we use a Jump actor to do a cross fade from the first scene to the second over 10 seconds Because the Matrix Value Recei
15. You have the option of showing a thumbnail the movie s title or both in the Movie Picker If all of the files that you have chosen for the picker cannot fit within the control s area then you may optionally display scroll arrows tabs or both so that you can navigate through all of the possible movies To prepare this control to be used you must first select the movies that it will display To do this select the control and choose Controls gt Control Specific Options The following dialog will appear Isadora Manual 464 Select Media Objects blowing sheet bubbling water bubbling water cu bubbling water invert dawn in door dawn milk dawn mummy dawn red mummy 0 dawn red mummy 2 12 rain 14 train 1 16 windmill pullback 17 blowing sheet 18 bubbling water 19 bubbling water cu 20 bubbling water invert Ce BEER SSES L e J In it you will find listed all of the movies currently in the Media Window To include a movie in the picker click on it to select it Use shift click to select a group of movies or cmd click to toggle the selection of an individual movie You may also click the Select All button to select all of the movies or Select None to deselect all of them Once you the movies that you want the picker to display are selected click OK Settings Dialog Control Settings Width 32 Height 16 Font Geneva 2
16. h mag pos 2 v mag pos 2 track 3 h mag pos 3 v mag pos 3 track 4 h mag pos 4 v mag pos 4 Creates a 3D Mosaic from an incoming video stream allowing control over the number of tiles number of vertexes per tile and scaling and magnification of the tiles Input Properties e video in The video stream to used to create the mosaic e stage The stage on which the mosaic will be rendered Isadora Manual 203 e visible When turned on the mosaic is rendered to the stage When turned off the system is not rendered which also reduces the processor load e layer Determines the order in which this actor will be rendered in relation to any other 3D actors in the scene other 3D Projectors 3D Player 3D Quad Distort etc Higher numbered layers are in front of lowered numbered layers i e they are drawn last e blend Determines the opacity of the mosaic in conjunction with the intensity input When set to additive the image is added to the background image lower intensity settings reduce the brightness of the image When set to transparent lower intensity values make the object more transparent allowing you to see more of the mosaic and or images underneath When set to opaque lower intensity values will fade the image to a black background that obscures the background image e intensity Sets the brightness or transparency of the image from O to 100 See blend input for a complete description e render back
17. t give just the right results because they only provide linear ramping The Isadora Manual 261 Curvature actor can help you get the results you desire by scaling numeric values along a curve that you define NOTE that you can click on the small yellow and green boxes in the actor s icon to adjust the shape of the curve It is probably easier to get what you re looking for this way as opposed to typing values into the various input properties Input Properties value in The value to be scaled min The minimum value of the scaled output max The maximum value of the scaled output X1 the horizontal coordinate of the first control point Y1 the vertical coordinate of the first control point X2 the horizontal coordinate of the second control point Y2 the vertical coordinate of the second control point Output Properties value out The scaled value Data Array lines cur line value 1 value 1 TE recall erase add index insert replace delete The Data Array actor allows you to create a list of data with each line in the list made up of one or more numeric values You may recall lines from the list add or insert new items or remove or recall existing lines The data may be stored on disk in a standard tab separated text file that may be exported from or imported into other applications We refer to the vertical and horizontal dimensions of the list using the terms lines and items For i
18. 13 The DefaultOutputUnit s active property controls the entire change of audio actors connected to that output unit Change this property to off you will see that all sound will stop Change it back to on and both sound files will start playing again 14 Now try changing the active property of both AUAudioFilePlayers You will see that you can use this property to start or stop the sound file playback independently As you can see using the CoreAudio filters to perform real time manipulation of sound is very much like using the video filters that have been part of Isadora since the beginning Spatialized Sound Tutorial CoreAudio offers the ability to spatialize sound that is to move it in and around the space between your speakers Using the previous tutorial as an example Note that if your default audio output as specified in the Audio MIDI Setup application is stereo i e two speakers the AUMixer3D will simulate movement Isadora Manual 161 of the sound in three dimensions this 1s best experienced with headphones If you have more than two outputs e g a quadraphonic speaker setup AUMixer3D will spatialize the sound within the field of that speaker configuration 1 Click on Audio in the Toolbox Filter to show only audio actors in the Toolbox 2 Add two AUAudioFilePlayer actors to the scene Set the sound input of both actors to the number in the Audio Files Bin of the sounds you want to play 3 To th
19. A rectangle is green when it is selected otherwise it is yellow After adding a new rectangle or selecting an existing one the Rectangle Inspector will appear at the bottom of the dialog This allows you to adjust the size and position of the rectangle numerically You can also move the currently selected rectangle using the arrow keys or resize it by using the arrow keys while simultaneously holding down the shift key Note that when a rectangle is selected the DMX channels that will be sent to the LanBox are shown to the right of the Channel Range prompt at the bottom right of the inspector The base channel is determined by the setting of the chan offset input property of the LanBox RGB Out actor The total number of channels to be transmitted from a particular rectangle will equal the width times the height times 3 W x H x 3 So a 4 x 3 rectangle will send 36 channels total Isadora Manual 308 For example let s say we have two rectangles one that is 4 x 3 pixels 36 channels total another that is 10 x 1 30 channels total and that the chan offset input of the actor is set to 50 The first rectangle will broadcast its RGB values to LanBox channels 51 86 The second rectangle would broadcast to LanBox channels 87 116 You may also choose average all of the pixels under a rectangle down to three channels i e a single RGB value To do this check the Average to Three Channels check box when a rectangle is sel
20. Determines the minimum of the step between values When Step is set to zero this setting has no effect When set to a value greater than zero the control value will step by this amount as it goes from the Minimum Value to the Maximum Value For example if the minimum is set to 1 maximum is set to 10 and step is set to 1 the slider will have 10 discrete steps 1 2 3 8 9 10 Setting step to 1 may be the most common setting as it allows you to send only integer values Oe no numbers after the decimal point if desired Note however that counting starts at the value given by the Minimum Value setting If you set minimum to 1 5 and maximum to 10 5 in the example just given the 10 steps would be 1 5 2 5 3 5 10 5 e Display Value When this box is checked the slider will display its value as a number Vertical sliders display this number at the bottom Horizontal sliders display the number to the right e Display Format Determines how the number is formatted when the Display Value parameter is turned on There are three choices 123 123 4 or 123 45 The first displays no decimal point the second one number after the decimal point and the third displays two If Display Value is turned off this setting has no effect e Color Sets color of the slider The color you choose will be the color of the indicator the background of the slider will be a darker shade of the same color To change the color click on the colored box A Co
21. ES Font Helvetica ES Style v Bold italic Underline Font Size 12 Horiz Alignment center i Vert Alignment mide lt 1 Color ES Cancel oK Control Properties Isadora Control Title The title used to identify this control Width The width of the monitor Height The height of the monitor Font This setting has no effect for the Monitor control Bold Italic Underline These settings have no effect for the Monitor control Font Size This setting has no effect for the Monitor control Show Value of Linked Properties This setting has no effect for the control Actor Control ID To see the video coming out of a particular actor set its Control Link to match the Control ID specified here Note that if more than one actor s video output is linked to this Monitor you may get unpredictable flashing images Border Size The width of the border around the monitor display specified in pixels Refresh FPS Determines how fast the Monitor image is updated It takes a certain amount of processor power to scale the video image to fit into the Manual 456 Monitor control To reduce the amount of processor power consumed by this control set this number to a value less than 30 Number Allows the user to enter a numeric value By linking this control to a video out port of an actor you can monitor the video at that point in the Scene Settings Dialog Control Settings Co
22. The Control Watcher can look for a specific controller message or a range of messages depending on the setting of the input property values When a message meeting all of the criterion specified by input properties is seen the values associated with that message are sent out of the output ports and a trigger is sent out of the trigger output Input Properties port Specifies the MIDI Port on which the message must arrive to be seen These port numbers correspond to the ports shown in the MIDI Setup dialog You may specify a single port or a range of ports channel Specifies the MIDI Channel on which the message must be received before it will seen by this watcher from 1 to 16 You may specify a single port or a range of ports controller Specifies the controller number or range of controller numbers that will be seen from O to 127 value Specifies the controller value or range of values that will be seen from 0 to 127 Isadora Manual 258 Note that for a Control Change message to be seen by this watcher its values must fall within the range of values for specified by all four of the input properties Output Properties When this watcher sees a Control Change message that falls within the range of values specified by all of the input properties the following values are sent out of the outputs e port The MIDI Port on which the message arrived e channel the message s MIDI Channel e controller the message s controller
23. To help you visualize what frequencies the actor will see a graph of the current pass band is drawn in the center of the actor The min level input property sets the level above which the Sound Frequency Watcher will see the audio input Whenever the level is above min level values the energy values will be sent to the energy output You can use the energy output as continuous control input to other actors Note that when you set the min level property to a value greater than zero the value at the output is scaled so that as the input level varies between the minimum level and 100 the output will vary between O and 100 E g if you set the minimum to 50 and the incoming audio level is 66 7 one third of the way between 50 and 100 the output value will be 33 4 one third of the way between O and 100 The trig level input property determines when the trig output will send a trigger Each time the output level goes above these minimums a trigger will be sent out of the trig output This allows you to trigger events based on the energy of the sound at the specified frequency Input Properties e channel The live audio input channel that will be measured See the Live Capture Settings window on Page 170 for more information on configuring live capture e frequency The center frequency to be monitored specified in Hz Used in combination with the freq width and freq slope inputs e freq width Specifies the width of the
24. When turned off an image is rendered on the front side of each mosaic tile only This means if you rotate the mosaic the tiles will be invisible because you are viewing them from the back When turned on the image is rendered on both the front and back side ensuring that it is visible from any viewing angle e vertices The number of vertices in the object A value of 3 draws a triangle 4 draws a square 5 draws a pentagon etc Higher values will approximate a circle e vertex rot The rotation of the object s vertices around the center of the mosaic use this to spin the object e cols The number of columns across in the mosaic e rows The number of tiles down the mosaic e h space The horizontal spacing between each tile e v space The vertical spacing between each tile e x y z rotation Rotates the image around its x y or Z axis e x y z translate Translates the image along the x y or z axis e trk atk ris Determines how quickly the modulation level will rise or fall when a track input is turned on or off Lower values are slower e vy mag size The size of the magnification area that will be influenced by a track coordinate e vmag z amt The amount of translation along the z axis at each track coordinate e v mag zoom The zoom of magnification at each track coordinate e track 1 2 3 4 When true the corresponding h mag pos and v mag pos are tracked e h mag pos 1 2 3 4 The horizontal coordinate that wil
25. a thumbnail preview of the live video stream should appear above the box labeled Channel 1 If you don t see live video in the Channel 1 box it probably means that you are using a capture device with a composite video input and that the camera is not connected properly Ensure that the cable between to your camera iand the Isadora Manual 39 capture device is securely attached Then click the Stop Live Capture button followed by the Start Live Capture Button to try again If you see the video thumbnail you ve verified you have live input coming into Isadora Then create a new file by choosing File gt New Drag the Video In Watcher and Projector actors into the Scene Editor Then connect the video out output of the Video In Watcher to the video in input of the Projector actor You re patch should look something like this e The link between the modules should be green indicating that video is flowing from one to the other Now choose Output gt Show Stages to show the stage window You should see the video from your camera or other video source on the stage In subsequent tutorials we will use a movie as a video source because it is something that every Isadora user will be able to try Just remember that video ts video is video in Isadora regardless of its source you can try using live input instead of prerecorded video in any tutorials where it seems appropriate or interesting Tutorial 5
26. behind it As the intensity approaches zero the image will become more and more transparent allowing you to see through to the images below The opaque blend mode means the image s rectangle 1s always opaque So as the intensity approaches zero you will see a black rectangle on top of any images rendered behind it Isadora Manual 64 Optimizing for Speed There are many factors that influence Isadora s video processing speed including the speed and type of your processor amount of RAM installed on your computer hard disk speed the format in which the video files are stored and several other factors This section details several tips to help you get the very fastest frame rates from Isadora Tip 1 When it comes to speed the three most important hardware considerations are the CPU Graphics Card GPU and the Hard Drive CPU It is always the case that higher CPU frequencies are better At this time a dual core 2 GHz processor would be the minimum one would want to consider for serious work when working with higher resolution video Multiple core machines can also boost performance When using the standard movie players and video processing actors and FreeFrame 1 0 effects the video processing is done by the CPU In this case CPU speed is the top consideration when it comes to speed Graphics Card GPU The importance of the graphics card will depend on the version of Isadora you are using As mentioned above
27. captures at the size specified by the Set Custom Capture Size dialog See page 168 for more information e trigger Starts or stops live capture based on the setting of the function input property Capture To Disk Start or stop recording the current live capture input video and or audio to disk The Capture To Disk actor allows you to start or stop recording the current capture input to your computer s hard drive as a QuickTime movie After capture is completed the newly recorded movie will appear in the Media Window so that you can play it using any of the Movie Player actors For more information on how to use this actor see the section Capturing Video and Audio To Disk on Page 170 Properties e channel determines which live capture channel will be affected by this actor See the Live Capture Settings window on Page 170 for more information on configuring live capture e function Determines the action taken start start recording to disk stop stop recording to disk e movie Determines where the recorded movie will appear in the Media Window When this property is set to add then the newly recorded movie will be added after the last movie currently in the Media Window When this property is set to a number then the movie currently at that location in the Media Window will be replaced by the new movie e trigger Starts or stops recording based on the setting of the function input property Isadora Manual 246
28. e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The exploded image video in tracking columns hit col rows hit row threshold row col chg inverse enter smoothing exit watch col brightness watch row obj ctr h monitor obj ctr v ctr offset h ctr offset v obj sie obj velocity Tracks the position of an object in a video stream based on its brightness The Eyes actor will report the location of the brightest object in the video stream based on its location in a grid superimposed upon that video stream It will also report the size of the object and its velocity De speed of movement The rows and columns inputs determine the size of a grid As each frame arrives Eyes analyzes the image looking for the grid coordinate that is brighter than all the others It then reports the position of that object To help you configure the Eyes inputs turn on the monitor input When you do a miniature monitor window will appear in the center of the actor The red crosshairs show the center of the object and the yellow rectangle shows the bounding box of the object as it is tracked Isadora Manual 281 Because displaying the monitor consumes some of your CPU speed you should turn it off once you have configured eyes to your satisfaction You may optionally set a grid location to be watched
29. i e in a lower layer When the brightness of the mask is a shade of gray you will see a mix of the original video stream and previously rendered images how much of the background you will see is based on the mask s brightness When the mask is light you will see more of the foreground where it is dark you will see more of the background Below are examples foreground background and mask image and the result of combining them through the alpha mask See the section Compositing with the Projector on Page 140 for more information on taking advantage of these features Input Properties e video the video stream into which the alpha channel will be embedded e mask a video stream that will become the alpha mask This stream does not have to be in grayscale but it will be converted to a grayscale image before it is embedded into the source video stream e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out the video stream into which the alpha channel has been embedded Isadora Manual 229 All Notes Off All Notes Off Lem md a i E all notes of ch Sends a MIDI Note Off message to all currently sounding notes on all MIDI Output Ports Isadora keeps track of what how many Note On messages have been sent to each MIDI channel on each MIDI Output Port so that it only sends the
30. out 2 out 3 etc outputs of this actor are mutable They will all change their data type to match the first link made to the input or to any of the outputs For more on mutable inputs or outputs please Mutable Inputs and Outputs on page 84 Router can be especially useful when you want to feed video streams to multiple effects Typically you would connect a video effect Actor to each output and then connect all of their outputs to a Projector Actor Since data only goes to one effect at a time only one of the effects is actually processing video at any given moment saving on processing power And because only one video effect at a time outputs video this means that you can connect all of the effects outputs to a single Projector without worrying output seeing interspersed frames of video on the stage Input Properties e select Chooses the output to which data arriving at the in input will be routed e outputs Specifies the number of outputs Increasing this number adds more outputs reducing it removes outputs e in Receives the data to be routed to one of the outputs Output Properties s out 1 out 2 etc The number of outputs is specified by the outputs input property Data from the in input will be routed to the output number specified by the select input property Scale Value value Yeo output scale Multiplies the input value by a specified percentage limiting the output to a range of O to 100 In
31. pic QuickTime Image qtif Windows Bitmap bmp Photoshop Documents psd Isadora Manual 71 TIFF tif Graphics Interchange Format gif PNG png SGI Image Files sgi Mac Paint PNTG Targa Image Files TPIC 3D Object Meshes 3D Studio Max 3ds Importing Media To import one or more media references using a File Selector dialog e Choose Windows gt Show Media to show the Media Window Initially it will look like this an A Untitled Media X ES Re di AudioFiles e Choose File gt Import Media A file selection dialog will appear e Or control click MacOS or right click Windows to show a pop up menu From that menu choose Import Media e Select the file you want to open by clicking on it and then click Open If you like you may shift click to select several files they can be of different types and then click Open To import one or more media references using Drag and Drop e Select the file or files you want to import in the Finder MacOS or in from the Explorer Windows e Drag the files over the Media Window Its outline will highlight to indicate that it is ready to receive files If the group of files you have selected contain a file type that Isadora cannot read i e not a Movie Sound File MIDI file or Picture then no highlighting will appear e Release the mouse button to import the files All of the files you have selected will be imported into Is
32. required to register your copy of Isadora Keep this email in a safe place as you will need it to generate future registrations The information in the email will look like this User Name Isadora Duncan Serial Number ISM 99999 Password lucky meter Registrations Remaining 3 This key is very important Please print an offline copy so that you can access it in an emergency Isadora Manual 21 Follow these steps to register your copy of Isadora e Ensure you are logged in as the administrator of your computer e Run your copy of Isadora by double clicking its icon e Choose Edit gt Registration The License Agreement will be displayed click Agree to accept the terms of the license agreement Then the following dialog box will appear Isadora Registration To register Isadora on this computer you will need the user name password and serial number given in the email you received after purchasing the program Enter all information exactly as shown in the email capitalization counts if you are connected to the Internet enter the requested information below and click the Generate via Web Page button to create a registration code via your web browser User Name Isadora Duncan Password lucky meter Serial Number ISM 99999 Machine ID 808643E0 Generate Registration Code via Web Page If your computer is not connected to the Internet write down the Machine ID shown above and tak
33. slowly but will also speed up the middle or cruise phase of the ramp e max delta The maximum rate of change of the output value per second When this value is greater than zero and if the rate of change limit is reached the total duration of the ramp may be greater than specified in the duration input Isadora Manual 273 pause Trigger this input to pause the ramp at the current position resume Trigger this to resume the ramp from the current position after pausing trigger Starts ramping the output from the start x y coordinate to the end x y coordinate as specified by the duration curvature and max delta parameters Output Properties out x The x output of the ramp out y The y output of the ramp moving Turns on when a ramp begins and then off when the ramps is complete complete Sends a trigger when the end coordinates have been reached Effect Mixer Effect Mixer rgb in 1 rgb out rgb in 2 mode x bypass Combines two video streams using various mathematical operations The operations available are addovr add with overflow Adds the colors of both streams together without limiting the result addmax add with limit maximum Adds the colors of both streams together limiting the sum to 255 subovr subtract with overflow Subtracts the colors of the second stream from the first without limiting the result submin subtract with limit minimum Subtracts the colors of th
34. the output type will be a floating point number When this is set to integer the output will be an integer When this is set to text the output will be text Note that if you select an integer and the other application sends a floating point number the part after the decimal point will be discarded Output Properties e value When a value is received on the channel specified by the channel input it will be sent out of this output e trigger sends a trigger whenever a value is sent out of the value output OSC Multi Transmit OSC Multi Transmit udp addr port address use type OS e transmit inputs value 1 Sends Open Sound Control OSC messages to a specific OSC address at the specified UDP address and port number Use localhost to transmit messages to a program running on the same computer as Isadora Open Sound Control is an emerging standard used to send high resolution data from one application to another The OSC Multi Transmit actor allows Isadora to simultaneously send multiple values to another application or even to Isadora itself For more information on Open Sound Control please refer to Open Sound Control Support on Page 176 Input Properties e udp addr The IP address of the computer on which the target application is running You can use the special address localhost or 127 0 0 1 to send data to an application running on the same computer as Isadora or you can use a domain name e g troikatr
35. various will display as many decimal points as needed 23 displays no decimal point 23 4 shows one number after the decimal point and 23 45 shows two numbers after the decimal Popup Menu Allows the user to select an item from a list contained in a pop up menu Settings Dialog Control Settings width 100 Height 20 Font Geneva B Style Belg italic Underline Font Size 12 Show Value of Linked Properties Control Number 1 Background Color O Text Color O EE Control Properties Isadora Control Title The title used to identify this control Width The width of the number control Height The height of the number control Font Popup menu selects the font used to draw text for this control Bold Italic Underline When checked uses the bold italic or underline variations of the specified font Font Size Sets the size font used to draw text for this control Manual 458 e Show Value of Linked Properties This setting has no effect for the Monitor Actor e Control ID This number is used to identify the control when linking it to actor properties When this control s value changes because a user clicked in the control a message giving the Control ID and the control s value is broadcast to the active Scene Any actor properties that are linked to this Control ID will have their value set appropriately Generally speaking you will want this number
36. 16 e value 1 value 2 etc Whenever a value is received at any value input it is compared to the current minimum and maximum values If it is less than minimum or greater than maximum the corresponding output is set and the range output is updated to reflect the new range between minimum and maximum Isadora Manual 295 Output Properties e min The minimum value ever received on any of the value inputs e max The maximum value ever received on any of the value inputs e range The range between minimum and maximum 1 e maximum minimum HSB to RGB red saturation d green brightness blue Converts a color specified by a hue saturation and brightness values to its individual red green and blue components Input Properties e hue The hue of the color ranging from 0 to 360 degrees Values to achieve some of the primary colors are Red 0 Yellow 60 Green 120 Aqua 150 Blue 240 Purple 300 Red 360 e saturation The purity of the color 100 results in a pure color lower values add more white to the color moving it towards a pastel brightness The brightness of the color 100 is as bright as possible Lower values yield darker colors with a value of O giving black Output Properties e red Outputs the red component value of the color specified by the hue saturation and brightness input e green Outputs the green component value of the color specified by the hue saturation and brig
37. 1s visible from any viewing angle e depth test When turned on the depth z coordinate of this taken into account when rendering this object other 3D objects images that are in front of this object will obscure it When turned off only the layer input is used to determine whether or not this object will be obscured by other objects in the scene e draw mode When set to always a rectangle is always rendered regardless of whether or not there is a valid video input When set to vid in the rectangle is only rendered if a valid video image is present at the video input e zoom Scales the image from O to 1000 of its normal size e keep aspect v1 2 When turned on the aspect of the incoming video stream will be used to determine the aspect ratio of the rectangle into which the image is rendered The resulting image will be letterboxed horizontally or vertically as needed When turned off or when no video input is present the aspect ratio of the rectangle defaults to 4 3 Note that the inputs that manipulate the corners of the image will effect the final aspect ratio of the image e aspect mod allows the aspect ratio of the image rectangle to be manipulated Negative values will produce taller images positive values will produce wider images e x y z rotation Rotates the image around its x y or Z axis e x y z translate Translates the image along the x y or z axis e xI yl Offsets the top left corner of the image Negative v
38. 252 MOI EAC EE 252 Color Maker RGB V1 5 iiaiai aiana Se eeh iaaa aiaa 253 Col r to HSB VI S EE 254 Color to RGB EE 254 Be le E EE 255 COMP Al AtO E 256 Compare Guarded V1 1 ccccsseeceseecsseensecensecenseseasecensscenesoeneseaneseaneaes 257 Contrast AGIUSE VI NO 257 COMON AUC INC Dy teczatccccnavetcnanecessarsnetossincescneenosene trace cantons aniteedteoce venccrecneeess 258 COUNTING E 259 E e le EE 260 C rrent SCONE CV 15 EE 261 CUNW AN UNC siosioina a a iea araia 261 Data ATIV eresia aE A SAAE ANa 262 Deet SCENE iunii Seege 265 EE eege gedeien 266 MI 267 Riet 267 Isadora Manual EE 268 Mate 270 Matt 271 DV DEVICE CONTON EE 273 Ease MOUT 2D HE 273 EENEG ebe 274 Enter Scene dee LTE 276 Enter Scene Mee EE ENEE 277 Envelope Generator geeiert 277 Enve l pe Generator F ariarian aia 279 EX IOC GVA GE 280 EE 281 BY Si VIES EE 284 SIE 287 E EE 288 FIO al COUNTCE Aa WE 289 FlOal LO INTEGEN V13 asirna a aaia 290 EE cunnen Aenea AAE EEN 291 GANG E 291 Gaussian CIE 292 Get Media COUNT assier a a 292 Get Media Index ai a Ee N EEN 293 GloDal KEYSTONE E 294 MD Value LISTENE aiio a ea ANAKE 295 MOIO Range sn secceetaniconwenaecesncentececcsoyents 295 Haboub 296 HEEN 297 Ile LE UE 297 Je Ta Range ViTa a 299 integer COUME rsin rere ce oes ericn cre ner nes or Setter ern ree re are 300 Ile EE 300 SNE 302 UN EE 303 Key Table WalC MO osii a 304 PRO VID O ANC WAC NON E 304 LANBOX Cha
39. 3 The Text Parser actor parses the text input using a user specified parsing string To edit the parsing string double click this actor s icon and edit the values in the dialog that appears For documentation on the parsing string format click the Help button at the bottom of the dialog Input Properties e eom char The character that signifies the end of a line Whenever this character is received the data accumulated in the buffer is parsed using the parsing string and the resulting output is provided if a match is successfully made Use 0 to parse to the end of the input text e text The text to be parsed Each time new data is sent to this input it will be parsed according to the user specified parsing string Output Properties e msg rev Sends a trigger when a valid message has been parsed and it matches the pattern specified by the parsing string Text Wrapper v1 5 Text Wrapper input ABC output max chars Seg For each line of text longer than max chars long break the line into multiple lines separated by a carriage return Input Properties e input The text to be wrapped Isadora Manual 421 e max chars The maximum number of characters per line Output Properties e output The text after it has been wrapped Text ure horz pos vert pos font height rotation lne font bypass Superimposes text on a video stream Text ure allows you to superimpose text on a video st
40. 50 trigger Sends a trigger every time the horz pos or vert pos changes Isadora Manual 410 String Formatter v1 2 This actor was renamed Text Formatter in v1 3 Please refer to the documentation for that actor String v1 1 This actor was renamed Text in v1 3 Please refer to the documentation for that actor Syphon To Video v1 5 Syphon To Video server video out o NOTE This actor is available on Mac OS X Only Receives images from a Syphon Server converting them to an video stream appropriate for use with any Isadora video effect or with the Projector Syphon is an open source technology for Macintosh that allows images to be sent to received from another application To learn more visit http syphon v002 info Input Properties e server Click on the input box with the mouse to show a pop up menu with a list of all available Syphon servers Select the server from which you wish to receive an image e stage The Stage on which the image stream will be rendered e enable Turns Syphon output on or off for the specified Stage Output Properties e out The resulting image stream Isadora Manual 411 Syphon To Image v1 5 Syphon to Image R server image out ke e stage NOTE This actor is available on Mac OS X Only Receives images from a Syphon Server converting them to an image stream appropriate for use with the Core Image or Quartz Composer actors that are included with th
41. Between EHNEN 82 Mutable Inputs and Oucputs enee EE Ee 84 Cote ICI py Lr an e EE 85 Navigating Inside the Scene Editor EE 86 Scaling Values Between Outputs and Inputs cc eesessseeececceceeeseeeessseeeceeeceeseeaaeeeeeseseeeeeeeeas 86 PRESctGin S Property Valutari e EE Ee eg 89 Edinin Propet VALU Sixes eed ado ean Sate acne odes ed esse ten eee asta 89 Collapsing EE E ee Ee 90 User Actors amp Macros Creating Your OWN ACtOTFS cccsesseeesseseeeees 92 User Actor Synchronization Feature vil 31 93 Considerations for User Actors Created Before vl 3 94 Creatine and Editing a User EE 95 Creating and Editing User Inputs and Output 96 Isadora Manual 3 User Together Eege 97 Saving the User Actor After an Edit V1 3 secscccsccccatcccssscesdesctasesecceeceossetsebesesdacesndecnndcaabvendoasaceseees 98 Converting a Macro to a User Actor Oo 21 99 Adding User Actors tothe Keier EE 99 Storing and Recalling Scenes with Snapshots ccccccesseeeeeneeeees 101 Stone and Recalline EE tee 102 Disabling Snapshot Recall for Specific Actors vil 31 103 Jee gen 104 OME VIC WY ve 104 Creating Deleting Control Panels using Split amp Jon 106 Showing Hiding Control nelle seess ge Ee 107 Using Editing Control EE 107 Adding New Controls to a Control Panel 108 Linking a Control to an Actor Input or Output 108 Unlinking a Control from an Actor Input or Output 200 ee eeecccceccceceeeesensesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeenees 11
42. Ge set to 0 will be renumbered Any port that is set to a non zero value when press the Renumber Ports button will not be changed Renaming the HID Device Sometimes the name of the HID Devices can be quite long For convenience you can rename the device to any text of your choosing To rename the device 1 Click in the Port text box for any input of the HID device you wish to rename 2 Click the Set Device Name button A dialog will appear where you can enter the new name 3 Click OK to confirm the new name The list will now show the name you entered Enabing Disabling Input for a Particular Input You may selectively enable or disable an input from a particular OSC address using the Enable checkbox To enable or disable input from a particular address 1 Check or uncheck the Enable checkbox to the left of the HID input you wish to enable or disable Deleting Individual HID Inputs To delete individual inputs one by one from the OSC Stream Editor window 3 Click in the Port text box for the input you wish to delete 4 Click the minus symbol at the bottom left of the window The item will be deleted Erasing the Entire List The Clear List function will permanently delete all addresses from the Stream Setup window This operation is not undoable To permanently clear the input list 3 Click the Clear List button Isadora Manual 184 4 Isadora will show a dialog asking if you are sure you want to delete al
43. IMPORTANT The one thing you want to avoid when using YUV processing is horizontal resolutions that are odd i e not divisible by two Because each pair of pixels shares color information using odd widths can cause various algorithms to produce unexpected results Isadora helps to prevent this by forcing the horizontal resolution of Movies and Pictures to be an even number when using YUV mode Most actors in Isadora are optimized for to process YUV video Actors that require RGB video by inputs that say rgb in instead of video in For these actors the video stream is automatically converted from YUV to RGB before processing but this conversion can be costly in terms of CPU usage Note too that none of the plug ins created under the FreeFrame Standard process YUV natively For more information Isadora Manual 143 about FreeFrame plug ins see page 117 So YUV video input to FreeFrame plug ins will be automatically converted from YUV to RGB YUV is not without its disadvantages however Unlike RGB where each pixel specifies color very precisely every two YUV pixels share the same color information That means that effects that tend to single pixels of widely varying color e g Shimmer will not look as pristine in YUV mode You can use the YUV to RGB and RGB to YUV actors to convert a video stream from one format to another Note however that the conversion from RGB to YUV and vice versa is a lossy algorithm repeated conversi
44. Inputs and Outputs on page 84 OSC Transmit v1 1 port address OSC ell use type value Sends Open Sound Control messages to another application running on the same computer or to one running on another computer connected via a local area network Open Sound Control is a standardized way to send high resolution data from one application to another The OSC Transmit actor allows Isadora to send values to another application For more information on Open Sound Control please refer to Open Sound Control Support on Page 176 Input Properties e udp addr The IP address of the computer on which the target application is running You can use the special address localhost to send data to an application running on the same computer as Isadora e port The UDP port number on which the program is receiving data Check the target application to see the UDP port on which it is received Isadora Manual 352 address The OSC address to which the data will be sent Check the documentation for the target application to find out the names of the OSC addresses it supports use type When turned on the type tag information is sent along with the packet If you are sending data to another copy of Isadora this flag must be turned on otherwise the other copy of Isadora won t receive the messages value The value to transmit Each time a new value arrives at this input an OSC packet with that value is transmitted to the UD
45. OS or under Windows e text The text to be spoken by the computer when the speak input receives a trigger e speak When this input is triggered the words specified by the text input will be spoken using with the voice rate and volume specified by the corresponding inputs sprite video out background visible dest horz ctr SEN dest vert ctr dest size mode xfer color Overlays a video stream onto a background video stream without scaling the sprite stream to match the size of the background using a variety of transfer modes Normally when an actor processes two video streams they are scaled so that they match in size before they are combined The Sprite actor does not scale the sprite video stream it simply lays it on top of the background This is similar to the setting Matte and Matte actor s scale fg input property to off The advantage of the Sprite actor over Matte and Matte is that there are several transfer modes available that determine how the sprite stream is rendered over the background Input Properties e sprite The source video stream that will be rendered on to the background stream e background The video stream on to which the sprite will be rendered e dst horz ctr Sets the horizontal center of the sprite within the background from 100 to 100 percent of the background video s width O is in the center of the image Isadora Manual 405 e dst horz ctr Sets
46. Outputs on page 84 Isadora Manual 347 Note Off Watcher Note Off Watcher port port channel Din channel pitch m a pitch velocity velocity trigger Watches for MIDI Note Off messages outputting the values associated with that message and sending a trigger when one is seen The Note Off Watcher can look for a specific Note Off message or a range of messages depending on the setting of the input property values When a message meeting all of the criterion specified by input properties is seen the values associated with that message are sent out of the output ports and a trigger is sent out of the trigger output Input Properties e port Specifies the MIDI Port on which the message must arrive to be seen These port numbers correspond to the ports shown in the MIDI Setup dialog You may specify a single port or a range of ports e channel Specifies the MIDI Channel on which the message must be received before it will be seen by this watcher from to 16 You may specify a single port or a range of ports e pitch Specifies the MIDI pitch or range of pitches that will be seen from 0 to 127 or C 2 to G8 You can choose to see the pitches using their note names by clicking on the title pitch next to the value edit box and choosing Actors gt Display gt MIDI Note e velocity Specifies the velocity or range of velocities that will be seen from 1 to 127 A velocity of O means that this is a Note Off message per
47. Real Time Video Processing Isadora offers a number of video processing actors that can manipulate a video image in real time These can be found in the Toolbox if you choose All Video in the Toolbox Filter While the function of the video processing actors varies the basic concept is the same video comes into the actor it manipulates the video image based on parameters that you set and sends the result to its video output Most video processing actors have just one video input though some may have two or even three video sources We ll focus on the single source actors in this tutorial We ll start with a simple setup that should illustrate the basic concept e As you did in Tutorial 1 insert the Movie Player and Projector actors into the Scene Editor window and import the dancer mov file in the Isadora Tutorials folder located in the same folder as your Isadora application into the Media Window e Now click on the Colorizer actor in the Toolbox and drag it into the Scene Editor Link the video out port of the Movie Player actor to video in port of Isadora Manual 40 the Colorizer actor Then connect the video out of the Colorizer actor to the video in of the Projector actor e Choose Output gt Show Stages to show the stage e You should see the video image as you did in Tutorial 1 But now click on the Colorizer s red property value and change the setting to 50 The image will change color Try
48. Se C Bod jitalic _ Underline Font Size 12 Show Value of Linked Properties Control Number 1 Wl Show Thumbnail Vv Show Name Item Width 32 Scroll Option _ None HA Cancel o Control Properties e Control Title The title used to identify this control e Width The width of the picker e Height The height of the picker Font Popup menu selects the font used to draw text for this control Isadora Manual 465 e Bold Italic Underline When checked uses the bold italic or underline variations of the specified font e Font Size Sets the size font used to draw text for this control e Show Value of Linked Properties When an actor input property is linked to this control and this box is checked the control s value will be set to match the property s value This causes the control to display the property s current value at all times e Control ID This number is used to identify the control when linking it to actor properties When this control s value changes because a user clicked in the control a message giving the Control ID and the control s value is broadcast to the active Scene Any actor properties that are linked to this Control ID will have their value set appropriately Generally speaking you will want this number to be unique within a given Control Panel e Show Thumbnail If this checkbox is selected a thumbnail of the Movie file will be drawn in the control e Show
49. User Actor into the current Scene Initially the user actor will look like this fae cae Isadora Manual 55 because it does not yet have any inputs or outputs e Select the Luminance Key and Zoomer actors and choose Edit gt Cut e Double click the User Actor A tab will in the current scene showing the name of the User Actor We will change the name of this user actor in a moment e Choose Edit gt Paste to paste the Luminance Key and Zoomer actors inside of the User Actor e Click User in the Toolbox Filter When you are inside a User Actor s editor the User Group has three more actors available User Input User Output and User Actor On Off e Bring two User Input actors and one User Output actor into the Scene e Make a link from the first User Input to the video input of the Luminance Key actor and the from second to both the horizontal and vertical zoom inputs of the Zoomer actor Then connect the User Output to the video output of the Zoomer actor The User Actor s editor now looks like this User Input Luminance Key User Output foreground os foreground video out video out background key src key top key bottom softness alpha bypass video in video out horz zoom vert zoom horz pan EA a vert pan 4 e horz center TZ vert center decay bypass When you link a new User Input or User Output to another actor two things will happen 1 it s name will automatically change t
50. When set to boxes the screen is rectangular e color When turned off the output video stream is black and white When turned on the color of the video input stream is preserved bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e rgb out The resulting video output in RGB format Isadora Manual 2 2 DV Device Control DV Device Control trigger unit id o function timecode NOTE MacOS X only at this time Allows you to control the playback transport of a DV camera or videotape player attached to your computer Ease In Out 2D Ease In Out 2D start x out x start y out y end x moving end y complete duration Y curvature max delta pause resume trigger Ramps smoothly from one value to another using an s curve to ease in when starting the ramp ease out as it approaches to completion Input Properties e start x The starting value for the x coordinate e start y The starting value for the y coordinate e end x The ending value for the x coordinate e endy The ending value for the y coordinate e duration The amount of time the ramp should last This can be slower than the value specified here if the max delta time is greater than zero e curvature The curvature of the ease in ease out phase A value of 1 0 is linear higher values will accelerate decelerate more
51. a trigger input indicated by the dash You can t edit the value but you can send a trigger when you click in the value edit box You should hear the sound of a solo voice singing a short phrase Like the Movie Player actor the Sound Player has a progress bar along the bottom that shows you how much of the sound is playing and a yellow indicator line showing the part of the sound playing now e We can make a simple sampler by adding a watcher to look for keys to be pressed on the computer keyboard Click Mouse amp Keyboard the Toolbox Filter Drag the Keyboard Watcher actor into the Scene Editor This actor allows you to trigger other actors when a key on the computer keyboard is pressed e Click on the key range input value and type single quote the letter a and then another single quote and press enter The key range value box should read a This causes the Key Watcher to look only for the key a Note that it will not see A or a capital a just a small letter a Each time you press a on your computer keyboard the Keyboard Watcher sends the letter a out of the key output Connecting the key output to the restart input of the Sound Player so that you can trigger the sound each time you press a e So now press the letter a on your computer keyboard Make sure your Caps Lock key is off so you re not typing a capital A When you type the letter you should hear the sound begin to
52. a trigger whenever the result of the comparison changes from false to true false Sends a trigger whenever the result of the comparison changes from true to false Multi Blocker Multi Blocker Filters out values that are too closely spaced in time Multi Blocker is useful in situations where you have a stream of input values that has so many values that it is overwhelming the input of another actor or if you have a noisy input that generates multiple triggers or values and you only want to see the first of these Multi Blocker solves this problem by ensuring that a specific Isadora Manual 344 amount of time has passed before it will pass the new value from the input to the output Note that the value in and value out properties are mutable When you make the first link to either of them both will change their data type to match the data flowing through the new link For more on mutable inputs or outputs please Mutable Inputs and Outputs on page 84 Input Properties e value in The incoming stream of values e time The minimum amount of time that must pass between values given in seconds If two or more values arrive with less than this amount of time between them only the first value is sent to the output Output Properties e value out The filtered stream of values from the input with at least the amount of time specified by the time input property between them MultiMix v1 1 video out Sum
53. actor this creates a black and white image based on the brightness of the video stream coming from the lower projector If you were to connect the output of Threshold directly to the projector you would see something like this Compositing izz Stage 1 Instead the output of Threshold goes to the mask input of the Add Alpha Channel actor Add Alpha Channel doesn t change the image arriving at its video input instead it adds the alpha information into that video stream so that it will travel along with it through the rest of the Scene Because the Add Alpha Channel actor has added the alpha channel information to the video stream and because the projector s blend input is set to transparent the alpha channel information is used when the Eye is rendered on top of the Bubbles Where the image from the Threshold actor is white you see the Eye where it is black you see the Bubbles YUV Video Processing v1 1 Isadora v1 1 allows you to process video in the YUV format instead of the RGB format used by most video processing software The advantages of YUV are 1 each YUV pixel occupies half of the memory needed for an RGB pixel and 2 because many movie and picture files use YUV as their native format e g Photo JPEG and DV Because YUV occupies half the memory as RGB and because incoming video being does not need to be converted to RGB before Isadora can process it using YUV mode can result in significant speed improvements
54. actor will be updated to exactly match your recent edits This behavior recognizes that not every input to a User Actor will be driven by some output value sometimes the inputs are just edited manually and such values should be preserved In some cases the input value Isadora Manual 98 cannot be maintained for instance when a numeric input type is changed to a text input type the value cannot be preserved because the types are incompatible Another case is when the range of a User Input was changed inside the User Actor in this case the old value is limited to the current possible values e New Instance Choosing this option assigns a new unique identifier to this User Actor making it distinct from any existing copies Choose this option if you intend to make a variation of the User Actor and do not want to change the functionality or layout of other matching actors in the open documents or in the Global or Local Actor Toolboxes e Convert to Macro Choosing this option assigns a new unique identifier and is marked as being a Macro This means that when you make changes to this actor it will no longer attempt to update other copies of itself throughout the file or the toolbox If you later want to convert this into a User Actor again you can do so by selecting the actor and choosing Actors gt Convert to User Actor e Cancel The editor window is not closed and nothing is updated e Revert If you choose Revert all of the ch
55. actors you must configure Isadora for MIDI Input and Output Hardware Interface amp Drivers Before you begin you must have a hardware MIDI interface that allows you to connect MIDI devices to your computer Before using this device with Isadora you must install the hardware drivers for the interface To do this please follow the installation instructions in the interface s manual Note Isadora should not be running when you install the drivers otherwise it may not see the interface After you ve installed any required drivers you should connect the MIDI interface to your computer These interfaces are most often connected to a USB port with a standard USB cable Once you ve done this you re ready to start up Isadora Midi Setup Ensure that your hardware MIDI interface is connected to your computer Then start Isadora and choose Communications gt Midi Setup A dialog will appear that looks like this e AO Midi Setup j Port Name Inputs Outputs Port 1 None bey None L i Port 2 None P None L i Port 3 None Ke None L i Port 4 None x None L i Port 5 None ES None ES Port 6 None None ES This window determines how the physical inputs on your MIDI interface will be associated with Isadora s MIDI input and output ports For sake of clarity we will refer in this document to the MIDI ports on your MIDI interface as Physical ports to differentiate them from Isadora s MIDI Input and Output Ports
56. application Receiving MIDI from another application on Isadora s Virtual MIDI Input 7 Start Isadora before you start up the other piece of software 8 Start the other application 9 Choose Communications gt Midi Setup 10 Select an Isadora MIDI Input port on which to receive MIDI from the other application In the popup menu under the Inputs heading choose Isadora Virtual In 11 Go to the MIDI setup for the other application Chose Isadora Virtual In as an output for the program Now when you send MIDI messages from the other application they will be received via Isadora s Virtual Input on the selected Isadora MIDI Input Port Open Sound Control OSC v1 1 Isadora has support for Open Sound Control OSC This is a standard protocol that allows two pieces of software to communicate with each other either on the same computer or on computers connected via a local area network How Open Sound Control Communicates While Open Sound Control is not limited to any physical communications standard the most common way to send messages is via UDP User Datagram Protocol a method used to send data over the Internet To send data to an application on another computer you must know its TCP IP address In addition an OSC application listens for messages on a specific UDP port number ranging from 1 to 65535 You must know both of these numbers before you can send OSC packets to another application on a remot
57. are zoomed in i e greater than 100 This is because when the zoom factor is less than 100 you are seeing the entire source video image so there is no place left to pan When you zoom in you are using only a portion of the source video image so there is some extra image left over This remaining area is used to pan the image Input Properties e video in The video input stream e horz zoom The horizontal zoom factor from O to 1000 percent 100 is normal lower numbers zoom out higher numbers zoom in e vert zoom The vertical zoom factor from 0 to 1000 percent 100 is normal lower numbers zoom out higher numbers zoom in e horz pan When zoomed in horizontally pans left or right within the zoomed image Values range from 100 to 100 negative numbers pan left positive numbers pan right Note that this property has no effect when the horz zoom property is 100 or less e vert pan When zoomed in vertically pans up or down within the zoomed image Values range from 100 to 100 negative numbers pan up positive numbers pan down Note that this property has no effect when the vert zoom property is 100 or less e horz center Determines the horizontal position of the zoomed image within the output video stream with values ranging from 100 to 100 of the output frame width Negative numbers move the image to the left positive to the right e vert center Determines the vertical position of the zoomed im
58. are found in the Toolbox There are several groups of actors within the Toolbox that can be selected by clicking the Toolbox Filter Just click on the name of the group of actors you wish to display e To bring an actor into the Scene Editor click on the module name in the Toolbox The cursor will change into a plus sign to let you know you re about to add an actor Then move the mouse into the Scene Editor area on the right When the new module is positioned where you want it click again to deposit it into the scene e To delete an actor select it and then choose Edit gt Clear or press the delete key You may select multiple actors by holding down the shift key while clicking or select a group of actors by clicking on the Scene Editor background and dragging a selection rectangle will appear and all actors under the rectangle will be selected when you release the mouse e To send data from the output of one module to the input of another click the output port the blue dot A connection or link anchored to the output port will now track your mouse movements Click on the input port again the blue dot next to the input to which you want the data sent When data flows through the link its color will change from red to green Note that video and sound outputs cannot be connected to number inputs or vice versa e Read the section in the tutorials entitled Understanding Value Scaling Understanding this feature will allow you
59. are specified as a percentage of the incoming video s native resolution from 0 to 100 As you change the values in these boxes the size of the cropped image in pixels will be shown in the area just below In addition a yellow rectangle will appear over the live video preview to give you a sense of the cropped video image 5 The final resolution of the video stream as it will appear at the Video In Watcher actor s output is set by the Width and Height values seen under the Destination Size heading These are specified in pixels If you don t want to scale the image set these to match the Width and Height shown under Cropped Size 6 Once you are satisfied with the settings click OK to save them To capture video with the custom cropping and size you ve specified choose the Custom option in the Resolution popup of the Live Capture Settings window Controlling Capture Quality You can also control the quality of the capture It is a bit hard to describe what effect this will have on the image as each capture codec interprets the capture quality setting in a different way Nevertheless you can depend on the fact that capturing using at a lower quality will speed up the rate at which frames will be captured and processed e To change the quality with which Isadora is capturing video choose a setting in the Quality popup menu in the Live Capture Settings window The possible choices are Maximum Quality High Quality
60. back at the Movie Settings window Press the OK button 14 Choose a name for your movie it should be different than the old name and press the Save button 15 This process can take a while depending on how long your movie is A progress dialog a window with a little blue thermometer type display will appear to show how things are going 16 When the progress dialog disappears your movie is done 17 Open the new movie and play it to see how it looks now To see the difference in size between the original movie and the newly compressed one do the following 1 Bring the original movie to the front by clicking on its window 2 Choose Movie gt Get Info to show a window that gives information about the movie 3 Choose Movie from the pop up menu on the top left 4 Choose General from the pop up menu on the top right 5 Look at the Data Size and Data Rate in that window Take note of the values 6 Close the window by clicking on its close box in the top left or by choosing File gt Close 7 Now bring the new movie to the front by clicking on its window 8 Follow the same procedure starting at Step 2 to show its Data Size and Data Rate 9 You ll see how much smaller the movie is and how its data rate has been lowered through the resizing and compression process Isadora Manual 70 Isadora Reference Importing amp Managing Media Media Window Basics Isadora allows you play and manipulate m
61. beamer in Europe These instructions explain how configure Isadora and your computer to accomplish this goal For both Macintosh and Windows the first step is to power up your video projector and connect its video input to the computer Usually this connection is made via a 15 pin XVGA cable but you may also use DVI or HDMI it depends on the output provided by your computer You computer screen will usually blink as it recognizes the new display Mac OS X e Open the System Preferences and click Displays e The following window will appear on each of your computers but only one of them will have a tab that says Arrangement You will need to work with the window that has this tab anc Color LCD alc CDO Display Arrangement Color Resolutions 800 x 500 800 x 600 800 x 600 stretched 1024 x 640 1024 x 768 1024 x 768 stretched 1152 x 720 1280 x 800 1344 x 840 A 1440 x 900 MV Brightness qe __ Automatically adjust brightness as ambient light changes M Show displays in menu bar Gather Windows Detect Displays KA Isadora Manual 149 TIP If you can t find all of the windows because one of them is on the video projector click the Gather Windows button to bring all of the windows to the current display TIP If you tick the box labeled Show Displays in Menu Bar much of the information accessed in these windows becomes available in the main men
62. between still images captured from a video stream Auto Fade works by capturing still images from the incoming video stream and cross fading between them at a specified frequency The result is a rather dreamlike stop motion effect Different settings of the freq input produce very different results The diagram below shows how the process works But probably it is best to simply try the actor to see the results The circled numbers show when those captured frames of video are fully visible owel4 sunidey Z owel4 ainidey ag ainidey y ag ainidey G owel4 ainidey Input Properties e video in The video input stream e freq Specifies the rate at which still frames will be captured from the incoming video stream and the rate at which Auto Fade will cross fade between those images e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Input Properties e video out The video input stream Isadora Manual 233 Background Color Background Color bkg color Generates a video stream with a solid color The resolution of the output video is determined by the default pixel resolution specified in the Video Tab of the Preferences If you want to generated a background color at a different horizontal and or vertical resolution use the Resizable Bkg actor Input Properties e bkg color This determines the colo
63. black e inverse Turn this property on to track the darkest point in the frame instead of the brightest e smoothing When this property is greater than zero the values sent out of the obj ctr h obj ctr v obj size and velocity outputs will be smoothed reducing the amount of jitter as the object is tracked Higher values smooth the outputs more Be cautious of setting this value too high as the object center outputs will begin to lag behind the object being tracked by a noticeable amount e watch col and watch row Specifies a specific grid location that will be watched When an object enters this location the enter output will send a trigger When an object leaves this location the exit output will send a trigger e monitor Turn this property on to see a monitor window inside the actor This will show you what the Eyes actor is seeing this will help you to adjust the threshold input The red crosshairs show the center of the object and the yellow rectangle shows the bounding box of the object as it is tracked Because displaying the monitor consumes some of your CPU speed you should turn it off once you have configured eyes to your satisfaction Isadora Manual 282 Output Properties tracking Outputs a 1 when an object is being tracked Otherwise it outputs a O hit col Reports grid column within which the last object was seen hit row Reports grid row within which the last object was seen row col chg S
64. bottom to top e Maximum Value The maximum possible value for this slider Can be any number It is permissible for the maximum value to be less than the minimum In this case the slider value will decrease as you move it from left to right or from bottom to top e Step Determines the minimum of the step between values When Step is set to zero this setting has no effect When set to a value greater than zero the control value will step by this amount as it goes from the Minimum Value to the Maximum Value For example if the minimum is set to 1 maximum is set to 10 and step is set to 1 the slider will have 10 discrete steps 1 2 3 8 9 10 Setting step to 1 may be the most common setting as it allows you to send only integer values Oe no numbers after the decimal point if desired Note however that counting starts at the value given by the Minimum Value setting If you set minimum to 1 5 and maximum to 10 5 in the example just given the 10 steps would be 1 5 2 5 3 5 10 5 e Display Value When this box is checked the slider will display its value as a number Vertical sliders display this number at the bottom Horizontal sliders display the number to the right e Display Format Determines how the number is formatted when the Display Value parameter is turned on There are three choices 123 123 4 or 123 45 The first displays no decimal point the second one number after the decimal point and the third displays two
65. center by offsetting the previous lines e value That value being tracked from 0 to 100 e trigger Generates a new line each time a trigger is received at this input as well as causing previous lines to decay Output Properties e rgb out The generated image in RGB format Poly Pressure Watcher Poly Pressure Watcher port channel pitch pressure Watches for MIDI Polyphonic Pressure messages outputting the values associated with that message and sending a trigger when one is seen The Poly Pressure Watcher can look for a specific Polyphonic Pressure message or a range of messages depending on the setting of the input property values When a message meeting all of the criterion specified by input properties is seen the values associated with that message are sent out of the output ports and a trigger is sent out of the trigger output Isadora Manual 360 Input Properties e port Specifies the MIDI Port on which the message must arrive to be seen These port numbers correspond to the ports shown in the MIDI Setup dialog You may specify a single port or a range of ports e channel Specifies the MIDI Channel on which the message must be received before it will be seen by this watcher from to 16 You may specify a single port or a range of ports e pitch Specifies the MIDI pitch or range of pitches that will be seen from 0 to 127 or C 2 to G8 You can choose to see the pitches using their note names by clicking
66. current month year The current year Color Maker Color Maker hue saturation brnghtness Creates a color by specifying its hue saturation and brightness The color output of this module can be connected to actors that have a color input such as the Video Fader actor As you adjust the input property values the resulting color is displayed in the round area in the center of the actor Isadora Manual 252 Properties e hue The hue of the color ranging from 0 to 360 degrees Values to achieve some of the primary colors are Red 0 Yellow 60 Green 120 Aqua 180 Blue 240 Purple 300 Red 360 e saturation The purity of the color 100 results in a pure color lower values add more white to the color moving it towards a pastel brightness The brightness of the color 100 is as bright as possible Lower values yield darker colors with a value of O giving black Color Maker RGB v1 5 Allows you to create a color by specifying the color s individual red green and blue components Input Properties e red The red component of the color from 0 to 255 e green The green component of the color from 0 to 255 e blue The blue component of the color from 0 to 255 Output Properties e color The resulting color Isadora Manual 253 Color to HSB v1 5 Color To HSB color hue saturation brightness Converts an Isadora color input to it s hue saturation and brightness values
67. e trigger sends a trigger each time a message is seen Isadora Manual 364 Projector v1 3 Positions and scales a video stream to the specified stage To render a video stream on one of the Stages you will need to use the Projector actor It does the work of rendering the video stream to a Stage and also allows you to scale the resulting video image and control its placement Input Properties video in The video stream that will be shown on the stage horz pos Specifies the location of left edge of the image expressed as a percentage of the stage width A value of 0 aligns the left edge of the image with the left edge of the stage positive numbers move the video image to the right and negative numbers move it to the left vert pos Specifies the location of the bottom edge of the image expressed as a percentage of the stage height A value of the 0 aligns the top edge with the top of the stage positive numbers move the video image up and negative numbers move it down width The width of the rendered video image expressed as a percentage of the stage width height The height of the rendered video image expressed as a percentage of the stage height zoom The zoom factor of the projected video image expressed as a percentage of the stage size 100 percent will project an image that fills the stage Lower zoom out make the image smaller higher numbers zoom in make the image bigger Isadora Manual 365 e kee
68. entered multiple lines of text you can select which line you will see by sending the number of that line to the line input When you do the text for the Text ure actor will display that line Input Properties e rgb in The video stream on which the text will be superimposed You can leave this input disconnected if you would like the text to appear on a black background If this stream is in the YUV format it will automatically be converted to RGB e horz pos The horizontal center of the text specified as a percentage of the width of the frame from 100 to 100 percent vert pos The vertical center of the text specified as a percentage of the height of the frame from 100 to 100 percent e font height This is given as a percentage of the output stage height from 0 to 1000 Theoretically a value of 100 would produce text whose capital letters are the same height as the stage In practice because of the need for descenders like the letter J and other factors the text won t be quite as tall as the stage when set to 100 e rotation Rotates the text around its center point specified in degrees from 360 to 360 e line If you have entered multiple lines of text i e words or phrases followed by a carriage return you can use this property to select which line of text will be shown e font To set the font click on this property s value edit box a menu with all of the fonts available on the system wil
69. external video capture hardware the installation procedure varies from vendor to vendor Follow their instructions to install the video input hardware on your system Once all of the necessary drivers and hardware are installed perform the following steps to begin capturing live video e To capture live video start by connecting your video camera to the video the video capture device on your computer For computers with Fire Wire inputs you would connect your digital video camera s Fire Wire output to the computer s Fire Wire input Most other capture devices accept an analog video input which may be either Composite usually and RCA phono plug connector or S Video a round 4 pin connector If this is the case connect the analog output of your camera to the analog video input of your capture device If your video capture device has both Composite and S Video inputs you may need to choose the input that Isadora is seeing more on that below Make sure that your digital camera on to the camera setting Oe not VCR or Tape if you want to see live video from the camera e To capture live audio connect your external audio source mixing console output cassette player etc the sound input of your computer Generally speaking this is a 1 8 mini phone plug this is the same size and type of plug seen on headphones that plug into a portable CD player On computers without audio input you will need to purchase an external sou
70. first value value 2 being the second etc These values are sent to the output whenever the recall input receives a new index value corresponding to an existing line within the table or when a read insert replace or delete action changes the values of the currently recalled line The actual number of value outputs is determined by the items input property Isadora Manual 264 Deactivate Scene Deactivate Scene trigger mode kel scene Ka fade Deactivates a secondary Scene previously activated by the Activate Scene actor See the Activate Scene actor for more information on activating secondary Scenes Input Properties e trigger when a trigger is received on this input port the secondary Scene indicated by the mode and scene properties is deactivated e scene indicates which Scene to deactivate This field works in tandem with the mode field When mode 1s set to relative the number in this field indicates the scene to deactivate relative to the current scene 1 would be the scene after this scene 1 would be the scene before this scene 2 would be the second scene after this scene etc When mode is set to absolute the number in this field indicates a Scene in the Scene List by its position where is the first scene in the list two is the second scene etc When a valid scene has been specified in this property its name will appear after the number e mode determines how the number in the scene property is inter
71. frame rates We have found that using Photo JPEGA Medium Quality at 15 FPS provides workable results You can also try the DV NTSC or DV PAL compressors they look good and are fairly fast though the size of the resulting movie can be quite large e Set the quality of the output by adjusting the slider under the Quality heading The thing to know here is that the higher the quality the larger the resulting movie will be You may need to experiment with various settings to find the best compromise between quality and size of the resulting movie e Set the Frames Per Second Isadora will do its best to output the movie at the rate you specify here However if a Scene is quite complicated and Isadora can t generate video frames at the rate you request the true rate might be less than you specify Remember if you want to ensure full frame rates in the output movie lower the Render Speed setting in the Record Settings dialog See Rendering Complicated High Resolution Scenes above for more details on this feature e Click OK to confirm the settings you have made e The settings listed above are the most important There are various other options depending upon which compressor you choose check Apple s QuickTime documentation for more information about the various compressors and their settings Isadora Manual 147 Recording Isadora s Output To record Isadora s output to a QuickTime movie e Make sure you have selected
72. frame requires a fair amount of memory so setting this value to a high number will consume considerable free memory e amount v1 1 Specifies how many frames of video will actually be used to created the shimmer effect specified as a percentage of the total available frames show in the frames input e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The shimmered video stream Isadora Manual 391 Show Hide Stages show ate now SEBS zelt hide stage Allows you to programmatically show or hide the Stages Using this actor is essentially a simulation of the Show Stages Hide Stages command in the Output menu Input Properties e show stages Trigger this input to show the stages e hide stages Trigger this input to hide the stages Simultaneity num tnas trigger out E E time frame Se Me trigger 1 m trigger 2 ab trigger 3 Sends a trigger when triggers from multiple inputs are all received within a specified amount of time Often it is useful to trigger an action when multiple things happen at once The Simultaneity actor allows you to do this by sending a trigger if any only if a trigger is received on all of its trigger inputs within a specified amount of time By adjusting the time frame property you can control how close the triggers must be before a trigger is
73. generated at the output Input Properties e num trigs The number of triggers that this actor will be looking for e time frame The time frame within which all of the triggers must be received before a trigger will be sent out of the trigger out output e trigger 1 trigger 2 etc The trigger inputs Output Properties e trigger out Sends a trigger when all of the trigger inputs have been triggered within the amount of time specified by the time frame input property Isadora Manual 392 Slit Scan video in video out center mode bypass Scrolls one line or column of the source video from a vertical or horizontal center point creating an effect reminiscent of Doug Trumbull s classic seen at the end of 2001 A Space Odyssey This actor produces particularly interesting output when the source video stream has an object or objects that move somewhat slowly through the frame Try it with your face Input Properties e video in The source video stream e center The center point from which the video will scroll outward when mode is horizontal or upward and downward when mode is vertical from 0 to 100 e mode When set to horiz the video scrolls out horizontally from the center point When set to vert the video scrolls vertically from the center point e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video outpu
74. horz size The horizontal output resolution in pixels e vert size The vertical output resolution in pixels e force 4 3 When this parameter is on changing the value of either the horz or vert size input will automatically adjust the other input so that the ratio between horizontal and vertical is 4 3 Output Properties e video out Outputs a solid color video stream at the specified resolution RGB to YUV v1 1 Converts a video stream from RGB to YUV This actor is used to explicitly convert an RGB video stream to YUV usually to be fed to a video processing actor that prefers RGB If the incoming stream is already YUV then it is passed directly to the output See YUV Video Processing on page 143 for more information about using YUV mode in Isadora Input Properties e video in The RGB video stream to be converted to YUV video out The input video stream converted to YUV format Router Routes data from a single input to one of several outputs The Router actor routes any type of data numbers video sound etc from the input to one of several outputs You specify the number of outputs by setting the outputs input property to the desired number of outputs Once this is done you can select the output to which the data will be sent by changing the select input Setting this property to 1 sends the data to out 1 setting it to 2 sends the data to out 2 etc Isadora Manual 371 Note that the in input and out 1
75. image and can range from 0 invisible to 50 half Isadora Manual 62 size to 100 normal size all the way up to 1000 Oe 10 times the normal image size Below are some example settings O Untitled Stage 1 Width 50 Height 100 Width 100 Height 50 horz pos 0 vert pos 0 horz pos 0 vert pos 0 QO Untitled Stage QO Untitled Stage Width 100 Height 100 Width 100 Height 100 horz pos 0 vert pos 0 horz pos 25 vert pos 0 Zoom 50 Zoom 50 Note that when you change the Width and Height parameters the image will be squeezed in one direction or another By changing these parameters you can reshape the image and change its aspect ratio Experiment with these five settings to see how they affect the image When you are done restore the projector to its default values by selecting the Projector actor and choosing Actors gt Reset to Default Values Three of the new features have to do with how the image is shaped They are spin aspect mod and perspective Spin does exactly what its name implies it rotates the image by a specified number of degrees Aspect mod allows you to adjust the ratio of the image s width to height Negative numbers reduce the height while positive numbers reduce the width Perspective is a bit like the keystone control on a video projector except that it adjusts the image horizontally instead of vertically It is best explained by showing an example the left im
76. is sent to the trig out output and the process begins again This effectively divides the number of input triggers by the divisor value 1 e if divisor is set to three then an output trigger will be sent after every third input trigger Input Properties e trig in The input trigger e divisor Determines how often a trigger will be sent to the output Each time a trigger arrives at the trig in input an internal counter is incremented by one When this counter matches the value specified by the divisor input a trigger is sent to the output e reset starts the counting sequence over again Output Properties e trig out Sends a trigger after the specified number of triggers have been received at the trig in input Isadora Manual 428 Trigger Text v1 3 mput Sie ABC output trigger Sends text of arbitrary length to an actor with a text input when triggered Prior to version 1 3 this actor was called Trigger String Input Properties e input The text to send to the output property each time a trigger is received at the trigger input e trigger Sends the text to the output when a trigger is received Output Properties e output Sends the text shown at the input input each time the trigger input receives a trigger Trigger String v1 1 This actor was renamed Trigger Text in v1 3 please refer to the documentation for that actor Trigger Value Trigger Value value ats X output vi g
77. menu bottom left hand side and open the Control Panel window 2 Click on the QuickTime icon in the list The QuickTime Preferences window will open Click on the Audio tab 3 Click the Devices popup menu to select your multi channel output device 4 Inthe Play Audio Using menu select Direct Sound 5 In the Sound Out menu select the output format Rate and Size supported by your audio hardware Isadora Manual 162 6 To create multi channel sound click on the Channels menu Your choices include Mono Stereo L R Quadraphonic 5 0 L R C Ls Rs 5 1 L R C LFE Ls Rs 6 1 L R C LFE Ls Rs Cs and 7 1 L R C LFE Ls Rs Lc Rc Click Apply after you have chosen your setup Isadora Manual 163 Live Video amp Audio Input To bring live video into Isadora you must have hardware that allows Isadora to see the video coming into your computer On contemporary Macintoshes and many Windows machines the Fire Wire input is the most ubiquitous way to input video In addition there are various capture boards PC Cards for laptops USB video capture devices etc Any of these can be used with Isadora as long as the operating system recognizes it as a valid video input device Technically speaking on MacOS X the device must have a valid VDIG driver so it will be recognized by QuickTime on Windows it must be recognized by the DirectShow sub system When using capture boards or other
78. messages it needs to turn off all of the currently sounding notes This is different than the MIDI Panic actor which sends a Note Off messages for every possible MIDI Note on all of the ports Properties e all notes off when a trigger is received on this input port MIDI Note Off messages are sent to silence all currently sounding MIDI Notes Alpha Mask foreground background mask strength bypass Mixes two video streams together using the brightness of a third video stream to determine whether you see the foreground or background or a mixture of the two Where the mask video stream is white you will see the foreground video stream where it is black the background When the brightness of the mask is a shade of gray you will see a mix of the foreground and background images based on the mask s brightness When the mask is light you will see more of the foreground where it is dark you will see more of the background Below are examples foreground background and mask image and the result of combining them through the alpha mask Isadora Manual 230 You can that where the mask is light you see the blue background and the dark letter A Where it is dark you see the red background and the light letter B Look along the bottom of the mask there is a gradation that goes gradually from white to black in the middle portion In the resulting image you can see how that part of the image fades from the foreground
79. more than one scene active at a time To make a discontinuous selection or to deselect one or more selected scenes Hold down the Command key MacOS or Alt key Windows and click on the scenes that you want to select If it was not selected previously it will be selected If it was selected previously it will be deselected Adding and Removing Scenes To insert a new scene into the Scene List e Click to the left of the first scene to the right of the last scene or in between two scenes A blinking cursor will appear at the spot where you clicked This indicates where the new scene will be inserted Isadora Manual 77 e Choose Scenes gt Insert Scene A new scene will appear where the blinking cursor was previously You can see that it has been activated because the new scene will be highlighted and the Scene Editor will be visible To activate a scene e Click on the scene you want to activate It will highlight to indicate that it is selected the Scene Editor will be shown if it isn t already visible and all of the modules in that scene will be visible inside the Scene Editor Note that you can activate a new scene from within a Scene by using the Jump actor To cut or copy a range of scenes e Select one or more scenes e Choose Edit gt Cut Isadora will cut the selected scenes To paste scenes e Click to the left of the first scene to the right of the last scene or in between two scenes A bl
80. more to the left as it approaches white the source video pixels are shifted more to the right Isadora Manual 268 Source Video Displace Video Displaced Video Input Properties source The video input stream displace Video stream whose brightness determines how far to shift the pixels of the source video amount The strength of the displace effect from O to 100 The higher the value the more profoundly the pixels of the source video will be shifted displace angle Sets the angle of the line along which the pixels are shifted offset How far to offset the resulting image from O to 100 If the displace video stream is too bright or too dark the resulting video may go off the edge of the stage Adjust this value to bring the image back into view again src bkg When turned on the source video is used as the background to the displace image When turned off the background is black wrap When turned on any pixels shifted outside of the frame are drawn on the opposite side of the image When turned off pixels shifted outside of the frame are lost bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties video out The resulting displaced video output Isadora Manual 269 Dither Dither video out resolutio Dithers the incoming video stream by copying to an intermediary buffer with a lower reso
81. number e value the message s controller value e trigger sends a trigger each time a message is seen Counter mode amount minimum 1 maximum ZE cur value add sub Counts up or down when a trigger 1s received This actor was called Integer Counter in versions prior to 1 3 The Counter and its companion Float Counter allows you to count up or down each time a trigger is received by adding or subtracting a value to from its output value You have the option of limiting the output value to a range of values or to let that value wrap around when it exceeds those limits This actor uses integer numbers i e values with no numbers after the decimal point while the Float Counter uses floating point numbers Input Properties e mode Determines how to constrain the output value when it exceeds minimum or maximum When set to limit and an addition or subtraction 1s made to the output value that would exceed minimum or maximum the output value is limited to these values When set to wrap and the calculated value is less than minimum or is greater than maximum it wraps around to other extreme For example if the maximum is 100 the current output value is 85 and you trigger the add input while the amount property is set to 27 the new value Isadora Manual 259 would be 112 Since this would exceed the maximum 100 the float counter subtracts the maximum value from the result and sets the output
82. of 2 0 plays the movie forward at twice normal speed Negative values play the movie in reverse position Whenever a value arrives at this input the Sound Player jumps to the specified position within the play segment The play segment is defined by the play start and play length properties see below This parameter 1s expressed as a percentage of the play length from O to 100 play start Determines the starting point of the play segment the portion of the movie that will play as a percentage of the movie s total length ranging from 0 to 100 play length Determines the length of the play segment the portion of the movie that will play as a percentage of the movie s total length ranging from O to 100 loop enable If this property is turned off the play segment will play once each time the Sound Movie Player s Scene is activated or when its on off property is turned on If this property is on once the movie starts playing it will continue by looping back to the start of the play segment when the end of that segment is reached preload When this input is triggered the movie s sound data is prerolled so that you can achieve an instantaneous start when turning the on off property on Note that the on off property must be off for preload to work If the movie is playing triggering this input has no effect freq bands Enables disables monitoring of the audio level of this movie s soundtrack at specific fr
83. of connected output and input properties you can control the way that values are scaled as they move from output to input Here is an example Isadora Manual 86 As the output property value on the left goes from U to 100 the input value will go from its Scale Minimum and Scale Maximum values which have been set to 20 and 60 respectively Thus when the output property sends a value of 50 halfway between 0 and 100 the value at the input will see the scaled of 40 halfway between 20 and 60 You can also invert this relationship eg Scale Minimum is 60 and Scale Maximum is 20 so that as the output value goes up the input value will go down Whenever you add a new actor to a Scene each input property s Scale Minimum and Scale Maximum values default to the absolute minimum and maximum value allowed by that property Similarly each output property s Limit Minimum and Limit Maximum also default to the absolute minimum and maximum To change the scaling of an input property e Click on the name of an input property found just to the right of the input value box on the left side of an actor The name will turn yellow to indicate that it is selected and an inspector with information about that property will appear Settings for speed Minimum O Maximum 10 Ctl Link Scale Min Scale Max Ki x EN R At the top is the name of the input along with the absolute minimum and maximum values allowed for this property
84. of the currently selected actors Choose Actors gt Hide Values Isadora will hide the value edit boxes of the selected actors Choose Actors gt Show Values to make the value edit boxes visible again e To hide the property titles of the currently selected actors Choose Actors gt Hide Names Isadora will hide the property titles of the selected actors Choose Actors gt Show Names to make the property names visible again You can still edit any actor s input property value even when its value edit boxes and property titles are no longer visible To see the title of a property when its actor is collapsed e Move the mouse over the input or output port the blue dot The property s name will be displayed next to the mouse cursor To edit the value of an input property when its value edit boxes are not visible e Click in the input port of an actor A combination slider value edit box will appear like this e You can edit the property s value by either dragging the slider indicator the white triangle clicking on the relevant input port and using the scroll on your mouse for more precise control or by clicking in the value edit box and typing a new value e If adjusting values for Actors with properties that do not have a scale min max e You can edit the property s value by either dragging the wheel clicking on the input port and using the scroll on your mouse for more precise control or by clicking in th
85. of the input or output property to which it is connected E g if you have a User Input and you change the Scale Min or Scale Max of the property to which it is connected the User Input s Scale Min and Scale Max will automatically be updated to match the new settings When you choose Integer or Float you can set the absolute minimum and maximum values for this property using the Minimum Value and Maximum Value fields Note to use the lowest possible value for the selected Data Type type MIN into the Minimum Value field To specify the highest possible value type MAX into the Maximum Value field Like inputs and outputs on normal Isadora actors the Minimum and Maximum Value fields determine the absolute minimum and maximum value that can be received by this input or that can be sent out of this output However like any input or output these limitations can be further constrained by using the inspector window to change the Scale Minimum Scale Maximum Limit Minimum and Limit Maximum values as needed e Click the OK button to confirm your settings User Input Output Reordering v1 3 As of version 1 3 you can easily reorder the inputs and outputs of a User Actor To reorder the inputs or outputs of a User Actor e Click the small button labeled I O 1 e input output in the current tab e A dialog box will appear listing all the inputs and outputs each in their own column Isadora Manual 97 Reorder In
86. of the wave The diagram of the wave will slide as you change this value so that you can see the wave s new starting point e reset Starts generating the wave from its starting point which is controlled by the phase input property This input is also to restart the wave when its once property is turned on e once If this property is turned on then the wave will go through only one cycle each time it receives a trigger on the reset input Output Properties e value The current value of the wave YUV to RGB v1 1 Converts a video stream from YUV to RGB This actor is used to explicitly convert a YUV video stream to RGB usually to be fed to a video processing actor that prefers RGB If the incoming stream is already RGB then it is passed directly to the output See YUV Video Processing on page 143 for more information about using YUV mode in Isadora Input Properties e video in The YUV video stream to be converted to RGB e video out The input video stream after conversion to RGB format Isadora Manual 439 video in video out horz zoom vert zoom horz pan aa vert pan d H horz center vert center decay bypass Zooms in or out on source video stream allowing you to pan left and right or up and down within the zoomed image and to control the position of the resulting image within the output video stream Note that the two panning properties only have an effect when their corresponding zoom factors
87. of tracking multiple blobs it will attempt to break down the biggest blob into several constituent parts This may or may not yield useful results depending on your application Experimentation with this setting 1s required e smoothing When this property is greater than zero all values sent out of the blob decoder will be smoothed reducing the amount of jitter as the object is tracked Higher values smooth the outputs more Be cautious of setting this value too high as the values will begin to lag behind the object being tracked by a noticeable amount e min width amp min height Specifies the minimum size of an object to be tracked specified as a percentage of the width and height of the frame respectively Setting this to higher values means that smaller blobs will be ignored e same max dist Eyes does its best to ensure that as a blob moves around and changes shape it correctly identifies each blob This setting specified as a percentage of the frame width specifies how far a blob may move before it is considered to be a new blob For instance if this input is set to 20 and an existing blob moves more than 20 of the width of the frame then it cannot be one of the existing blobs The idea here is that an object in real life cannot instantly jump from one part of the frame to the other e same max area Like same max dist this determines when an object must be considered new If the area of an object s b
88. on page 84 Send Sys Ex params param Sends a MIDI System Exclusive message which may contain variable values each time a trigger is received To specify the contents of the System Exclusive message double click this actor s icon A dialog allowing you to edit the System Exclusive message will appear Edit System Exclusive Message FO 01 02 03 p1 p2 04 05 F7 Cancel OK Messages must be entered in hexadecimal starting with a hex FO start of exclusive and ending with hex F7 end of exclusive Isadora Manual 386 You can insert up to nine variable values in the message by using the codes P1 P9 instead of a valid hexadecimal number After you do this you should then set the params input to the desired number of variable parameters and the specified number of parameter value inputs will appear e g param 1 param 2 etc When a message is sent the codes P1 DO specified in the editor will be replaced with the current value of the matching parameter inputs i e P2 in the message above is replaced by the value of the param 2 input Input Properties e port The MIDI port on which the message will be sent These port numbers correspond to the Destinations shown in the MIDI Setup dialog e trigger Sends a MIDI System Exclusive message each time a trigger is received on this input e params The number of variable parameter inputs Increasing this number adds parameter inputs decreasing it removes
89. operator can tap the tempo using the computer keyboard Output Properties loop dur Connect this output to the play length input of a Movie Player or Sound Player actor to adjust the length of the media s loop based on the tempo measured at the trigger input Note that both the media file and rate specified in this actor must match the corresponding values in the Movie or Sound player that is being controlled for the loop duration value to be calculated correctly Luminance Key video out background key src key top key bottom softness alpha bypass Keys two video streams together allowing the background video stream to show through on the foreground wherever the brightness of the foreground is within a range of brightness The Luminance Key module uses the brightness of the foreground image to determine whether you see the foreground video stream or background video stream at the output In the Luminance Key actor you determine the range of brightness by adjusting the key top and key bottom properties Where ever the brightness of the foreground image is between these two values 0 being black 100 being white 50 being gray you will see the foreground image When the brightness is outside this range you Isadora Manual 316 will see the background The sharpness of the edge between the foreground and background image can be adjusted using the softness property Here is an example Foreground Backg
90. other codecs the Photo JPEG compressor offers several advantages The most important is that it requires less processor power to decompress the images when compared to many other codecs When compressing using Photo JPEG we suggest using a quality setting of high or medium 75 or 50 Using a quality setting of best produces very large files that are not significantly better in image quality Isadora Manual 67 DV NTSC or DV PAL For standard DV resolution PAL is best for 720 x 576 and NTSC is best for 720 x 480 The NTSC and PAL DV codecs exhibit many of the same benefits as Photo JPEG and are relatively efficient to decompress High Definition HD For HD resolution the HDV codec has performed best in our tests though it is anamorphic 1 e it s true resolution is 1440x1080 not 1920x1080 This codec requires about 3 Mb s in disk bandwidth which is relatively low For the highest HD quality we recommend Apple ProRes The color fidelity and image quality is excellent but it also requires a significantly higher disk bandwidth of 20 Mb S H264 should not your first choice The H264 is extremely popular because it makes small files with good image quality But it is not the best choice to use with Isadora or any interactive video software for several reasons First the CPU overhead required to decompress the image is significantly higher than for Photo JPEG or DV NTSC PAL Second H264 is only designed t
91. output value will jump up by this amount each time a trigger is received e dec amt the amount by which the output value is gradually decremented every second ranging from 0 to 100 Note that this value isn t subtracted once per second but instead smaller amounts are subtracted at a much faster rate resulting in a smooth change of values at the output Output Properties e value the decaying output value from O to 100 There are two primary ways that you might use this generator One is generate simple ramps by setting the inc amt property to 100 and triggering the inc trig input Each time the Decay Generator receives a trigger the output will jump to 100 and gradually decay to 0 The amount of time that it takes to get to O is determined by the dec amt property The other use for this generator is to generate a stream of values that stays high as when triggers are received quickly enough but eventually decays to zero if no trigger is received for a long enough period of time Try setting inc amt to 50 and dec amt to 33 Click the inc trig value edit box several times As you do you ll see the output value jump up to 100 Then stop clicking Over a period of three seconds the output value will gradually go down to 0 Why does it take three seconds Because the dec amt property determines how much is subtracted from the output value every second If you are at 100 and 33 is being subtracted every second it will take about three se
92. p y r indicates that the pitch angle is applied first then the yaw and finally the roll This order is the most common Because different orders will produce different rotations Isadora allows you to specify the order using this input e pitch The pitch angle Using an airplane as a model this input would control the positive or negative inclination of the nose of the airplane with positive values pointing up and negative values pointing down e yaw The yaw angle Using and airplane as a model this input would control the direction of the airplane with positive values turning to the right and negative values turning to the left e roll The roll angle Using an airplane as a model this input would control the amount of rotation around the body of the airplane with positive values rotating clockwise and negative values rotating counter clockwise Output Properties e x y z rotation The resulting x y z rotation based on the setting of the mode input and the pitch yaw and roll angles These outputs can be passed to any Isadora actor that has a the x y z inputs notably the 3D Player actor Isadora Manual 359 Point Tracker v1 1 Generates a vertical line that tracks a value Input Properties e resolution The resolution of the tracking line e decay The speed with which previously generated lines will decay Lower numbers cause the lines to persist longer e center When turned on keeps the current value in the
93. parameters you define have certain values For example say a text mode device sends out a single character at the start of each line specifying the line type This actor currently does not have built in support for doing that kind of filtering You have two options to do this The first option is if possible to make sure that your pattern elements are specified in such a way that only the data you are interested in is matched for example if you are only interested in lines where the first word is a the specify an a element to take care of this Another option is to combine this actor with other Isadora actors that filter out certain values so you might take the first character at the start of each line and assign it to an output parameter and then run that output parameter into a Comparator actor to check for the values you want to respond to Isadora Manual 194 Data Input Examples Wetter ae Matches any 5 bytes A ee Matches any string ending in an asterisk Hello Matches the string Hello case sensitive moveto x float Matches strings like MoveTo 6 8 2 3 89 or MOVETO 9 13 1 y float z float a int 2 digits Al Matches a string such as 43 apples 8 oranges 98 monkeys I b int 2 digits assigning the values 43 8 and 98 to the integer output Al I czint 2 parameters a b and c respectively digits huezint 2x Matches a string like 4F 8B 9A converting the hexadecimal sat int 2x values
94. play If you press the letter a again the sound will start playing from the beginning If you don t press a again the sound will play to the end and stop e Note that the sound stops playing when it gets to the end This is because the loop enable property is turned off If you change the loop enable property to on and press the letter a again the sound will play continuously So what s the difference between the Sound Player and Movie Player The most important distinction is that Movie Player plays its sounds from your hard drive while Sound Player loads all of the sound data into your computer s RAM Random Access Memory much faster than your disk when you tell it to play This means that Sound Player can make seamless loops start up instantly and in general be more responsive than Movie Player when manipulating the play start and play Isadora Manual 44 length properties The downside is that long sound files can consume much of your available RAM FYI CD Quality Stereo Audio takes up about 10 megabytes per minute Generally if you are going to play a music track that is several minutes long and you don t need to manipulate anything besides the volume and pan you should convert your sound to a QuickTime movie If however you want to instantly trigger short samples or you need to manipulate those sounds using the play start play lengths settings or other settings available only within the S
95. rate 1 specifies how long it takes to get from level 0 to level 1 Isadora Manual 279 e value 1 value 2 etc The value at that point in the envelope Together with the rate between them a pair of subsequent levels e g level 1 rate 2 level 2 defines a ramp segment Output Properties e output The value of the envelope as it moves through the segments e end trigger sends a trigger at the end of the entire envelope or at the end of a segment depending on the setting of the trig mode property See trig mode above for more information Explode v1 1 Explodes a video stream by breaking the source image into a series of rectangles and shifting their position Before Input Properties e video in The video input stream e amount Determines how exploded the image will be higher numbers spread the rectangles further from their original location Isadora Manual 280 e distance Specifies the maximum distance the rectangles will travel from their original location e horiz size The horizontal size of the rectangles from 0 to 100 of the width of the incoming video stream e vert size The vertical size of the rectangles from 0 to 100 of the height of the incoming video stream e erase When this is turned on the background is erased before the rectangles are drawn When this is turned off the background is not erased leaving trails as you move the rectangles using the amount input
96. reached position Reports the current position within the play segment text out Output from a movie s text track See the text track input property for more information freq 1 freq 2 etc Output that reports the audio level within a specific frequencies range These outputs will only appear when the freq bands input property is set to a value greater than zero See freq bands input property for more information Isadora Manual 339 Movie Player Direct Movie Player Direct movie loop end visible position ctr h text out Plays a movie directly to the stage allowing control over its scaling position and playback characteristics Movie Player Direct works in the same way as the more often used Movie Player Projector actor combination except that it bypasses Isadora s video processing engine and renders the video directly to the Stages This means that it will give the highest possible frame rate when playing the movie but that you won t be able to process the video stream with any other actors nor will you be able to fade it in composite it with other video streams etc See Movie Player actor above for a definition of the play segment and other characteristics that these two actors share Input Properties e movie The number of the movie you want to play as shown in the Media Window When the number of a valid movie is entered here its name will appear to the right of the number e visible When turned on the
97. s internal timers and messaging are disabled As such actors like Enter Scene Trigger will never be activated Movies will not play and so on Because of this it is impossible to exit the scene because of the way in which it is programmed After you have edited the Scene to your satisfaction choose Output gt Resume Engine to return to normal use Isadora Manual 139 Video amp Audio Output Compositing with the Projector v1 3 Layering amp Blending To help you understand these principals you can follow along in the file called Compositing 133 which is included with the Isadora Examples folder included with the program In the first scene there are two Movie Players each connected to their own projector Individually the movies are scaled so that the look like this O Untitled Stage 1 O Untitled Stage 1 Note that the Eye image has been scaled horizontally and moved to the right and the Bubbles image has been scaled vertically and moved down This has been accomplished using the vert pos horz pos height and width inputs in the Projector actor But when both Projector actors are turned on the result looks like this O Compositing izz Stage 1 This kind of layering was not possible in the first version of the program Now try the following experiments to see other features that are available in v1 3 Isadora Manual 140 e Look at the layer input of both projectors the top one the Bubbles
98. scene To let you know that this is the case if you add or paste actors into a Scene after taking one or more snapshots a the snapshots will turn red indicate that they are only partially valid Le they don t have a total picture of the current scene SEH HH06 Isadora Manual 101 If you take more Snapshots after this point they won t be red You can choose to delete all of the invalid snapshots by choosing the Scenes gt Clear Invalid Snapshots storing and Recalling Snapshots To take a Snapshot of a Scene e Click on the camera at the top left of the Scene Editor or choose Scenes gt Take Snapshot After you do an indicator with an identifying number will appear to the right of the Camera SCH To recall a Snapshot of a Scene e Click in the Snapshot the numbered circle you want to recall To update the contents of a Snapshot e Click on the snapshot that you want to update to make it active e Choose Scenes gt Update Current Snapshot or by holding down the control key and clicking the snapshot A new snapshot of the current Scene will replace the old To Delete a Snapshot e Click on the Snapshot you want to delete and drag it above or below the Snapshots area When you do the cursor will change into a Trash Can e Release to mouse to delete the Snapshot To Delete Invalid Snapshots in a Scene e Choose Scenes gt Clear Invalid Snapshots All of the Snapshots that are red will be deleted To Delet
99. sent to the inside output Set this property to change to output a new value only when inside changes from 0 to 1 or vice versa Set to always to send the value each time a new value arrives at the value input low The low value of the range to which the input value will be compared high The high value of the range to which the input value will be compared value The value to be compared to the range specified by the low and high input properties Output Properties inside Outputs a when value is within the range specified by low and high Outputs a O otherwise enter Sends a trigger when the last value received at the value input was outside the range specified by low and high and the new value is inside this range exit Sends a trigger when the last value received at the value input was inside the range specified by low and high and the new value is outside this range Isadora Manual 299 Integer Counter This actor was renamed to Counter in v1 3 Please refer to the documentation for that actor Interlacer output height spacing bypass Interlaces two video images by alternating copying rows from the two incoming video streams Example input and output with height and spacing parameters set to 5 video 1 video 2 output Isadora Manual 300 Example output with no input connected to video 2 height set to 1 1 and spacing set to 0 8 output Input Properties e video 1 A video s
100. texture map assigned to it when the 3DS model was created When you assign a texture map to an object the model s texture coordinates are generated Without these coordinates Isadora cannot apply the texture to the model Input Properties 3D object Specifies the number of the 3D object file as displayed in the Media Window stage v1 1 When turned off the 3D object will be rendered to the 3D Renderer actor rendering on the same channel as specified by the channel input When turned off the object is rendered directly to the stage specified by the channel input channel The channel on which the object will be rendered When the stage input is set to off the 3D object will be rendered to the 3D Renderer object in this scene whose channel matches the one specified here When the stage input is on the object will be rendered to the stage specified by this number Le 1 Stage 1 2 Stage 2 etc visible When on the object is visible and will be drawn When off it is invisible layer Determines the order in which this actor will be rendered in relation to any other 3D actors in the scene other 3D Projectors 3D Player 3D Quad Distort etc Higher numbered layers are in front of lowered numbered layers i e they are drawn last lighting When turned on this object will be lit and shaded based on the setting of the currently active 3D Light Orientation actor If there is no 3D Light Orientation active then
101. than both Scene One and Scene Two the bar is broken after Scene One and before Scene Two Communicating with Actors The way in which a Control communicates with an Actor s property is through its Control ID When you change a control s value it sends its Control ID and value to the currently active Scene Actor properties can be linked to a particular Control ID so that if a message arrives from a controller the property will be set to the new value You can also choose to have the controller listen to the value of its linked property so that the controller always shows the current value of that property This is useful if you need to have a controller show the current value of an input property even though it is being changed by messages sent from another actor Creating Deleting Control Panels using Split amp Join Since the Control Panels travel with the Scenes as you edit them there are separate commands that allow you to create or delete a Control Panel They are the Split Control Panel and Join Control Panel respectively For both commands you must first click in the space between two Scenes so that the blinking cursor appears If the Control Panel for the Scenes on either side of the blinking cursor is the same i e an unbroken bar the Split Control Panel command will be enabled When you perform this command the Control Panel for the Scenes to the left remains unchanged while a new Control Panel is created for
102. the front and back side ensuring that it is visible from any viewing angle depth test When turned on the depth z coordinate of this taken into account when rendering this object other 3D objects images that are in front of this object will obscure it When turned off only the layer input is used to determine whether or not this object will be obscured by other objects in the scene zoom Scales the image from 0 to 100 of its normal size aspect mod allows the aspect ratio of the image rectangle to be manipulated Negative values will produce taller images positive values will produce wider images img count When creating multiple copies of the frame using the add img input determines the maximum number of objects that can be created How long each object will actually be visible is determined by the lifespan input Isadora Manual 220 e attack time Fade in time of the objects in seconds after it has been added using the add img input The total lifespan of the copy is the sum of this input and the decay time input e decay time Fade out time of the objects in seconds after it has been added using the add img input The total lifespan of the copy is the sum of this input and the attack time input e brt override Used when created multiple copies of the image to override the brightness of objects as they grow older For example if the lifespan of the objects is two seconds and a particular object is one second old it
103. the viewfinder e Choose Input gt Start Live Capture to start capturing Note that you must choose Input gt Start Live Capture each time you start Isadora before any video input will be available to the Video In Watcher Input Properties e channel The live video input channel that will be sent to the output See the Live Capture Settings window on Page 170 for more information on configuring live capture Output Properties e video out The video input stream captured from the live input e trigger Sends a trigger each time a new frame of video arrives Isadora Manual 433 Video Inverter a _ video out ia el HE EE we Inverts the color of a video stream The default behavior of the Video Inverter is to generate a negative image 1 e like a photographic negative of the video input stream However by changing the invert color a wide range of bizarre though unpredictable colorization effects can be achieved Connect the Color Maker actor to the invert color input to experiment with inversion colors other than white Input Properties e video in The video input stream invert color The color used to invert the video input stream When set to white the output is the photographic negative of the input Other colors produce unpredictable though interesting results You can set this color by linking the Color Maker actor to this property or you can click on the value edit box and choose the color from with
104. the MIDI Specification For a Note Off message to be seen by this watcher its values must fall within the range of values for specified by all four of the input properties Output Properties When this watcher sees a Note Off message that falls within the range of values specified by all four of the input properties the following values are sent to the outputs e port The MIDI Port on which the message arrived e channel The Note Off message s MIDI Channel e pitch The Note Off message s pitch e velocity The Note Off message s velocity e trigger Sends a trigger each time a message is seen Isadora Manual 348 Note On Watcher Note On Watcher port port channel Wielt channel pitch lt a pitch velocity velocity trigger Watches for MIDI Note On messages outputting the values associated with that message and sending a trigger when one is seen The Note On Watcher can look for a specific Note On message or a range of messages depending on the setting of the input property values When a message meeting all of the criterion specified by input properties is seen the values associated with that message are sent out of the output ports and a trigger is sent out of the trigger output Input Properties e port Specifies the MIDI Port on which the message must arrive to be seen These port numbers correspond to the ports shown in the MIDI Setup dialog You may specify a single port or a range of ports
105. the Scenes to the right If the Control Panels for the Scenes on either side of the blinking cursor are different 1 e a cursor is blinking between a broken bar the Join Control Panels command will be enabled When you perform this command the Control Panel for the Scenes to the right are discarded and the Control Panel for the Scene to the left now extends until the next Control Panel To create a new Control Panel for a group of Scenes e Click in the space just to the left of the Scene where you want the new Control Panel to appear A blinking cursor will appear Isadora Manual 106 e Choose Controls gt Split Control Panels A new empty control panel will be created and added to the Scene to the right The bar between the two scenes will now be broken indicating that they have two separate control panels The Control Panel for the Scene to the left will be unchanged while the Control Panel to the right will be empty To delete an existing Control Panel from a group of Scenes e Click in the space between Scenes where one Control Panel ends and the next begins Oe where the bar below the Scenes is broken A blinking cursor will appear e Choose Controls gt Join Control Panels The control panel to the right will be deleted The bar between the two scenes will now be unbroken indicating that they have one control panel The Control Panel for the Scene to the left will be unchanged The Control Panel to the right will has been
106. the light from the origin of the 3D world Normally this value should be set to 0 e diffuse Specifies the diffuse lighting color in the scene e ambient Specifies the ambient lighting color in the scene e specular Specifies the specular lighting color used for reflections on the object 3D Mesh Projector v1 3 3D Mesh Projector file path video in stage visible layer blend intensity render back depth test draw mode img scale shift horiz shift vert x rotation y rotation z rotation x translate y translate z translate Renders a video stream on a 3D mesh of an arbitrary shape allowing you to create a flat projections on complex surfaces including domes cylinders and fisheye reflectors The 3D Mesh actor currently only works with the 3D Mesh file format saved by the meshmapper application developed by Paul Bourke in conjunction with his warpplayer application Meshmapper allows you to interactively calibrate a mesh for projection on domes cyclinders fisheye reflectors and objects with strong perspective Please visit his website for more information on how this actor can be used and for information on obtaining meshmapper http local wasp uwa edu au pbourke miscellaneous domemirror warpplayer Isadora Manual 201 Input Properties e file path The full or partial path name to a mesh data file Full path names will begin with a under Mac OSX or a X under Windows where X is a drive letter
107. the manual Creating Scenes To insert a new scene into the Scene List e Click to the right of the last scene in the Scene List If a scene is active it will deactivate go from blue to gray and a blinking cursor will appear at the spot where you clicked This indicates where the new scene will be inserted Isadora Manual 29 e Choose Scenes gt Insert Scene A new scene called Untitled 1 will appear where the blinking cursor was previously You can see that it has been activated because the Scene Editor will be visible You can activate different scenes by clicking on that scene in the Scene List To activate the first scene simply click on it you can try this now with the first scene in the list It will highlight to indicate that it is active and the other scene will deactivate This will mean more when you have actually inserted some actors into the two scenes To rename your Untitled Scene choose Scenes gt Rename Scene and type in your new scene name You can find out more about cutting copying pasting and deleting scenes in the Scene List section of the Isadora Reference chapter of this manual Importing Media Isadora allows you to process both live and prerecorded images and sound If you want to use prerecorded media you will need to import it into Isadora Isadora can play and manipulate four types of files Digital Video Files Digital Audio Files AIFF WAVE or Sound Designer II Pictures S
108. the movie forward at normal speed 0 5 would play the movie forward at half speed 2 0 plays the movie forward at twice normal speed Negative values play the movie in reverse e position Jumps to the specified position within the play segment whenever a new value is received on this input The play segment is defined by the play start and play length properties see below This parameter is expressed as a percentage of the play length from O to 100 e play start Determines the starting point of the play segment the portion of the movie that will play as a percentage of the movie s total length ranging from 0 to 100 e play length Determines the length of the play segment the portion of the movie that will play as a percentage of the movie s total length ranging from O to 100 e loop enable v1 1 If this property is turned off the play segment will play once each time the Movie Player s Scene is activated or when its visible property is turned on If this property is set to on once the movie starts playing it will continue by looping back to the start of the play segment when the end of that segment is reached When it is set to palindrome the movie will play forward to the end of the play segment then play backward to the start of the segment and so forth e volume Sets the volume of the Movies sound track if one is present Expressed as a percentage of the sound track s normal volume Isadora Manual 341
109. the number of the scene to jump to where the first scene in the Isadora document would be 1 the second scene would be 2 etc These jumps are generally less useful because cutting and pasting scenes would cause the absolute jumps to activate the wrong scene However there are situations that are useful for instance when you always want to jump to the first scene in the document As mentioned above it is possible to cut copy and paste and rename scenes Here are some quick examples of how to do this e Select scene two by clicking on it and then choose Edit gt Cut Scene two will disappear from the scene list and you will be left with a blinking insertion point between scenes one and three Note that no scene is currently active as both one and three are not highlighted i e gray e Click the mouse to the left of scene one The insertion point will be now be blinking to the left of scene one e Choose Edit gt Paste Scene two will appear where the insertion point was previously and the other two scenes will move to the right e Click the mouse in between scenes two and one Choose Edit gt Paste again You will now have another copy of scene two e With the copy of scene two still selected choose Scenes gt Rename Scene The name two will turn into a text edit box Type four into this scene and press enter e Activate sc
110. the top right corner expressed as a percentage of the stage size bottom left h The horizontal offset of the bottom left corner expressed as a percentage of the stage size bottom left v The vertical offset of the bottom left corner expressed as a percentage of the stage size bottom right h The horizontal offset of the bottom right corner expressed as a percentage of the stage size bottom left v The vertical offset of the bottom left corner expressed as a percentage of the stage size Isadora Manual 294 HID Value Listener HID Value Listener Receives values from an HID input defines in the Stream Setup window An HID or Human Interface Device is a type of computer device that interacts directly with takes input from humans The term HID most commonly refers to the USB HID specification Common HIDs are Keyboard Mouse Trackball Touchpad Pointing stick Graphics tablet Joystick Gamepad Analog stick Webcam and Headset Input Properties e port Value corresponding to particular controller on a specific HID Output Properties e value Outputs a value received from an HID input device e trigger Sends a trigger each time a new value arrives Hold Range man inputs Box max value 1 range Outputs the minimum and maximum value ever received on any input and the range between the two Input Properties e reset Resets the min max and range outputs e inputs Sets the number of value inputs from 1 to
111. the trigger output Input Properties e port Specifies the MIDI Port on which the message must arrive to be seen These port numbers correspond to the ports shown in the MIDI Setup dialog You may specify a single port or a range of ports e channel Specifies the MIDI Channel on which the message must be received before it will be seen by this watcher from 1 to 16 You may specify a single port or a range of ports e prog num Specifies the program number or range of numbers that will be seen from 0 to 127 Isadora Manual 362 Note that for a Program Change message to be seen by this watcher its values must fall within the range of values for specified by all three of the input properties Output Properties When this watcher sees a Program Change message that falls within the range of values specified by all of the input properties the following values are sent out of the outputs e port The MIDI Port on which the message arrived e channel The Program Change message s MIDI Channel e prog num The Program Change message s program number e trigger sends a trigger each time a message is seen Watches for MIDI Program Change messages outputting the values associated with that message and sending a trigger when one Is seen The Program Change Watcher can look for a message with a specific program change number or a range of numbers depending on the setting of the input properties When a message meeting all of the crite
112. them e param 1 param 2 etc variable value parameters that will be inserted into the System Exclusive message See description above for more about using variable parameters Serial In Watcher Binary Serial In Watcher Binary port msg rcv enable gg value msg len Sy timeout Gg reset Reads a fixed length binary data block from the specified serial port using a user specified pattern matching specification Note To read data consisting of variable length messages marked by a delimiter use the Serial In Watcher Text actor Values within the data are parsed and output from this actor according to a user specified pattern matching specifier To edit this specifier double click this actor s icon and the editor will open For documentation on parsing input streams see Data Input Parsing on page 186 Input Properties e port Specifies the serial port from which to receive data e enable When turned on reads all data from the serial port and attempts to match the specified pattern When turned off ignores data from the serial port Isadora Manual 387 This should be used with caution as enabling this input in the middle of a message may result in the data being read erroneously msg len The length of the data blocks to be received by this watcher Each time the specified number of bytes arrives on the specified serial port an attempt will be made to use the pattern matching specifier to decode the
113. time GUI Installation Windows users should install the Sentinel HASP Run time GUI Installation After running this installer you may be required to reboot your computer Insert the USB Key into the computer There is a small red L E D light in the key it should illuminate e Run the USB key version of copy of Isadora by double clicking its icon e You will see this message when the application starts up Isadora Manual 23 Isadora This copy of Isadora has not yet been enabled to use the hardware key When you purchase a hardware key from TroikaTronix you also receive a code that allows Isadora to use the key To enter the code and enable this copy of Isadora Choose Edit gt Registration and follow the instructions Co Click OK to continue e Choose Edit gt Registration The License Agreement will be displayed click Agree to accept the terms of the license agreement Then the following dialog box will appear Isadora USB Key Registration Paste the USB registration key provided by TroikaTronix in the field below and click the Register button The Register button will become enabled when the key is valid Cancel t Registe e Paste the USB registration code you received from TroikaTronix into the text field within this dialog box e After you have correctly entered the USB registration code the Register button will become enabled Click it Your copy of Isadora is now regi
114. to scene four when you press the space bar e Finally click on scene four Set the Jump actor s jump to property to 3 This will jump backwards three scenes which means wel end up at scene 66 99 one e Now press the space bar repeatedly You ll see that you are now able to loop through all the scenes Remember we re using the Keyboard Watcher as an easy way to illustrate how input from the outside world can be used to move from scene to scene If you are interested in trying out an example that uses MIDI Note On messages to move from scene to scene try the tutorial file Tutorial 7 Midi If you d like to try out this file quit Isadora make that your MIDI Drivers are installed and that your MIDI interface is plugged in Then start Isadora again and load Tutorial 7 Midi Set up your MIDI Input Ports by choosing Communications gt Midi Setup See the tutorial on MIDI for more help If you connect a MIDI keyboard to your MIDI interface and press keys on the keyboard the Note On messages will do what the space bar did in the example above As a final example we ll set up a document that automatically moves from one scene to another without any user or performer intervention as this is often useful for self running museum installations e Close any currently open Isadora documents by repeatedly choosing File gt Close Then choose File gt New As usual you begin with one scene called Untitle
115. to integers and assigning to output parameters val int 2x rint 2x Match and parse the values of an HTML color such as FF0020 g int 2x b int 2x Data Output Formatting v1 3 Several actors allow you to format one or more input parameters into a resulting string of text characters The system used to accomplish that formatting is the same for each of these actors In Isadora 1 3 the actors include the Text Formatter Send Serial Data TCP Send Data First you should set the params input on the actor as this will add input parameters param 1 param 2 etc that will be used when generating the final output Up to nine parameters may be accepted by any one actor To edit the formatting specifier double click this actor s icon and an editor dialog will appear Edit TCP Data C Cancel OK In it s simplest form the editor will accept a text string enclosed in single quotes In the example above each time the actor was triggered to generate output the four ASCII characters d a t a would be generated You may also include two digital hexadecimal values outside the quotes to specify characters that cannot be represented on a keyboard For instance the formatting specifier Isadora Manual 195 hello OD OA would send the ASCII characters hello followed by a Carriage Return hex OD decimal 13 and a Line Feed character hex 0A decimal 10 To format and include a value
116. to the background Input Properties e foreground a video stream that will become more visible as the corresponding area in the mask approaches white e background a video stream that will become more visible as the corresponding area in the mask approaches black e mask a video stream that determines whether you see the foreground or background image Where the mask is white you will see only the foreground image Where it is black you will see only the background When the mask is a color or shade of gray you will see a mixture of the foreground and background showing more of the background as the mask approaches black e strength when this value is set to 100 the mask functions normally When set to a lower value you will see more of the foreground The internal effect is that the mask is lightened as the strength decreases By ramping this value from 0 to 100 you can fade in the mask by ramping from 100 to 0 you can fade it out e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out the masked video stream Isadora Manual 231 Anything Anything watch for output a Watches for any kind of Real World input including mouse movement keys being pressed on the keyboard and incoming MIDI events Input Properties watch for the type of input that is being watched for is indic
117. to the sixteen channels available in the play channel property of the Sound Player actor When you change the settings under the Sound Output Routing portion of this dialog you are specifying the pair of outputs to which a particular sound channel should be sent For instance if you set Channel I to Ext 1 2 and Channel 2 to Ext 3 4 then sounds played on Isadora s sound channel I would appear on channels I and 2 of your external device while sounds played on channel 2 would appear at channels 3 and 4 of your device Note that you cannot route sadora s sound channels to only one channel of your output device you must choose a pair You can however use the Pan property to send your sound only to one channel or the other e If you would like the current Sound Output settings to be the default when you next create a new document click the Use As Default button This stores the current routings in your preferences so that new documents will use these settings e Click OK to confirm your settings and dismiss the dialog Isadora Manual 155 Using Multi Channel Sound with Movies Isadora allows you to play the movie file s sound output to any pair of outputs on your external device You can do this by simply choosing the desired output in the snd out property of the Movie Player Movie Player Direct or Sound Movie Player actors When the snd out property is set to std the movie s sound will be sent to the default soun
118. upgrade to the Pro version of QuickTime Player by visiting http www apple com quicktime To create a multi channel sound movie follow these steps 1 Run QuickTime Player Pro 2 Choose File gt New Player to create an empty file 3 Open a sound file by choosing File gt Open File QuickTime Player supports numerous sound formats including AIFF WAVE MP3 and many others Note however that it is probably a good idea to have all of your files stored in the same format at the same sample rate 4 Choose Edit gt Select All 5 Choose Edit gt Copy 6 Then close the audio file by choosing File gt Close 7 The file you created in Step 2 will now be in front Click the Rewind button the single triangle pointing left with the bar at the point 8 Choose Edit gt Add To Movie At this point you have one sound track in the movie You can add more tracks by repeating steps 3 8 9 When you are done adding tracks choose File gt Save to save the new file with all of the audio tracks Note the two options in the Save dialog Save as a self contained movie and Save as a reference movie Generally speaking it 1s a good idea to choose Save as a self contained movie as a new file with a copy of all of the audio data you pasted will be created If you save as a reference movie then the file only contains links to the original files if you delete or move the originals to another folder you may not be abl
119. used when the brightness is above a specified level and the other color being used otherwise Before After Input Properties video in The video input stream threshold The threshold of brightness from to 0 to 100 that determines whether the bright color or dark color will be used when color the image Portions of the video image whose brightness is above this value will be set to the bright color Portions that are below this level will be set to the dark color bright color The color used to replace portions of the video stream that are above the threshold level drak color The color used to replace portions of the video stream that are below the threshold level bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties rgb out The edge detected video output stream output in RGB format Isadora Manual 425 Measures elapsed time Input Properties e reset Resets the time output to zero e run Starts the timer e pause Pauses the timer Output Properties e time Continuously outputs the elapsed time since the run input property was triggered Time of Day v1 1 trigger minute second day month year Sends a trigger at a specific time at a specific time on a particular day or at a periodic rate based on wall clock time Input Properties e mode When the mode is set to pe
120. v1 3 The Split Screen menu just to the right of the Place On popup is specifically designed to work with the Matrox Dual or TripleHead2Go and would generally Isadora Manual 128 speaking not be useful unless you were working with one of those two devices To learn more about how the Dual and TripleHead2Go allow you to get more video outputs from a single computer see page 149 There are six choices e Full e Left Half e Right Half e Left Third e Mid Third e Right Third Full is the default when using this option the stage fills the entire display Left Half and Right Half would be used with the DualHead2Go to route the image to the first or second video projector respectively Left Third Mid Third and Right Third would be used with the Triple Head2Go to route the image to the first second or third projector respectively Floating Stage Windows If you would like your Stage windows to float e to always be in front of the Isadora document check this box Hide Cursor When Full Screen If you would like your cursor hidden when the stage fill the main display of your computer function is activated check this box Stage Preview Control Settings Resolution Underneath this menu are two text boxes that allow you to customize the stage preview thumbnail size which is used when generating the image for the Stage Preview Control in the Control Panel For best performance set to a relatively s
121. value O within the block of data as this is the marker for the end of a text string e text The text to send to the serial port interpreted according to the mode setting Send Serial Data v1 1 Send Serial Data port trigger we params param Formats and sends data to the specified serial port To specify the precise format of the data sent to the serial port you must double click this actor and change its formatting specifier To learn more about how to control formatting see Data Output Formatting on page 185 Isadora Manual 385 Input Properties e port Specifies the serial port to which the data will be sent This port is configured using the Serial Port Setup dialog found in the Communications menu e trigger When a trigger is received on this port the data is sent to the specified port e params The number of variable parameter inputs Increasing this number adds parameter inputs decreasing it removes them e param 1 param 2 etc variable value parameters that will be inserted into the output data See Data Output Formatting on page 195 for more information on how to format the data from these inputs The param inputs of this actor are mutable Each input will change its data type to match that of the first link made to it The inputs will become mutable again if all of its links are disconnected To learn more about mutable inputs and outputs please Mutable Inputs and Outputs
122. video capture Note that if you want to use your computer s Fire Wire input to bring live video into Isadora you will need to have either a digital video camera with a Isadora Manual 25 Fire Wire output or a analog video to Fire Wire converter such as the Sony DVMC 2 or Canopus DVAC 100 e MIDI Interface and MIDI Input Output Drivers required if you plan to use MIDI input and or output Installing MIDI Interface Hardware amp Drivers If you plan on using MIDI as a way of controlling Isadora or if you need to send MIDI out of Isadora to control other programs you will need a hardware MIDI interface and driver software The sections below give general information on how to install the drivers for the various operating systems MacOS X MIDI support is built into MacOS X You will need to install OS X drivers for your particular MIDI interface before it will be recognized These drivers are generally included on a CD ROM that accompanies the interface Double click the installer application and follow the instructions provided You may need to restart your computer again after installing these drivers the installer will ask you to do this if it is necessary After installation is complete plug your MIDI Interface into your computer using the supplied cable Once the drivers are installed and the MIDI interface is connected its input and output ports should automatically show up in Isadora s MIDI Setup dialog See next
123. video output of the Movie Player to the video input of the Projector Your patch should look like this Isadora Manual 61 Movie Player movie visible speed position play start play length loop enable volume pan snd out freq bands text track into ram video out trigger loop end position text out video in horz pos vert pos width height zoom keep aspect aspect mod ee blend intensity spin perspective layer active stage hv mode Choose Windows gt Show Media to ensure you can see the Media Window Look for the movie called eyezoom mov it will have a number just to the left This is the video clips s media index Click on the number 0 just to the left of the word movie in the Movie Player The number will turn yellow to indicate Isadora is waiting for you to type Type the number 1 without the quotes and hit enter The movie will start playing You should now see the movie playing on the Stage Since V1 0 of Isadora it has always been possible to position and shape the image within the frame using the Projector actor This is accomplished using five parameters horz pos vert pos width height and zoom horz pos and vert pos control where the image appears on the stage from O to 100 of the Stage width and height respectively Width and height control how wide and tall the image is again from 0 to 100 of the stage width and height Zoom controls the size of the
124. when value goes above the high input e go below sends a trigger when value goes below the low input Contrast Adjust v1 1 out min Mit out max bypass Adjusts the contrast of a video stream Typically you will only adjust the in min and in max values to control the contrast Increase the in min value to get rid of noise in the image decrease the in max value to increase the contrast Changing the out min and out max values will determine the brightness of the final image increase the out min value to make the image lighter decrease the out max value to make the image darker Isadora Manual 257 Input Properties video in The source video stream in min The minimum brightness from 0 to 100 if the brightness of the incoming video stream is below this value it will be limited to this amount in max The maximum brightness from 0 to 100 if the brightness of the incoming video stream is above this value it will be limited to this amount out min The minimum brightness of the output video stream from 0 to 100 out max The maximum brightness of the output video stream from 0 to 100 Input Properties video out The manipulated video stream Control Watcher Control Watcher port port channel channel controller controller value 5y value trigger Watches for MIDI Control Change messages outputting the values associated with that message and sending a trigger when one is seen
125. with the channel input to determine which 3D models will be affected by the specified clipping See the channel input for more information e z clip enable If this property is turned on then the near z clip and far z clip parameters are used to clip 3D objects when they are rendered When this property is turned off the near and far z clip parameters are ignored e near z clip The near z clip works in tandem with the far z clip to determine if a 3D object will be rendered or not If the z coordinates of an object or part of an object is between the near z clip and the far z clip it will be rendered otherwise it will not be rendered e far z clip The far z clip works in tandem with the near z clip to determine if a 3D object will be rendered or not If the z coordinates of an object or part of an object is between the near z clip and the far z clip it will be rendered otherwise it will not be rendered Isadora Manual 223 3D Stage Orientation v1 1 3D Stage Orientation stage mode x rotation y rotation Ka z rotation x translate y translate z translate Determines the x y z rotation and translation of the camera for a specified Stage This actor the position of the camera looking at all 3D Object being rendered to a particular stage This is used in tandem with the 3D Player actor when its stage input is turned on Properties e stage the stage for whose rotation and translation will be set e mode when
126. with the property values Input Properties e rgb fore The foreground video stream Areas of this stream will be seen when its color does not fall within the key color specified by the key hue hue width and saturation properties If this stream is YUV it will automatically be converted to RGB e rgb back The background video stream Areas of this stream will appear superimposed on the foreground when the foreground color matches the key color specified by the key hue hue width and saturation properties If you do not connect any video stream to this input it defaults to a black background If this stream is YUV it will automatically be converted to RGB e key hue Specifies hue of the color that will trigger the key from 0 to 360 e hue width Determines the range of hues that will that trigger the key If you have a very clear evenly lit color on which you want to key in the foreground you should be able to set this value fairly low in the range of 5 or so Otherwise you may have to increase this value to get a workable key e saturation Specifies how saturated a color must be to trigger the key Setting this to high values requires that the color on which you want to key in the foreground be almost pure 1 e have very little white in it Lowering this value allows less pure i e more pastel colors to trigger the key softness Determines how hard the edge between the foreground and background images is Experi
127. x and y coordinate Each time a new value is received at the y input the current x y values and the previous x y values are used to calculate the velocity The velocity is actually the result of the standard formula for the distance between two points i e the square root of x2 x1 y2 y1 where x2 y2 is the current point and x1 y1 is the previous point One possible use of this module is to measure the velocity of the movements of the mouse Try connecting the Mouse Watcher s horizontal and vertical outputs to the x and y inputs of the 2D Velocity module for an example Input Properties e x The x coordinate of the point e y The y coordinate of the point Receiving a value at this input triggers the calculation between the current x y values and the previous x y values e scale The scaling factor Each time a new velocity is calculated it is multiplied by this number to determine the final velocity Output Properties e vel The velocity output Isadora Manual 198 3D Ambient Light v1 5 3D Ambient Light stage chan destination RS mode ambient light Sets the background ambient light for the specified Stage or 3D Renderer actor The background ambient light illuminates surfaces on a 3D Model whose ambient color material is not black Input Properties e stage chan Specifies which Stage or 3D Renderer will be affected by this actor If the destination input is set to stage then changes will be
128. you can link the output of the key watcher to the input of a trigger if you would simply like to trigger an event when the user presses a key LanBox Channels v1 1 LanBox Channels Allows Isadora to control a LanBox LC connected to your computer via a local area network i e Ethernet connection The LanBox Channels actor allows you to set the level of a contiguous range of DMX channels on a LanBox LC lighting control unit The meaning of some of the parameters are specific to the LanBox LC please refer to the manual for more details Input Properties e udp addr Specifies the UDP address to which the messages will be sent This should match the UDP address specified for your LanBox in the LCEdit program Isadora Manual 305 e udp port Specifies the UDP port number to which the messages will be sent This should match the UDP address specified for your LanBox in the LCEdit program e msg type can be set to either write or publish publish equates to the buffer broadcast command hex C9 write equates to the buffer write command hex CA For more detailed information please refer to the UDP documentation for the LanBox e buffer id specifies the LanBox buffer to which the channel data will be written When msg type is set to publish you can use the following values 252 DMX Input Buffer 253 Analog Switch Inputs 254 Mixer Buffer 255 DMX Output Buffer When msg type is set to write you may specify a v
129. you would also define an output parameter say light level that will be added to the Serial In Watcher Text actor and that will output the light level whenever a valid message is received In addition to any output parameters you have defined the msg rcv output parameter is always defined and sends a signal out every time a block of data matches your pattern Text vs Binary Actors There are actually two forms of each actor that pares input data a Text one and a Binary one The only difference between the two is the text actor reads input data Isadora Manual 187 until the some delimiter character is hit and then matches that data with the pattern while the binary actor reads input data in fixed size blocks For both the text and binary actors the pattern syntax and matching rules described below are exactly the same The text version of the actor has an input named eom char This is the delimiter character Typically you would set this to a newline or a carriage return but any values are acceptable The current default is 13 carriage return The binary version of the actor has three inputs msg len timeout and reset The msg len parameter specifies the length of a block of data in bytes Each time this many bytes is read from the input the data is matched to your pattern If no bytes arrive within the timeout period then any partial input data is discarded the pattern is not matched and the actor continu
130. 0 Selectine and Dele time rte EE 111 Usine a Picture as a Backoround VLA ee dee ee 111 Positioning Sizing and Aligning Control 112 Edine Connon 113 Setting the font font style and font size for a group of controls cece eecc cee cessnseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 114 Mee Ke CONTOS ciel one tee Selo esate ee 114 En thie Grid snap TE 115 Chans mea Control S S 6 Ui 6 ie his Ee ee 115 Seine C ONO SPECiMIC OPONS esiis ea e 116 Seeing the Control ID Associated with Comntrols ccccccccccccecceeesssseseeeccceccesaneeessseeeceeseeeaes 117 Using FreeFrame Plug ins cccscccsescsesssscseesensecensenenseeeeeeonseensseeaseeonees 117 Saving Files aS Run Only V1 1 scsecccssseeeseessesceeseeesenseeseoeneessonseesoes 117 ISAGOFa Ee 120 General PrererenCes ee EE 120 K PIC LETCU E 123 EE 127 WIT TING TEE 130 WY EE 132 Status Window Monitoring Performance and External Inpult 133 ENEE eege 133 Ero TOG ee E 134 Eh GE 134 DVDAN EE eaa E 135 TEE arrir a eat ate ece aes oer 136 Creatine Tie Cue SMCs E 136 Sime Me C UC SNCCl seiiewiia cen a el amet ulead a ead a esate ee aand 138 Pausing and Resuming the Isadora EngIne sccceeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 139 VIDEO amp AUDIO QUTPUT scecsiahnsecereneewtaswaente codes Gucadeatarsrawsentean 140 Isadora Manual 4 Compositing with the Projector V1 3 cccssseeseseeseeseeceneeseeneeseneees 140 Mave rinse Ee EE 140 iS Orin dE
131. 168 0 1 Set the Subnet Mask field to 255 255 255 0 Click the Apply button Setting a Fixed IP Address on Windows XP From the Start menu choose Control Panel If you are not in Category View click Switch to Category View at the top left of the window Click Network and Internet Connections Click Network Connections In the window that appears you should a document called Local Area Connection or something similar this would be the connection used with your Ethernet cable to access the Internet Double click this icon Click the Properties button A window labeled Local Area Connection Properties should appear Click on the TCP IP tab Isadora Manual 181 e In the list in the middle of the window is a list under the heading This connection uses the following items Find an item that has TCP IP in its name you may have to scroll down and double click this item A window labeled Internet Prototcol TCP IP Properties should appear Internet Protocol TCPAP Properties Jez es General You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address IP address 192 168 0 2 Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 Default gateway Use the followi
132. 1s vertical and its indicator will move up and down Isadora Manual 452 e Height The height of the slider e Font Popup menu selects the font used to draw text for this control e Bold Italic Underline When checked uses the bold italic or underline variations of the specified font e Font Size Sets the size font used to draw text for this control e Show Value of Linked Properties When an actor input property is linked to this control and this box is checked the control s value will be set to match the property s value This causes the control to display the property s current value at all times e Control ID This number is used to identify the control when linking it to actor properties When this control s value changes because a user clicked in the control a message giving the Control ID and the control s value is broadcast to the active Scene Any actor properties that are linked to this Control ID will have their value set appropriately Generally speaking you will want this number to be unique within a given Control Panel e Minimum The minimum possible value for this dial Can be any number It is permissible for the minimum value to be greater than the maximum In this case the slider value will decrease as you move it from left to right or from bottom to top e Maximum The maximum possible value for this dial Can be any number It is permissible for the maximum value to be less than the minimum In t
133. 2 etc The value to be sent to the Matrix Value Receive input channels listed in the corresponding channels input All values specified by this actor are sent whenever any value input changes Isadora Manual 323 foreground video out background dest horz ctr dest vert ctr Hi dest size scale fg bypass Overlays a scaled foreground video stream on a background video stream The entire foreground image is scaled to the size given by the dest size property and matted on to the background image so that it s center is at the point specified by the horizontal and vertical center properties For a higher degree of control e g to scale part of the source image onto the background please see the Matte actor in the next section Here is an example Example Matte Horz Center 13 Vertical Center 12 Size 50 Input Properties e foreground The foreground video stream After this stream will is scaled it will be matted on to the background video stream e background The background video stream The scaled foreground will be matted on to this background e dst horz ctr Sets the vertical center of the area within the background video into which the source will be matted from 100 to 100 percent of the background video s width e dst horz size Sets the horizontal size of the area within the background video into which the source will be matted from O to 100 percent of the background video s width Isadora Man
134. 4 FPS Control ID will have their value set appropriately Generally speaking you will want this number to be unique within a given Control Panel Initial Text The text field will be initialized to this text when the Control Panel is first loaded Color Sets color of the text When you click the color box a Color Picker control will appear allowing you to choose the new color Displays the current rendering speed in Frames Per Second Settings Dialog Control Settings Font Style Color Control Title CUS Width 64 Height 32 Geneva Bed italic Underline Font Size 12 Show Value of Linked Properties Comment Comment Horiz Alignment ooer WW Vert Alignment mde O i EE Control Properties Horiz Alignment The horizontal alignment of the text within its bounding box Choices are left middle and right Vert Alignment The vertical alignment of the text within its bounding box Choices are top middle and bottom Color The color of the text To change the color click on the colored box A Color Picker control will appear allowing you to choose a new color Isadora Manual 455 Monitor Provides monitoring of video streams in the control panel By linking this control to a video out port of an actor you can monitor the video at that point in the Scene Settings Dialog Control Settings Control Title FPS 1 Width 70 Height
135. 429 Isadora Manual 15 reeL 429 Update SNAP SOU EE 430 Valle Delay E ln 430 Value SOC Ci atasvcewseade sess se ectenetsactecieaavewsegaiceetaenetetiscentocansctantcesieneetectaieuewas 431 VIGGO DG lay EE 432 MICE OF AG ON EE 432 VIGE OMAV AEG NG EE 433 Vote e INVETE iari 434 VIGE O Al VE 434 VIGGO NOISE crcs a 435 VIGO CIO e WEE 436 WAD GE 437 Wave Generato E 438 YUV tO RGB Vi GE 439 ZOO MON EE 440 CONTROLS REFERENCE geesde EENEG 442 2D Slide EE 442 BaACKOrOUNO EE 444 BIN PICKET E 446 DUNO aisa aareetincesic aden ra vesentnasatuecanuaetensetanesansanmeetesaueteens 449 SEENEN 451 RICK ANNE 452 EOR Al lt gt 4 e ak GE 454 FPS onein 455 Isadora Manual 16 MONIO EE E 456 NUMDEP caia ceed eens ap vementasatnececmaadeaetaveaeutanseeteceneteaes 457 POPUD MEMU WEE 458 lt DE 459 AS CVC oases cectcts rater aeane cae etc a E 462 VIGGO PICK E 464 Isadora Manual 17 Isadora Overview What is Isadora Isadora is a software program designed to allow interactive real time manipulation of digital media including pre recorded video live video sound standard MIDI files and more You create an Isadora program by linking together modules called actors in Isadora parlance each of which perform a specific function on the media You make these programs interactive by linking actors to another type of module called a watcher which looks for information from the outside world Ge MIDI messages mouse and keyboard actions
136. AULowpass in 1 input Then connect the AULowpass out 1 output to the AUMixer s in 1 input Finally like the AUMixer s out 1 output to the DefaultOutputUnit s in 1 input As soon as you make this last link you will hear sound Note that the AUAudioFilePlayer and DefaultOutputUnit both have properties called active We will experiment with these momentarily but suffice to say that because both of these active properties were set to on connecting the last link caused sound to automatically start playing 8 Adda Mouse Watcher to the scene Connect the horz pos output to the cutoff frequency input of the AULowpass and the vert pos output the resonance input 9 Turn the volume of your sound system to a medium level the low pass filter can make very loud sounds when the resonance is high 10 Finally click the start input of the Default Output Unit You should hear your sound playing Moving the mouse will change the cutoff frequency and resonance of the low pass filter affecting the sound s timbre 11 You can also experiment with changing the volume 1 and panning 1 inputs of the AUMixer actor 12 To mix two sounds add another AUSoundPlayer actor to the scene and connect it s out 1 output to the in 2 input of the DefaultOutputUnit Then click the start input of the DefaultOutputUnit You will now hear both sounds and can control the volume and panning of each using the volume and panning inputs of the AUMixer actor
137. Below are four value edit boxes Isadora Manual 87 Ctl Link Init Scale Min and Scale Max We ll discuss the Init box below and the Ctl Link boxes in the section on Controls The values of Scale Min and Scale Max determine the range of values to which any incoming value will be scaled e Change Scale Minimum and Scale Maximum values to specify the range of values to which values arriving at this input will be scaled These value edit boxes work like the ones inside any actor you can use the mouse to scroll through the possible values or you can enter a value into the box by clicking on it typing the value and pressing enter or return To specify the limits of an output property e Click on the name of an output property found just to the left of the output value box on the left right of an actor The name will turn yellow to indicate that it is selected and information about that property will appear just below the Scene Editor Settings for output Minimum O0 Maximum 1 ou ue 9 Limit Min Limit Max e At the top is the name of the output along with the absolute minimum and maximum values allowed for this property Below are three value edit boxes Ctl Link Scale Min and Scale Max We ll discuss the Ctl Link value in the section on Controls e The values of Limit Min and Limit Max determine the minimum and maximum values that the output will send and are use
138. Capture Control in the Actors Reference section of this manual The Capture To Disk actor allows you to record whatever is being captured to disk and to then have that newly recorded movie appear in the Media Window See a full description below under the heading Capturing Video and Audio To Disk on Page 170 Isadora Manual 167 Controlling Video Capture Performance Setting Capture Resolution v1 1 You can control the resolution with which Isadora captures the live video In North America Digital Video cameras typically provide an image that is 720 pixels across and 480 pixels down While the quality of such an image is very good it contains so much data about 40 megabytes per second that Isadora can get bogged down attempting to process it all You can improve up Isadora s performance by scaling the image down to a smaller size In the Resolution popup in the Live Capture Settings window you can choose from the following resolutions e Full Size Leaves the captured video at original resolution e Half Size Scales the captured video to one half of its original resolution e Quarter Size Scales the captured video to one quarter of its original resolution e 640 x 480 NTSC Full Scales the captured video to a resolution of 640 x 480 e 320 x 240 NTSC Half Scales the captured video to a resolution of 320 x 140 e 160 x 120 NTSC Quarter Scales the captured video to a resolution of 160 x 120 e 768 x 576 PAL Fu
139. Display at the resolution specified by the Preview Stage Size Second when you explicitly choose Output gt Force Stage Preview If the Stage is at its full size it will switch to Preview Mode moving to the Main Display and being shown the resolution specified by the Preview Stage Size If it is already in Preview Mode it will return to full size on the correct display Isadora Manual 127 Stage 1 2 3 4 5 6 Options v1 3 For each of Isadora s six stages there are three settings e Place On allows you to specify the monitor on which the stage will be shown e Aspect allows you to force the stage to a specific aspect ratio e Split Screen seen to the right of the Place On popup allows you to position the stage when working with the Matrox Dual or TripleHead2Go To learn more about how these devices allow you to use additional video outputs from a single computer see page 149 Stage Options Place On v1 3 Use the Place On popup menu to specify the display on which the Stage will appear when it is visible Here the word display refers to a video output that would typically be attached to a video projector or video monitor through a VGA or DVI output To learn how to configure your computer so that Isadora s output can appear on a second monitor or video projector please follow the instructions under Outputting to a Video Projector on page 149 This menu will contain at least one item for each display c
140. For example take a look at the Table actor select val out select val out values values value 1 value 1 value 2 value 2 value 3 value 3 Table Actor with Mutable Connections The image on the left shows the actor before any connections have been made The green dots at the three value inputs and the val out output indicate that these ports Isadora Manual 84 are mutable When you add a new Table actor the default data type for the inputs and outputs is float e a number with a decimal point In the second image a video actor has been connected to the first input All the inputs and outputs of the Table actor have changed to say video indicating they can receive or send a video stream In addition the dots next to the inputs and outputs have become blue to because they are no longer mutable In this example once you ve made the first link and the data type changes to video you would not be able to make a new link to a numeric input or output until you disconnected all of the links to the value and val out ports Many actors who have mutable inputs or outputs are like the Table actor once a connection is made to any input or output the data type of all related inputs or outputs changes to match the first connection and these ports are no longer mutable There are some exceptions though Consider the Send Serial actor Send Serial Data port trigger params param 1 param 2 param 3 dl Send Serial Actor Connec
141. ID is used to identify the control when it broadcasts new values to actor properties to which it is linked The settings for each type of control vary See the documentation in the Control Reference section for specific information about each control To edit a controller s settings e Select the control and choose Controls gt Edit Control Settings or e Double click a control or Isadora Manual 115 e Control click MacOS or right click Windows the control and choose Edit Control Settings from the popup menu The control s settings dialog will appear Here is the Control Settings Dialog for the Slider control Control Settings Control Title Slider i Width 22 Height 94 Font Geneva A Style Bold italic Underline Font Size 9 Show Value of Linked Properties Control ID 1 Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Step 0 Display Value Display Format 123 Color O The items above the separator line Control Title Width Height Font Settings and the Show Value of Linked Inputs check box are common to all controls Items below the separator are specific to the type of control whose settings are being edited The Control ID will be in the lower section This number is important because its value is used to identify the controls to which they are linked Most controls have one Control ID Some have more than one a few notably the Comment control have none e Once the se
142. ISADORA User s Manual By Mark Coniglio Version 1 5 August 2013 2002 2013 Mark F Coniglio all rights reserved Isadora Manual pech TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS ware cccccccecteacescteccteccccevessetosivoducssewestbeccbscsececeusey 2 ISADORA eu CAE 18 div CC e e TC EE 18 QUICK STAR 2 EEN 19 REGISTRATION PROCEDURE cccccccececscencncecscencscsceneecseeneees 21 pte ps Elie EE 21 Ble Ae AE 21 EE 21 Step 34 Register Standard Version EE 2l Step 3b Resister USB Key NEE EE 23 Preparing YOUr COMPUTER ereina aaaea aa A aE 25 POW MIO AG the rt 25 Elter eege EE 25 Basie System EN 25 Installing MIDI Interface Hardware amp Drivers 26 Seme Ee NEE e 26 Tutorial 1 Playing a MOVIC ccccssccsssssssscesscssseesssonseceseseseeeseeeneeoneeneeeaeass 29 Crea mine a NeW EE 29 ETH 29 Toponime Meld E 30 Sin TSAI ACOS aa a ss gale atsan cals ran ac neem ened ees la catnasend anew auraieaemenaa a 31 Tutorial 2 Changing Actor Settings cccccsseseeesseseeeeseneeeeenseeseenseesennnees 34 Tutorial 3 Interactive Control ek KEN KREE ENKEN KN ENEE ENK KEEN EN KKK KAREN 36 Tutorial 4 Live Video INPUt cccsscesssesseeeenssessessonseonsessonseoeeeeseenseees 38 Tutorial 5 Real Time Video Processing cccssscseseeeeeeeseeeaeeeeeeeeeeneneneaes 40 Ted UR 6 SOUNO BEE 43 Tutonial 7 E la te RE 46 Tutorial 8 Fine Tuning LINKS and ACtOMS cceeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
143. If Display Value is turned off this setting has no effect e Color The color of the control s background Isadora Manual 443 Background Draws a solid background with a specified color and shape optionally using a picture to draw the background The background color is used to visually organize your Isadora Control Panel By placing other Isadora controls on these rectangular or oval areas of color you can create an appealing look and feel for your Settings Dialog Control Settings Control Title Background 1 Width 64 Height 32 Font Geneva D Style Bold ab _ Underline Font Size 9 Show Value of Linked Properties Shape Rectangle Ke Fill Color O Border Color O Border Size 1 Round Rect Radius 16 Picture 0 Cancel oK Control Properties e Control Title The title used to identify this control e Width The width of the slider e Height The height of the slider Font Popup menu selects the font used to draw text for this control e Bold Italic Underline When checked uses the bold italic or underline variations of the specified font e Font Size Sets the size font used to draw text for this control Show Value of Linked Properties When an actor input property is linked to this control and this box is checked the control s value will be set to match the property s value This causes the control to display the property s current value at all t
144. Input Properties e input A number to be converted to text Output Properties e output The value specified by the input input property as text Number To String v1 2 This actor was renamed to Number to Text in v1 3 Please refer to the documentation for that actor OSC Listener v1 3 channel type Receives Open Sound Control messages from another application which may be running on the same computer as Isadora or which may be running on a computer connected to your computer via a local area network Open Sound Control is a standardized way to send high resolution data from one application to another The OSC Receive actor allows Isadora to receive values from another application For more information on Open Sound Control please refer to Open Sound Control Support on Page 176 Note values sent to Isadora must include OSC type tag information otherwise Isadora will not recognize the values Input Properties e channel The channel on which messages will be received Isadora has 32 input channels with OSC addresses ranging from isadora 1 to isadora 32 When sending data from the other computer you must transmit to the correct Isadora Manual 350 address for the OSC Receive actor to see the data For example if channel is set to 5 then messages received on the isadora 5 OSC channel will be seen by this listener e type This determines the type of the value output When this is set to float
145. LanBox the first representing the red component of the pixel the second the green component and the third the blue component To use this actor you must first specify which areas within the video stream will be analyzed and transmitted to the LanBox LC To do this begin by connecting a video stream to the video input of the LanBox RGB Out actor It is a good idea to use a relatively low resolution video use the Scaler actor to reduce the size of the video clip if necessary It is very important that you establish the resolution of the video input for this actor before you start setting the position of the rectangles Unlike most of Isadora the position of the rectangles is specified using absolute pixels not a percentage So if you specify the rectangle positions and then change video resolution you will most likely have to edit the rectangle sizes and locations again To edit the rectangles double click the LanBox RGB Actor The following dialog will be shown Isadora Manual 307 Edit LanBox Zones Preview Use Arrow Keys to Move Arrow Keys Shift to Resize vV Preview vV Frame Outlines Magnification 8 0 5 Rectangle Inspector Left 8 Top 17 Width 20 Height 5 Average To Three Channels Channel Range 602 901 To add a rectangle click the button 66 99 To remove a rectangle click the button To select a rectangle and show its inspector click on the rectangle s outline
146. Normal Quality Low Quality and Minimum Quality Isadora Manual 169 Forcing a 4 3 Aspect Ratio There is also a setting in the Live Capture Settings window called Force 4 3 Aspect Ratio When this option is enabled the captured video stream is scaled so that its aspect ratio ratio of width to height is 4 to 3 Some capture cards capture at this ratio e g 640x480 or 320x240 normally and so turning on this setting will have no effect However forcing the 4 3 ratio is useful when capturing digital video DV streams via Fire Wire For instance a DV NTSC stream has a resolution of 720x480 an aspect ratio of 1 5 to 1 Using this setting improves performance if in your Isadora file you are combining captured live video that does not have a 4 3 aspect ratio with movies that do In addition it makes the image a bit smaller leaving fewer pixels to process Capturing Video and Audio To Disk The Capture To Disk actor allows you to start or stop recording the current capture input to your computer s hard drive After capture is completed the newly recorded movie will appear in the Media Window so that you can play it using any of the Movie Player actors Note that if video and or audio capturing must be active for this actor to have any effect You start live capture using the menu commands under the Capture menu or with the Capture Control actor Capture To Disk channel function Ad This function is useful in interactiv
147. Output is enabled Isadora Manual 125 FreeFrame Plug in Directory v1 1 Isadora now looks for FreeFrame plug ins in the Library Application Support FreeFrame on MacOS or the C Program Files Common Files FreeFrame on Windows The FreeFrame development community has agreed upon these directories as the standard place for application programs to search for FreeFrame Plug ins You can choose to have Isadora look in a different folder however Choose Isadora gt Preferences MacOS or Edit gt Preferences Windows and click on the Video tab In the section marked FreeFrame Plug in Directory uncheck the Use Default Path checkbox When you do a folder selection dialog box will appear Choose the folder where you d like Isadora to look for plug ins and click OK The next time you start up Isadora it will look in the specified folder for FreeFrame plug ins Quartz Composer Plugin Load Options v1 3 MacOS X Only Isadora loads Quartz Composer plugins from three standard locations System Library Compositions Library Compositions Library Compositions e the Library folder in your home directory These checkboxes allow you to disable one or more of the Quartz Composer plugin folders which can noticeably reduce the amount of time it takes Isadora to start up The default setting is to search all three folders for plugins But we recommend that you uncheck the System Library Compositions checkbox if you are not a
148. P address port and OSC address specified in the udp addr port and addr inputs Overlay Box Superimposes a rectangle of a specified intensity size and position on a video stream Input Properties rgb in The source video stream on which the rectangle will be superimposed If you leave this input disconnected the rectangle will be drawn on a black background If this stream is in YUV format it will automatically be converted to RGB horz pos The horizontal center of the shape specified as a percentage of the incoming video sream s width A horizontal position of zero is halfway between the left and right edge vert pos The vertical center of the shape specified as a percentage of the incoming video stream s height A vertical position of zero is halfway between the top and bottom edge width The width of the shape specified as a percentage of the incoming video stream s width height The height the shape specified as a percentage of the incoming video stream s height bright The brightness of the rectangle from 0 to 100 bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Isadora Manual 353 Output Properties e rgb out The rectangle superimposed at on the input video stream in RGB format Panner video in video out width height horiz vert bypass Pans left and right and or up and do
149. RAM Random Access Memory for faster playback NOTE This can consume large amounts of your system s memory be cautious when using this feature e preload Preloads the specified video when a trigger is received video in video out rows mode reset bypass Warps the input video stream It is easier to see the results of warp than to describe it Warp works by copying one horizontal chunk of video from each new frame that arrives at the input It starts the copying at the top and moves down one chunk each time a new frame of video arrives When it gets to the bottom it starts over again Here is the result produced when moving the camera horizontally across this author s face and routing the video input into Warp I rotated my head 90 degrees about 2 3 of the way through one cycle so there is a bit of profile after that Isadora Manual 437 Input Properties e video in The video input stream e rows Determines the number of rows of video that will be copied each time a new frame of video arrives Lower numbers look better but are slower Higher values are chunkier but faster Experiment for best results e mode When set to cycle each time Warp gets to the bottom of the frame it automatically jumps to the top and continues scanning continuously When set to once it stops upon reaching the bottom and waits for a trigger at the reset input before it will return to the top and start scanning again e reset
150. Text button Control ID 2 Off Value 0 On Value 100 Mode Momentary RW Don t Send Off Invert Style Catered Background M Color O Picture 0 Control Properties e Control Title The title used to identify this control This text appears inside the button e Width The width of the button e Height The height of the button e Font Popup menu selects the font used to draw text for this control es Bold Italic Underline When checked uses the bold italic or underline variations of the specified font e Font Size Sets the size font used to draw text for this control Isadora Manual 449 Show Value of Linked Properties When an actor input property is linked to this control and this box is checked the control s value will be set to match the property s value This causes the control to display the property s current value at all times e Control ID This number is used to identify the control when linking it to actor properties When this control s value changes because a user clicked in the control a message giving the Control ID and the control s value is broadcast to the active Scene Any actor properties that are linked to this Control ID will have their value set appropriately Generally speaking you will want this number to be unique within a given Control Panel e Off Value The value that is broadcast to the currently active Scene when the button is turned off e On Va
151. The Target Frame Rate popup allows you to specify the rate at which Isadora will attempt to render its video output This value relates directly to the FPS display in the Status Window Isadora Manual 120 General Service Task v1 3 Refers to the frequency with which Isadora will try to service all actors except Movie related actors in all currently active scenes Generally this setting relates to actors that have to do with time like the envelope generator wave generator pulse generator etc The General Service Task is specified as a multiple of the Target Frame Rate the actual period between service tasks is shown to the right of the popup menu Play Windows Movie Formats Natively v1 3 Windows Only Enabling this feature allows Isadora to play Windows movie formats WMV amp AVI and will use the native operating system calls to play them You ll often see better performance if you use these formats as compared those played by Apple s QuickTime especially on multi processor machines However Windows movie playback has some limitations that QuickTime does not have namely e You cannot play movies backwards This also means the palindrome option of the loop enable input of the Movie Player will not in fact palindrome loop e Scrubbing the movies e interactively changing the position input of the Movie Player actor will not perform as well as QuickTime e Certain QuickTime specific features are not ava
152. The play channel determines the sound channel on which the sound will play At any given moment only one sound can play on a given sound channel This means that if you start playing one sound on a given channel and then play a different sound on the same channel the second sound will interrupt playback of the first To be able to hear two sounds play simultaneously you must send them to different channels You can leave the play channel set to O to use any available channel IMPORTANT When a sound is being played and manipulated by the Sound Player it is loaded entirely in your computer s Random Access Memory RAM The Sound Player is not the best choice when playing extremely long sound clips as it may cause you to run out of RAM and they can take a long time to load A better Isadora Manual 400 method of playing long sounds is to save the sound as a sound only QuickTime movie and use the Movie Player to play it Even though there won t be any video sent out of the Movie Player s output port you will still be able to control the volume pan and even the play segment The disadvantage of using the Movie Player is that it doesn t loop short play segments very well Input Properties sound The number of the sound you want to play as shown in the Media Window When the number of a valid sound is entered here its name will appear to the right of the number play channel The channel on which the sound will be played from 1 to 16
153. Title If this checkbox is selected the Movie s title will be drawn in the control e Item Width Set the width of each item within the picker in pixels The minimum width is 16 Ss Scroll Option There are five possible options None Tabs Top Tabs Bottom Tabs Arrows Top and Tabs Arrows Bottom The top and bottom versions determine if the tabs and or arrows appear at the top or bottom of the control The Tabs only versions does not display left and right scroll arrows the Tabs Arrows version display both The number of movies that you can see at once and the number of tabs will update dynamically as you resize your control adjust the picker s size for the orientation arrangement that suits you best Note that if there is not enough room horizontally all of the possible tabs might not be displayed Isadora Manual 466
154. V3 EE 164 Startins Stoppe E 166 Wer DnE LIve LTE 167 Interactively Starting or Stopping Capture amp Recording Capture Input 167 Controlling Video Capture Performance scnis a a a aaa 168 Capturing Video and Audio To DISK cccceeeseeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeneneeneenees 170 Sarni Capre TODI E 170 StOp pine Capture To Dik oase eee a T E a eb binideuswacadnetens 171 Specifying the Location on Disk for Captured Medua cccccccssesseeseeeecceeeeesaeeeesseeseeeeeeeeaeas 171 Deluna te WE E EE E 172 COMMUNICATING WITH EXTERNAL DEVICEG 173 Isadora Manual 5 Isadora Manual MIDI Input and EIERE eebe ees 173 Hardware Intemace EE eegenen 173 EE 173 Isadora Virtual MIDI Inputs amp Outputs vil Mac 175 Open Sound Control OSC V1 1 ccceeceseeceseceeeeeenseceneecnneecenesceneseaneses 176 How Open Sound Control EGRET 176 Receiving Open Sound Control Packets eneen et e E E E 177 Adding Custom Open Sound Control OSC Addresses cccceccceeccecceceeeenseseeeeeceeeeeeeaeaeeesees 178 Transnuttine Open Sound Control PACK Cts w vine dese enn eebe o a e E EE 180 Transmitting Receiving OSC Without a Router 180 Human Interface Device Input HID V1 3 ce ceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeneeeneeeeees 182 Se GC up an MD a aes oiare seas a aw hee hemetancehs oules ee 182 Serial Input Output v1 1 WE 185 Hardware Inter ace Be 185 SC ElaAl POLL SCUD EE 185 Input Data Parsing Overview V1 3 cc
155. When mode is set to once a trigger sent to this input will start Warp scanning again after it has reached the bottom of the frame See mode property above for more details e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The warped video output Wave Generator Generates waves of various shapes The Wave Generator generates numeric output over time that represents one of five possible wave shapes sine square triangle sawtooth and random For those who have worked with music synthesizers this would be Isadora s equivalent to a Low Frequency Oscillator LFO There numerous times that the Wave Generator comes in handy but it is primarily used when parameter to cycle repeatedly over time e freq The frequency of the wave from 0 0001 to 999 Hz or cycles per second e wave One of five possible wave shapes sine square triangle sawtooth or random When you choose a new wave a diagram of it will appear inside the actor to help you visualize its shape Random is a little different than the other waves in that it will only output a new value each time it comes to the start of its cycle The other waves output new values continuously during their cycle Isadora Manual 438 e phase Normally all waves start at the zero point of their cycle You can change this by adjusting the phase
156. Wherever the sprite color exactly matches the xfer color you will see the background Where it does not match you will see the sprite For those of you who have used transparent GIFs on web sites the transparent mode is same concept Note that in compressed images what appears to be a solid color is actually a slight variation on that color and SO won t work well when attempting to use the transparent mode To get best results you should use an uncompressed picture with a solid color that you can match e add over add with overflow Adds the colors of both streams together without limiting the result e add max add with limit maximum Adds the colors of both streams together limiting the sum to the maximum possible 255 for each color component e sub over subtract with overflow Subtracts the colors of the second stream from the first without limiting the result e sub min subtract with limit minimum Subtracts the colors of the second stream from the first limiting the result to a minimum of zero e xfer color See the blend and transparent modes for information on how this color is used Isadora Manual 406 Output Properties e video out The background video stream with the sprite superimposed upon it Stage Background v1 2 Stage Background stage bkg color erase fb intensity fb scale h fb scale v fb offset h fb offset v fb rotation Changes the background color and or enables powerful
157. aced at the beginning of the pipe The number of items in the pipe is determined by the size parameter k size D ___ SPIPIPIP IPI Re Input Properties e value Each time a new value arrives here the values in the delay line are shifted one to the right The value at the end of list is sent to the output e size The number of stages in the delay Isadora Manual 430 Output Properties e value out Each time a new value arrives at the value input the values in the delay line are shifted one to the right The value at the end of list is sent to this output Value Select select mputs value value 2 value 3 Route multiple numeric inputs to one output The Value Select actor will route data from one of several inputs to an output When a particular value input is selected with the select parameter any values that arrive on that input will immediately be sent to the output In addition whenever the select input changes and a new input is routed to the output the current value of the newly selected input is sent to the output The value inputs and the output of this actor are mutable They will all change their data type to match the data flowing through first link made to any of the inputs or to of the output For more on mutable inputs or outputs please Mutable Inputs and Outputs on page 84 Input Properties e select Chooses which input will be routed to the output This value c
158. ack and white video noise is produced When turned on the video noise is in color Output Properties e video out The video noise output Isadora Manual 435 Video Preload Preloads a video or range of videos into memory so that the Video Player can start playback instantly Some video formats can take a noticeable fraction of a second to start play The Video Preload actor helps you to avoid that delay by preloading a small chunk of the specified movie or movies into your computer s main memory thus reducing as much as possible the delay in starting playback Note however that the preload function will only work if snd out dir stage and into RAM parameters exactly match the equivalent settings in the Movie Player used to play the movie Input Properties e mode This property can be set to either play or forever When set to play the video is kept in memory until a Movie Player actor starts and then stops playing it Once that actor stops playing the video it is removed from memory When set to forever the video is kept in memory until it is preloaded again with the mode set to play or until Isadora quits Use this option with caution It is easy to fill up your RAM with videos that you no longer need to play e video low The number of the first video you want to preload as shown in the Media Window If you want to preload only one video set the number of the video you want to preload and leave the video high input set t
159. adora and appear as reference in the Media Window The references will be stored in the first available bin of that matches the type of file you dragged Here is how the media window looked after we dragged in three movies one sound file and seven pictures and one 3D model Isadora Manual 72 aA A Untitled Media SR ek v C Video Files 1 3 Bubbles mov 2 D dancer mov 3 EB eyezoom mov A 2 ve mov Y q Audio Files 1 voice1 aif v MIDI Files m Pictures abstract pattern pct ascii 5x7 pct SE Cube edge mask tif EJ mask pict SS Nature Fast Pan Grond pc Si Texture pict ss eroone pct 7 3D Models Cube 3ds lt m O d OO Om P Ga MA _ Note the number to the left of the each media reference This number is used to identify the media when specifying which one you want to play inside an actor To replace the file associated with a media reference e Double click the media reference it is OK if the reference is currently lt Unassigned gt e Or control click MacOS or right click Windows the media reference to choose Replace Media from a pop up menu e A file dialog will appear that allows you to select a different file to associate with that media reference e Select the new file and click Open to confirm the new file The name of the reference in the Media Window will change to match that of the newly selected file selecting Media References To select an item or bin e C
160. age has it s perspective input set to 10 while setting it to 10 produces the right image Isadora Manual 63 O Untitled Stage 1 O Untitled Stage 1 Experiment with these three settings Restore the projector to its default values by selecting the Projector actor and choosing Actors gt Reset to Default Values when you are done In Isadora 1 1 it became possible to display two or more images on the same stage by using multiple Projector actors in the same scene To take best advantage of this capability it is essential to understand the blend intensity and layer input properties The layer input property controls the layering of the images Higher numbers are closer to you lower numbers are further away So 1f you have two Projector actors in the same scene and layer input of the first one is set to 5 and the layer of the second is set to 4 then the image from the second projector will be drawn behind that of the first There are three blend modes additive transparent and opaque Additive means that the two images are literally added together they will both be visible at the same time even when one is on top of the other When using this setting the intensity parameter simply controls the brightness of the image Transparent means that the transparency of the image can be adjusted using the intensity parameter If intensity is set to 100 then the image will be opaque and you won t be able to see the image
161. age within the output video stream with values ranging from 100 to 100 of the output Isadora Manual 440 frame height Negative numbers move the image to the left positive to the right e decay Darkens the image as it passes it through to the output from 0 to 100 percent When set to 0 this property has no effect As you increase the value the image will become darker This property is most often used when Zoomer is combined with the Luminance Key actor to create video feedback effects e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The zoomed video output Isadora Manual 441 Controls Reference 2D Slider Displays a two dimensional slider that can manipulate two parameters at once Sliders are most useful when you want to vary an actor s property over a range of possible values The horizontal and vertical output can be linked to two different properties and the output value can be displayed if desired Settings Dialog Control Settings Width 80 Height 80 Font Geneva B Style Boid italic _ Underline Font Size 12 Show Value of Linked Properties X Control Number 1 Y Control Number 2 Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Step 0 a Display Value Display Format 123 Color Gray HJ Cancel Control Properties e Co
162. al 13 Serial In Watcher Binary egeeE eege 387 Serial Watcher Textoris a 388 Set M difed EA A E isisisi aaa aaia araa 389 Seguental TIGGER E 389 SUVS VIS E 390 SNIMME aa a 391 Elle En e te 392 Sim ltane UY ebe EEN 392 S SC DEE 393 SIMOOLNEN CV Vid GE 393 Sound Frequency Watcher ccccccsseeecsesseeseeseesceeneeesenseeseoeseeseenseesees 394 SOUNG Level WalCNe eege eelere 396 Sound Movie PIAY Ci E 397 SOUNA Playe EE 400 Sound Prelo e DEE 402 SOUNG L vel Wa tehe E 403 Speak TEXT AT RECH E 404 SPOTL EEN 405 SlAgGe BaCkGround V1 2 vecssiiccsiscveccencstusstsriewsniscensvdactetadseetnevsuensgedeestsdeess 407 Stage Mouse Watcher V1 3 cccccsseeeseseeceeseecenseeceseesenseeceneeseensesoanees 409 SUING F rmatter V1 2 EEN 411 SORTING RAA EN NON 411 SVONOM TO VICE VID RE 411 SVDNON TO Image V1 5 eebe eege ee 412 Isadora Manual 14 Ke UE 413 TCA Ss VANS EE 413 Tap Kn e EE 414 TCP In Watcher Binary ites since cis etancwacn vc scecncansicereverecisninsavwreenecsahaanetaciecens 414 TOPIN Watchers Ve x EE 415 TOP Send Al EE 416 TEP SUE ai COME Ol ME 417 OE VEO WEE 418 NC a CMOD EE 418 Text Draw Vi A GEN 419 TEXE Gei dr Cu en VE WEE 420 WOKE Pat SOV 13 EE 421 TOXU WAP Eed 421 Ty US E 422 TNE Te TEE 424 TFC SIIOUG Vi OI 425 TVG Eege egeeeriegeehege eege EEN 426 TIMGE OF Day VIT sra a aa 426 Ree Le UE 427 elei UE 427 8 de Le ele TN 428 Tugger Text V1 3 E 429 MAGGS LE SEEMING AA T DE
163. alue of 1 64 to write directly into the LanBox s Layer Buffers A through BK or 254 to write directly into the Mixer Buffer e chan offset determines the actual channels to be transmitted essentially this number plus one For example when chan offset is set to 0 the dmx 1 input would send to channel 1 dmx 2 would send to channel 2 and so on If the chan offset is 50 then dmx 1 would send to channel 51 dmx 2 to channel 52 etc e channels determines the number of dmx channel inputs Increasing this number will add more dmx n inputs decreasing this number will remove them e dmx 1 dmx 2 Use these inputs to specify the DMX values for each channel The number of available inputs is specified by the channels input property The actual channel number is depends on the setting of the chan offset input If the chan offset is 50 then then dmx 1 would control channel 51 Isadora Manual 306 LanBox RGB Out v1 1 LanBox RGB Out video in udp addr udp port msg type buffer id chan offset Allows you to map the colors of a video stream to channels of a LanBox LC The LanBox RGB Out actor is specially designed to take advantage of lighting instruments that can be produce RGB colors This actor will map the color of specific areas within an incoming video stream to channels on a LanBox LC allowing the colors of the video to control the color of the lighting For each analyzed pixel three channels will be sent to the
164. alues or click in the box type a new value and press enter e Click in the value edit box next to Scale Min type 0 5 and press enter Now enter 1 0 into the Scale Max value edit box e Move the mouse left and right again You see and hear that as the horz pos output of the Mouse Watcher varies between 0 and 100 the speed of the sound will go between 0 5 and 1 0 It is important to know that Scale Min doesn t have to be less than Scale Max In fact you can invert the scaling by setting the number in Scale Min to a higher value than Scale Max Try this e Again click on the word speed in the Sound Player Now enter 1 0 in the Scale Min value edit box and 0 5 into Scale Max e Move the mouse from the left side of the screen to the right Now the playback speed of the sound goes from 1 0 to 0 5 as you move from left to right You ve inverted the behavior of the mouse movement Initializing Property Values Finally we should take a moment here to note the Init checkbox and the value edit box that accompanies it When you need to make sure that a property is preset Isadora Manual 51 to a specific value when its Scene is activated check the Init checkbox and enter the desired value into the value edit box to its right Let s create an example that illustrates why this feature is important e Click on the Scene called Initializing in the Isadora file Tutorial 8 you opened above Insid
165. alues make the corner move left x or up y positive values make the corner move right x or down y e xI yl1 Offsets the top left corner of the image Negative values make the corner towards the center positive values move the corner away from the center e x2 y2 Offsets the top right corner of the image Isadora Manual 218 Ss x3 y3 Offsets the bottom left corner of the image e xA4 y4 Offsets the bottom right corner of the image 3D Rect Project v1 3 3D Rect Project blend intensity render back depth test zoom aspect mod img count attack time decay time brt override override wid x rotation y rotation z rotation x translate y translate z translate x offset y offset z offset Expanding on the capabilities of the 3D Projector this actor renders a video stream onto a rectangle that can be rotated and translated in three dimensions and can create multiple copies of the image that travel automatically through space In addition you can control the height and Isadora Manual 219 width of the resulting image independently as well as controlling which edge is referenced as the origin when rendering The latter feature is to control how the image is positioned if the source video s aspect ratio changes Input Properties video in The video stream to be rendered to stage The stage to which the image will be rendered channel The channel or stage to which this object will be render
166. an be adjusted using the softness property Here is an example oe s Foreground Background For this example the red background of the wall provides a good solid color that we can use to key the background image onto the foreground Red translates to value of 0 in the key hue property The hue width was set to 10 and the saturation was set to 66 Wherever the foreground image is red the background image shows through in the result The edges between the foreground and background images is softened somewhat because we set the softness property to 10 Isadora Manual 250 To help you understand what these values mean as you are working there is a diagram displayed in the center of the actor that represents the key hue hue width and softness properties Saturation is not represented in the graph For the example actor at the top you can see that the hue color is red and the width is fairly narrow The slope at the top and the bottom represents the softness property Chroma Keys are tricky and it can be difficult to get a clean key unless the key color in the foreground video stream is quite pure and evenly lit On the other hand you can get lovely effects by misusing this module using setting the hue width and softness properties to very high values such that you get a strange blend between the foreground and background images The most important requirement to get the best results with this actor is a lot of experimentation
167. an range between 1 and the number of inputs specified by the inputs property e inputs The number of value inputs available to be routed to the output e value 1 value 2 etc The value inputs that will be routed to the output Output Properties e output Passes on any value arriving at the input to the output specified by the select input property Isadora Manual 431 Video Delay Delays a video stream The Video Delay works by passing frames of video through a chain of video buffers called stages the more stages the longer the delay Each time a new frame of video is received it is stored at the front of the chain after all the other buffers are shifted to the right and the last buffer is sent to the video output Pd Input Properties e video in The video input stream e frames The number of frames of video used in the delay The greater this number the longer the delay Note that each frame requires enough memory to hold one full frame of video Setting this value to a high number will consume a large amount of memory and may lead to performance problems e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The delayed video stream Video Fader video in video out bkg color mix amount bypass Fades between a video stream and a solid color Input Properties e vid
168. and hit return Again use the slider to adjust the intensity The intensity fades the image in and out but now the front most image is added to the image below the Eye never totally disappears because the two images are added together e Finally restore the intensity of the top projector to 100 and then its layer input to 0 so that the Bubbles are under the Eye again Now even though the blend mode of the Bubbles remains set to additive the Eye isn t being added to the Bubbles Why Because the blend mode of the Eye is still Opaque Since it s now the one in front it is written over the Bubbles not added to it Just working with these the layer blend and intensity parameters offers incredible flexibility with how you composite images In previous versions of Isadora you needed to use a Video Fader to cross fade from one image to another In version 1 1 it is possible to use two projectors and fade one in while the other fades out e Click on the Scene called Crossfade to see an example of this Press the space bar to cross fade between the two videos using an Envelope Generator and two Projectors actors Note that the mode of both actors is set to additive This patch won work as expected if they are set to other modes try changing the blend input of the two projectors to see the results Distorting the Image Click on the Scene called Layering and try the following Isadora Manual 141 e Click on
169. anges you ve made since opening this User Actor editor will be discarded You can actually get the changes back one step at a time by choosing Edit gt Redo Note that if you are editing a User Actor saved prior to v1 3 this dialog box will not appear This is because the User Actor does not have the unique identifier required to allow the automatic synchronization of User Actor instances You can convert this User Actor to the new format by saving it to the Global User Actor toolbox Converting a Macro to a User Actor v1 3 You can choose to convert a Macro to a User Actor at any time If you choose to do this the actor will be assigned a new unique identifier and marked as a User Actor If you later edit this actor or copies of it you will be presented with the Confirm User Actor Edit dialog as you would with any User Actor Converting a User Actor to Macro e Select the Actor e Choose Actors gt Convert Macro to User Actor Adding User Actors to the Toolbox If you create a User Actor that you would like to use frequently you can add it to the Global Toolbox After you do so the actor will appear in the User section of the Toolbox even after you quit and restart Isadora You can drag this actor into the Scene Editor like you would any other You may also add an actor to the Local Toolbox In this case the user actor 1s stored along with your Isadora document This feature may be useful if you create user actors th
170. angle 4 draws a square 5 draws a pentagon etc Higher values will approximate a circle e vertex rot The rotation of the object s vertices around the center of the particle use this to spin the object around its center e obj scale h v The scaling of the horizontal vertical dimensions of the object specified as a percentage of the current size e size shift If this input is off only the start size is used to determine the size of the particle if this input is on then the size will shift from the start size to the mid size and then to the end size over the duration of the fade in hold and fade out times e start size Starting size of the object being drawn defines the initial size of the object when its created If the size shift input is on the particle will change its size based on the start size mid size and end size as well as the fade in hold and fade out times Isadora Manual 208 e mid size Defines the middle size of the object being drawn during its hold time between the end of the fade in and the beginning of the fade out times Only used if size shift input is on e end size Ending size of the object being drawn defines the size of the object when it reaches the end of the fade out time Only used if size shift input is D 9 on e color shift If this input is off only the start color is used to determine the color of the particle if this input is on then the color
171. any currently sounding notes e note 1 note 2 note 3 The pitches for the Note On messages to be sent as chosen by the select input Minimum Outputs the current minimum value of all of its inputs Input Properties e inputs Specifies the number of value inputs for this actor from 1 to 16 e value 1 value 2 etc When a value arrives at one of these inputs it is compared to all of the other value inputs If it is the least of all of these the new value is sent out of the output port If a value arrives that is greater than or equal to than the any of the other input values nothing happens Output Properties e min The current minimum value of all of the value inputs Isadora Manual 333 Mono Pressure Watcher Mono Pressure Watcher port port JI channel pressure _ y pressure trigger Watches for MIDI Monophonic Pressure messages outputting the values associated with that message and sending a trigger when one is seen The Mono Pressure Watcher can look for a message with a specific pressure value or a range of pressure values depending on the setting of the input properties When a message meeting all of the criterion specified by input properties is seen the values associated with that message are sent out of the output ports and a trigger is sent out of the trigger output Input Properties e port Specifies the MIDI Port on which the message must arrive to be seen These port numbers correspond to the por
172. applied to the specified Stage If destination is set to renderer then changes will be applied to any 3D Renderer whose channel input matches this value e destination Specifies whether this actor will affect a Stage or 3D Renderer actor When set to stage this actor affects the Stage indicated by the stage chan input When set to renderer this actor affects any 3D Renderer whose channel input matches the value of the stage chan input e mode When set to local ambient light changes will affect 3D rendering within this scene only When set to global the settings will affect 3D lighting for all scenes Global settings will stay in effect until another 3D Lighting Ambient Color actor changes the ambient lighting color e ambient light The color of the background ambient light color and intensity for the specified stage or 3D Renderer Set this color to black to disable background ambient lighting Isadora Manual 199 3D Light Orientation v1 1 3D Light Orientation channel for stage mode x rotation y rotation RS z rotation distance ambient specular Controls the orientation and color of the lighting applied to 3D models rendered by the 3D Player Note that the lighting will only take effect if the 3D Player s lighting input is turned on In addition to specifying the rotation of the lighting around the origin of the 3D world you may specify the diffuse ambient and specular color of the lights The di
173. as well as more abstract systems Experimentation with this actor is key to realizing its potential As a starting point for your experiments take a look at the 3D Particles oz file included with the Isadora examples Input Properties texture map The video stream that will become the texture map for each particle If no video stream is connected to this input the particle will be rendered using the solid color specified at the color input In addition you may use a texture map that is actually a grid of equally sized images by setting the tex map across and tex map down input properties to a value greater than 1 In this case individual images from the grid will be applied as a texture map for each particle as selected by the tex map col and tex map row inputs tex map scale Scaling of the texture map on the particle tex map across For texture maps that are composed of a grid of images specifies the number of images across tex map down For texture maps that are composed of a grid of images specifies the number of images down tex map col Selects which column to use when rendering the next particle This number should be between 1 and the number of columns specified in the texture map across input tex map row Selects which row to use when rendering the next particle This number should be between 1 and the number of rows specified in the texture map down input video gen Allows you to use a video stream to control the ge
174. associated with that message and sending a trigger when one is seen The Program Change Watcher can look for a message with a specific program change number or a range of numbers depending on the setting of the input properties When a message meeting all of the criterion specified by input properties is seen the values associated with that message are sent out of the output ports and a trigger is sent out of the trigger output Input Properties e port Specifies the MIDI Port on which the message must arrive to be seen These port numbers correspond to the ports shown in the MIDI Setup dialog You may specify a single port or a range of ports e channel Specifies the MIDI Channel on which the message must be received before it will be seen by this watcher from to 16 You may specify a single port or a range of ports e prog num Specifies the program number or range of numbers that will be seen from 0 to 127 Note that for a Program Change message to be seen by this watcher its values must fall within the range of values for specified by all three of the input properties Output Properties When this watcher sees a Program Change message that falls within the range of values specified by all of the input properties the following values are sent out of the outputs e port The MIDI Port on which the message arrived e channel The Program Change message s MIDI Channel e prog num The Program Change message s program number
175. at would only be needed within a particular file Isadora Manual 99 Choosing a Folder to Hold Your Global User Actors Before you can store any actors to the Global Toolbox you must choose a folder to which they will be saved This is the folder that Isadora will look in to find your user actors the next time it is started up e Choose Actors gt Set Global User Actor Folder A dialog will appear that allows you to select a folder e Click OK to confirm your selection To Add a User Actor to the Global Toolbox e Select the User Actor e Choose Actors gt User Actor To Global Toolbox The Toolbox will automatically switch to the User Actor Group and the new actor will be shown there e Note that if the User Actor you are saving was created prior to v1 3 it will be converted to the new format and saved with a new unique identifier You can only add a User Actor to the Global Toolbox if there is not an actor with that name already in the Toolbox Isadora will warn you with an alert box if the name is already in use and you can choose to replace the actor or cancel Otherwise make sure actor names are visible and then choose Actors gt Rename Actor A text edit box will appear Type the new unique name and press the Return key Then follow the procedure above to add the User Actor To Add a User Actor to the Local Toolbox e Select the User Actor e Choose Actors gt User Actor To Local Toolbox The Toolbox will automatically s
176. atcher Options include MacOS Windows cmd d command key alt a alt key ctl c control key ctl c control key opt o option key win w windows key shf s shift key shf s shift key Note that when you save a file on MacOS and read it under Windows the cmd modifier becomes the alt modifier and opt becomes win The reverse is true when you move from Windows to MacOS To enter a new Set of modifiers click on the modifiers value edit box and type the codes for modifiers you desire separated by hyphens You can use either the three letter or single letter modifiers when typing the new modifiers If you wanted the watcher to only see the mouse move when the option and command keys were down enter opt cmd and press enter To remove all modifiers click on the modifiers value edit box press a space and press enter e limit horz Limits the range of horizontal movement that this watcher will see specified as a percentage of the width of the main display For example if you set this range to 0 50 the mouse will only be seen moving when it is in the left half of the display limit vert Limits the range of vertical movement that this watcher will see specified as a percentage of the height of the main display For example if you set this range to 50 100 the mouse will only be seen moving when it is in bottom left half of the display Output Properties e horz pos The horizontal position of the mous
177. atchers in the text field to the right of the Other radio button To edit an existing cue e Select the cue from the list located in the bottom portion of the Cue Editor window e Edit the Cue Desc field and Send Key radio buttons shown in the top portion of the Window To remove cues e Select the cue s in the list located in the bottom portion of the Cue Editor window e Click the minus button or press the delete key or choose Edit gt Clear to delete the cue Or choose Edit gt Cut to cut the cue so that it can be pasted into another location the list To paste cues e Click between two cues to set the blinking insertion point This is where the cue s will be inserted when you paste e Choose Edit gt Paste To change the order of cues e Select the cue s in the list located in the bottom portion of the Cue Editor window e Drag them to a new location the blinking insertion point shows where the cues will be inserted e Release the mouse button To change the name of the cue itself e Option click MacOS or Alt click Windows the cue in the list located in the bottom portion of the Cue Editor window e A text edit field will appear showing the current name of the cue e Type the new name of the cue e Hit the return key to confirm the edit Isadora Manual 137 Using the Cue Sheet Once the cue sheet has been created for each scene you are ready to use the Cue Sheet feature Start by activa
178. ated by a shorthand notation displayed in the input value see below mouse keyboard midi the value starts with either hpos for the horizontal movement or vpos for the vertical movement After this the modifier keys are used to manipulate what the watcher sees Eg x cmd opt means the watcher will see horizontal movement of the mouse when the command and option keys are held down the value starts with key This is followed by the key that will trigger the operator When looking for keboard events the output changes to trigger the value will start with shorthand for that midi event followed by the Port Channel and one or two other values specific to the event For the watcher to see an incoming midi event it must exactly match all of these parameters unless the value is set to don t care indicated by a dash Here are the layouts for the various MIDI messages note off nof port chan pitch velocity note on non port chan pitch velocity polyphonic pressure pprs port chan pitch pressure control change ctrl port chan ctl number ctl value program change prg port chan prog number monophonic pressure mprs port chan pressure pitch bend pbnd port chan value Ouput Properties output the value will either be a percentage value between 1 and 100 or trigger depending on how the input is set up Isadora Manual 232 Auto Fade Automatically crossfades
179. attempts to match the specified pattern When turned off ignores data from the serial port This should be used with caution as enabling this input in the middle of a message may result in the data being read erroneously Isadora Manual 388 e eom char The character that signifies the end of a message e eom end of message Whenever this character is received the data accumulated in the buffer is parsed using the pattern matching specifier and values are sent to the outputs if a match is successfully made Output Properties e trigger Sends a trigger when a valid message has been parsed and it matches the pattern specified by the pattern matching specifier e value outputs The output for one of the parsed values The names and number of these outputs are based on the pattern matching specifier e number of these outputs are based on the pattern matching specifier Set Modified v1 5 Set Modified D set modified When triggered marks the current Isadora document as modified ensuring you are asked to save the file before closing it Input Properties e set modified Trigger this input to mark the current Isadora document as modified Sequential Trigger Sequential Trigger trig in trig 1 reset trig 2 outputs trig 3 Sends triggers out of multiple outputs sequentially Input Properties e trig in Sends a trigger to the next trigger output The first trigger that is received after the actor is activa
180. band of frequencies to monitor centered around the frequency specified by the frequency input e freq slope Specifies how sharply the frequency response will fall off from the center frequency to the width indicated by the freq width property e min level The minimum level that must be exceeded before the energy level will be sent to the energy output from O to 100 percent e trig level Whenever the measured energy level level goes above this value a trigger will be sent out of the trig output Output Properties e energy The amount of energy within the frequency band defined by the frequency freq width and freq slope inputs e trig Sends a trigger whenever the energy level goes above the value specified by the trig level input Isadora Manual 395 Sound Level Watcher Sound Level Watcher channel left level left min level right level night min level left trig left trig level right trig night trig level Measures the amplitude volume of audio arriving on one of the Live Capture input channels The Sound Level Watcher allows you to use the control other actors based on the amplitude of a live audio signal To use this actor you must first enable Audio Capture by choosing Input gt Start Live Capture See the section entitled Live Video amp Audio Input on Page 164 for more information on setting up live audio input To use this actor start by setting the left min level and right min level input prope
181. black background If this stream is in the YUV format it will automatically be converted to RGB e text The text to be display This can be received from any actor that outputs text e horz pos The horizontal center of the text specified as a percentage of the width of the frame from 100 to 100 percent e vert pos The vertical center of the text specified as a percentage of the height of the frame from 100 to 100 percent e font height This is given as a percentage of the output stage height from 0 to 1000 Theoretically a value of 100 would produce text whose capital letters are the same height as the stage In practice because of the need for Isadora Manual 419 descenders like the letter y and other factors the text won be quite as tall as the stage when set to 100 e leading The vertical spacing between lines of text e h align The horizontal alignment of the text left center or right e valign The vertical alignment of the text top center or bottom e rotation Rotates the text around its center point specified in degrees from 360 to 360 e font To set the font click on this property s value edit box a menu with all of the fonts available on the system will appear After choosing a font its name will be displayed in the value edit box e color The color with which the font will be drawn e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disable
182. by this watcher Each time the specified number of bytes arrives on the specified TCP stream an attempt will be made to use the pattern matching specifier to decode the incoming data e timeout Specifies a timeout for the input buffer If more than this amount of time passes between receiving any two bytes the input buffer will be cleared and the incoming message length count reset to zero e reset Clears the input buffer when triggered and resets incoming message length count is reset to 0 Output Properties e msg rev Sends a trigger when a valid message has been parsed and it matches the pattern specified by the parsing string e value outputs The output for one of the parsed values The names and number of these outputs are based on the pattern matching specifier TCP In Watcher Text TCP in Watcher Text Reads text based data from the specified TCP stream using a specified parsing string Note To read data consisting of fixed length messages with no delimiter use the TCP In Watcher Binary actor Values within the data are parsed and output from this actor according to a user specified pattern matching specifier To edit this parsing specifier double click this actor s icon and the editor will open For documentation on parsing input streams see Data Input Parsing on page 186 Isadora Manual 415 Input Properties e stream id Specifies the TCP stream from which to receive data e enable When t
183. c Angle 3D v1 3 Given a pair of x y z coordinates outputs the angle between the two points Input Properties e xlI y1 z1 The x y z coordinate of the first point e x2 y2 z1 The x y z coordinate of the second point e trigger Triggers the calculation of the angle and sends the result to the angle x y angle x z and dist outputs Isadora Manual 241 Output Properties angle x y Outputs the angle of rotation of the line defined by the two points xl y1 and x2 y2 angle x z Outputs the angle of rotation of the line defined by the two points X1 z1 and x2 z2 dist Outputs the distance between the two points Calc Brightness v1 1 Calculates the brightness of a video stream optionally measuring the minimum and maximum brightness to provide automatic scaling The Calc Brightness actor is especially useful if you want to determine how much movement is occurring in a live video feed and to use the amount of movement to interactively control some parameter To accomplish this you connect the Video In Watcher actor to the Difference actor s video in input and then connect the difference actor s video output to the video in input of the Calc Brightness actor For instance if the camera is looking at a hand and the hand was moving slightly the output of the Difference actor would look something like this When there is movement the Difference actor makes more white pixels When there is no movement the outpu
184. cation the port number specified when transmitting the data must match the one set in Isadora s Preferences Isadora Manual 177 Adding Custom Open Sound Control OSC Addresses Open Sound Control OSC is a protocol for communication among computers sound synthesizers and other multimedia devices that is optimized for modern networking technology OSC s advantages include interoperability accuracy and flexibility To learn more about OSC visit http opensoundcontrol org The OSC section of the Stream Setup editor allows you to add OSC addresses to which other applications or hardware may send OSC messages to Isadora Stream Select Open Sound Control E vi Auto Detect Input Enable Port Stream Address Data vi 0 touchosc xy1 x 84 252 Wl o touchosc xy1 y 54 4167 vi 0 touchosc slider1 31 8422 Mo wii accel x 8 65972 M 0 wiaccel y 80 5636 vi o wii accel z 99 8272 The messages are routed to the OSC Listener actor by associating a port number with a particular OSC Address The port number determines the OSC address that the OSC Listener will hear For example one such OSC device is the TouchOSC app that runs on the iPhone This app has an editor that allows you to define various buttons and sliders If you were to add an XY Pad similar to Isadora s 2D Slider Control it would have two default OSC outputs 1 xy1 x for the horizontal value and 1
185. ce When you manually activate a Scene in the Scene List by clicking on it with the mouse its actors are displayed in the Scene Editor and they all begin communicating with each other If the activated Scene generates video output it will appear on the appropriate Stage if it produces sound the sound will be sent to the computer s audio output etc It is important to understand that each Scene is completely independent from the other Scenes in the same document Because of this you cannot pass data from one Scene to another When you activate a new scene all of the media output of the previously active scene stops Generally speaking only one scene is active at a time However you can use the Activate Scene and Deactivate Scene actors to activate more than one scene at a time See the documentation for these two actors for more information Each Scene is visually represented by rectangular shaped objects displayed in the Scene List at the bottom of an Isadora document Each Scene is associated with a Control Panel indicated by the bar just below the Scene proper When the bar goes between two or more scenes it indicates that those Scenes share the same Control Panel Control Panels allow you to create a user interface for your Scene consisting of one or more Isadora controls See the section Using Control Panels on Page 104 for more information Isadora Manual 76 Activating amp Deactivating Scenes To activate a Sc
186. cene will run at the same time A Scene activated through the Activate Scene actor will remain active until 1 you deactivate it using the Deactivate Scene actor 2 you make the secondary Scene primary by jumping into it using the Jump actor or 3 if you make it primary by clicking on it in the Scene List with the mouse Secondary Scenes are indicated as active in the Scene List by being drawn in a light blue color as opposed to the deeper blue used to indicate a primary active Scene In the picture below scene one is primary and scene three is secondary one Properties e trigger When a trigger is received on this input port the secondary Scene indicated by the mode and scene properties is activated e scene Indicates which Scene to activate This field works in tandem with the mode field When mode is set to relative the number in this field indicates the scene to activate relative to the current scene 1 would be the scene after this scene 1 would be the scene before this scene 2 would be the second scene after this scene etc When mode 1s set to absolute the number in this field indicates a Scene in the Scene List by its position where 1 is the first scene in the list two is the second scene etc When a valid scene has been specified in this property its name will appear after the number e mode Determines how the number in the scene property is interpreted When this property is set to relative the sc
187. choosing Edit gt Clear or pressing the delete or backspace key Note that you can select more than one link by shift clicking e Set the Movie Player s speed to 0 Set play start to 0 and play length to 100 Then connect the Mouse watcher s horz pos to the Movie Player actor s position input Move the mouse left and right to scratch the movie like a DJ would scratch a record e Now connect the vert pos to the Projector actor s zoom input You will be able to scratch the video by moving horizontally and zoom the video by moving vertically e Disconnect all of the links except the one connecting the video out from the Movie Player to the video in on the Projector Set the zoom input on the Projector to 100 Set the Movie Player actor s speed to 1 again Set the Projector actor s width and height properties to 50 Then connect the horizontal and vertical mouse positions to the Projector actor s top and left Isadora Manual 37 properties Move the mouse around to squeeze and stretch the video image on the stage You can also use the computer s keyboard to manipulate actors e Disconnect all of the links except the one connecting the video out from the Movie Player to the video in on the Projector Set the Movie Player actor s speed to 1 again Set the Projector actor s width and height properties back to 100 e With the Mouse amp Keyboard group selected in the Toolbox Filter click on the Key Tabl
188. ck the document and remove the password protection from it At this point Isadora will ask you to save the file so that it will be saved on disk with the password protection disabled Once you ve done this the document will open without any restrictions on what other users can do with it Isadora Manual 119 Isadora Preferences Isadora s Preferences allows you to specify options that control performance and workflow There are five sections in the Preferences window General Video Stage MIDI Net and Alerts Each section can be selected by clicking the appropriate tab at the top of the window To edit Isadora s preferences choose Edit gt Preferences General Preferences Isadora Preferences Video Stage Midi Net Warnings Frame Rate Tasks Target Frame Rate 30 fps LD General Service 8x Per Frame 4 167 mS Startup Action ei Show New Window O Open File Dialog Nothing After Loading File Floating Windows Don t Activate Any Scene _ Status Window Q Activate First Scene Video In Preview O Restore Scenes Active When Saved _ Automatically Show Stages Thumbnails _ Load At Idle Time smaller files Save With Files faster loading User Interface Toolbox Font Size 10 pt KS Actor Control Font Size 9 pt _ Disable Control ID Linking _ Disable Scroll Wheel Editing of Actor Inputs File Import _ Import GIFs as Video Cancel Co Target Frame Rate v1 1
189. ckTime Player to store your movies in this format NOTE While QuickTime and QuickTime Player are free the Pro edition required to recompress movies costs 29 99 at the time of this writing You must have the Pro Edition to recompress movies using QuickTime Player 1 Open QuickTime Player by double clicking on its icon From the File menu select Open Movie to open the movie you want to recompress 2 Choose File gt Export or press cmd E to call up the export dialog 3 After the window appears click the Options button to show the Movie Settings window 4 Then click the Settings button 5 Choose your desired compression format using the pop up menu under the heading Compressor Isadora Manual 69 6 Set the slider under Quality to the halfway point which should be labeled Medium You can use High if you like you re movies will be somewhat larger but the quality of the image will be better 7 In the text box to the right of Frame Rate type 30 if it is not already set to 30 Use 25 if you are compressing PAL movies Uncheck the other two boxes that say Key Frame and Limit Data Rate 8 Press the OK button 9 You re back at the Movie Settings window Click on the Size button 10 Click the Use Custom Size radio button Two text boxes marked Width and Height will appear 11 Type your desired sizes into the Width and Height text box 12 Press the OK button 13 You re
190. conds to reach Q Isadora Manual 266 Desaturate video in video out saturation bypass Decreases the color saturation of a video stream Input Properties e video in the video input stream e saturation determines the amount of color remaining in the output video stream When this is set to 100 the actor has no effect As this value approaches zero the saturation of the output video stream will be reduced When this value is 0 the output video stream is black and white e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out the desaturated video stream Difference video in video out threshold mode bypass Compares the previous and current frame of the video input stream generating a video stream that show areas that are different as a light color and areas that are similar as dark Previous Frame Current Frame Difference Above is an example In the previous and current frames of video the hand has moved just slightly to the right The brightest part of the resulting difference is the Isadora Manual 267 edges that is where the image is most different Parts that are similar the palm for instance are darker Input Properties e video in the video input stream e threshold determines how different the previous and current frames must be before you will see some
191. cssecessesssseseseeceseecenesseeeseeneses 186 EXE WS EEN ACOS eegen 187 Pata Pars mee Pate E 188 Data Pars mec Eleme MS eet 188 Data Input Parane ter ASSI emne i a a a Deaain Neeser niiee anes 193 Data Mpun ell EE 195 Data Output Formatting V1 3 ccccceeeeseeeeceneeeenseeeneseeneeceseeensesensesonees 195 RRE EE 198 3D Ambient Light fvi 5i EE 199 3D Light Orientation fv 11 200 3D Mesh Projector V1 3 E 201 3D Mosaic E 203 3D Particles fv 21 206 SDP IIVE E 211 SD Prole CLO VIES E 214 SD Quad DISTO VI Tinna aa 217 SE MOCE TE VIS WEEN 219 SD RONdETO eeh 222 Isadora Manual SD e 0 0 4 ees renee rene mre Eee nen a E 223 3D Stage Oriental On Vi T EE 224 3D Trackball v1 5 EE 225 3D VEIOCIUY VES WEE 225 Absolute Value v1 1 EN 226 Activate Scene Amount V1 1 EE 226 EH 228 Add Alpha Channel v1 1 EN 229 AINO a a 230 Alpha E 230 PATA CIN E 232 AUO TT 233 Background CONOR EE 234 BIOD Decoder ta EK EE 234 Blob Minimum Distance V1 5 ccccceseseseesecensensecnseenseeneceseonseenssenees 236 Blob Target Proximity At eseeuebeegeggergeed Eeee DSLR 237 Broadcaster EE 238 Sift 239 Cale Angle AT DN NN 241 Cale Angle SD V1 8 EE 241 Cale BrighinGSs V 121 irsana aa Ea 242 Cale MB Torrano iE E 243 UE e E 244 Capture e dd DEE 245 N Isadora Manual SAD UES TO Eege 246 CharaCter to NUMD T asiain aa aiai 247 CHOD PIXELS AA Ee E 247 MOD DEM Tad acea a 248 CATOIA EE 250 lee
192. ct any numeric or trigger output to any other numeric or trigger input Video outputs can only be connected to video inputs sound outputs to sound inputs To connect one actor s output to another actor s input Click in an output port the blue dot on the right side of an actor A red line representing the link will now follow the movements of your mouse Move to another actor s input port the blue dot on the left side of an actor The link will thicken whenever you are inside of a valid input port Click the mouse to confirm the link Some data types are incompatible and so you will not be allowed to make a connection For instance you cannot connect a video output to a numeric input If the data types are incompatible the cursor will change be into a circle slash icon to indicate you are not allowed to make a connection Note that the link is red when no data is flowing through the link and that it is green when data is flowing To cancel a link in progress Hit the esc key or press Command Period MacOS or Control Period Windows Or control click MacOS or right click Windows to choose Cancel Link from a popup menu To delete a link Click on a link to select it It will turn bright red or bright green depending on whether or not there is data flowing through the link to indicate that it has been selected You can shift click to select more than one link at a time Choose Edit gt Clear to de
193. ctively using these compositions Isadora Manual 126 stage Preferences Isadora Preferences General Video Stage Midi Net Warnings Preview Stage Size 290 by 240 Pixels Place On Display 2 1920 x 1080 EI Full ES Stage 1 Aspect Match Display Aspect Place On Nope ES Full KS Stage 2 Aspect Match Display Aspect ES Place On Nope eq Full re Stage 3 Aspect Match Display Aspect re Place On None ES Full B Stage 4 Aspect Match Display Aspect eq Place On None KS Full ES Stage 5 Aspect Match Display Aspect H Place On None B Full B Stage 6 Aspect Match Display Aspect KS General Stage Options vi Floating Stage Windows v Hide Cursor When Full Screen Stage Preview Control Settings Buffering Mode l Single Faster One Frame Delay rH Maximum Resolution 80 by 60 Pixels Teen Isadora supports up to six video output channels called Stages The Stage Settings section of the Preferences window allows you to specify the display on which a stage will appear when it is shown as well as other options relating to Stages Preview Stage Size Preview Stage Size seen at the top of the window determines the size of the stage when it is in preview mode A stage can appear in preview mode in two ways First if the display associated with a particular Stage is not available when you choose Output gt Show Stages then the Stage will be shown on the Main
194. d e Click Control in the Toolbox Filter Drag a Jump actor into the Scene Editor from the Toolbox e Choose the Generator Group by clicking on the number 4 Drag the actor called Pulse Generator into the Scene Editor This actor will send a trigger at a regular interval It has four input properties and one output property The freq input allows you to set the frequency of the pulses in pulses per second the run property allows you to allow the pulse generator to pause by setting its value to off the reset input allows you to start the timing cycle over again We ll only be modifying the freq input here which you should set to 0 1 Hz This means that the trigger output will pulse once every ten seconds e Connect the trigger output of the Pulse Generator to the trigger input of the Jump operator At this point even if the Pulse Generator sends a trigger nothing will happen because there is only one scene e Select the Pulse Generator and Jump actors and choose Edit gt Copy In the Scene List click to the right of the one existing scene and then choose Scenes gt Insert Scene Click on the Scene Editor to activate it and then choose Edit gt Paste to paste the two actors into the scene Isadora Manual 48 e Finally change the jump to property of the Jump Actor to 1 and then wait Then next time the Pulse Generator sends a trigger you will jump to the first scene If you then wait another ten seconds you will jum
195. d and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e rgb out The text drawn using the specified font size alignment leading and color superimposed upon the video stream connected to the video in port Output in RGB format Text Formatter v1 3 Generates formatted text with which may include one or more variable parameters This actor was called String Formatter prior to v1 3 To specify the precise format of the output text you must double click this actor and change its formatting specifier To learn more about how to control formatting see Data Output Formatting on page 185 Input Properties e params The number of variable parameter inputs Increasing this number adds parameter inputs decreasing it removes them e param 1 param 2 etc variable value parameters that will be inserted into the text See Data Output Formatting on page 195 for more information on how to format the data from these inputs The param inputs of this actor are mutable Each input will change its data type to match that of the first link made to it The inputs will become mutable Isadora Manual 420 again if all of its links are disconnected To learn more about mutable inputs and outputs please Mutable Inputs and Outputs on page 84 Output Properties e out When a trigger is received at the input outputs the formatted text as specified by the formatting specifier Text Parser v1
196. d for this MIDI Show Control message Only MSC messages whose command format matches this value will be received Output Properties e cue Sends the cue number for the received MSC message If no cue number was received sends an empty text string e cue list Sends the cue list for the received MSC message If no cue list was received sends an empty text string Isadora Manual 331 e cue path Sends the cue path for the received MSC message If no cue list was received sends an empty text string e trigger Sends a trigger when a valid MIDI Show Control message has been received Min Value Hold Min Value Hold reset X min inputs z value e Outputs the minimum value that has been received since the last reset Input Properties e reset Resets the output to MAX e inputs Specifies the number of value inputs for this actor from 1 to 16 e value 1 value 2 etc When a value arrives at one of these inputs it is compared to the output If it is less than the output the new value is stored and sent out of the min output port If a value arrives that is greater than the current value of the output nothing happens Output Properties e min The minimum value that has been received since the last reset Mini Sequencer Mini Sequencer port channel velocity select quiet notes note note 2 note 3 Sends a sequence of MIDI notes The Mini Sequencer is designed to allow you to trigger individual MIDI n
197. d in combination with the Scale Minimum and Scale Maximum input property values to determine how values will be scaled from an output to an input e Change Limit Minimum and Limit Maximum values to specify the lower and upper limit of values that can be sent by this property These value edit boxes work like the ones inside of any actor you can use the mouse to scroll through the possible values or you can enter a value into the box by clicking on it typing the value and pressing enter or return To invert the relationship between and output and an input e If you want to invert the relationship between the output and the input so that as the output goes up the input goes down set Scale Minimum to a value greater than Scale Maximum Isadora Manual 88 For example if the output property ranges from 0 to 100 and its is connected to an input whose Scale Minimum is 100 and Scale Maximum is 0 then as the output property goes from 0 to 100 the input will go from 100 to 0 Presetting a Property Value There are situations when you may need to preset a property s value when its actor s Scene is activated This is accomplished using the Init checkbox and value To mark a property value to be preset when its Scene is activated e Click on the name of an input property found just to the right of the input value box on the left side of an actor The name will turn yellow to indicate that it is selected and an inspector with inf
198. d output device usually this is your computer s speaker or sound output jack To send the sound to a pair of outputs on your multi channel sound output device set the snd out property to one of the following values E1l 2 E3 4 E5 6 E7 8 E9 10 E11 12 E13 14 E15 16 E17 18 E19 20 E21 22 E23 24 E25 26 E27 28 E29 30 E31 32 If you set the snd out property to a pair of outputs that does not exist on your Outputs 1 and 2 Outputs 3 and 4 Outputs 5 and 6 Outputs 7 and 8 Outputs 9 and 10 Outputs 11 and 12 Outputs 13 and 14 Outputs 15 and 16 Outputs 17 and 18 Outputs 19 and 20 Outputs 21 and 22 Outputs 23 and 24 Outputs 25 and 26 Outputs 27 and 28 Outputs 29 and 30 Outputs 31 and 32 external device or if the device is not currently connected then the sound will be sent to the built in output Isadora Manual 156 If the movie contains multiple sound tracks the Movie Player and Movie Player Direct actors will route all sound to the output specified by the snd out property If you would like to manipulate the volume pan and output routing of each track individually use the Sound Movie Player actor Using Multi Channel Sound with Sound Files Sound files are sent to one of Isadora s sixteen Sound Channels Each of these Sound Channels will play sound either on your computer s built in sound output i e its speaker or sound output jack or on a pair of outputs on your external sound device You associat
199. d z coordinates Each time a new value is received at the z input the current x y z values and the previous x y z values are used to calculate the velocity The velocity is actually the result of the standard formula for the distance between two points i e the square root of x2 x1 y2 yl z2 z1 where x2 y2 z2 is the current point and x1 y1 z1 is the previous point Isadora Manual 225 One possible use of this module is to measure the velocity of the movements of a 3D pointing device Input Properties e x The x coordinate of the point e y The y coordinate of the point e y The z coordinate of the point Receiving a value at this input triggers the calculation between the current x y z values and the previous x y z values e scale The scaling factor Each time a new velocity is calculated it is multiplied by this number to determine the final velocity Output Properties e vel The velocity of the point as it moves Absolute Value v1 1 Absolute Value a in out 5 Outputs the absolute value of the number received at the input Input Properties e in The input value Output Properties e out Outputs the absolute value of the input value Activate Scene Amount v1 1 Activate Scene Amount mode scene A intensity WW auto deac Activates a secondary Scene at a specific intensity in addition to the primary Scene This actor is similar to the Activate Scene actor except that
200. dd an OSC address automatically 1 Choose Communications gt Stream Setup 2 Click on the Stream Select popup menu and choose the OSC option 3 To automatically add items to the list check the Auto Detect Input checkbox When this option is turned on Isadora will automatically add new items with the proper OSC address to the list whenever a message 1s received Sorting OSC Addresses and Renumbering Ports Isadora allows you to automatically sort and renumber your OSC input list To sort and renumber your list 1 Choose Communications gt Stream Setup 2 Click on the Stream Select popup menu and choose the OSC option 3 Click the Sort List button to order the address list alphabetically 4 To manually number the port associated with an OSC address click the Port text box to the left of the address and type a number This port number will be used to uniquely identify this particular input To use the OSC Listener actor to receive a message from this address specify the matching port number 5 To automatically renumber the ports click the Renumber Ports button Only port numbers that are currently not in use within this list Oe set to 0 will be renumbered Any port that is set to a non zero value when press the Renumber Ports button will not be changed Enabing Disabling Input for a Particular OSC Address You may selectively enable or disable an input from a particular OSC address using the Enable checkbox To enable or disable
201. deleted showing Hiding Control Panels To see the currently active Control Panel e Choose Controls gt Show Controls The Control Toolbox and Control Panel Editor will appear occupying the same area as the Actor Toolbox and Scene Editor Note that the Group Select buttons above the Actor Toolbox disappear as there is only one group of controls This gives you a clear indication that you are looking at a Control Panel editor not a Scene Editor To see the currently active actors in the Scene Editor e Choose Controls gt Hide Controls The Control Toolbox and Control Panel Editor will reappear and the Scene Editor will replace the Control Panel Editor Using Editing Control Panels The Control Panels can be either in Edit Mode or Use Mode When in edit mode you can move the controls change their size and edit their settings When in Use Mode the controls are active and respond to mouse clicks as appropriate 1 e clicking on a Slider control causes the indicator to move changing the control s value You can go between modes using the state with the Edit Controls Use Controls menu item in the Controls Menu To Use Control Panels e Choose Controls gt Use Controls The Control Toolbox will disappear and the Control Panel will expand to fill the entire Isadora document The background of the Control Panel will change to give a further visual indication that it is in use Isadora Manual 107 To Edit Control Panels e C
202. deo to to a 4 3 ratio e Show Preview Clicking this button will show a full resolution preview for that video channel Make sure to close this window after using it as rendering the video there wastes valuable CPU resources e Edit Custom Capture Size See the topic Setting a Custom Capture Size on page 168 for more information on the Custom Capture Size Feature Audio Input Section Ss Select the Audio Device The Audio Input section allows you to configure the audio input device for that channel To select a device choose it from the Device popup menu If you are using an external device and it does not appear in the menu ensure it is turned on and properly connected to computer Then try clicking the Scan for Devices button and look for your device in the popup menu e Audio Format Once you have selected a device the default audio format for that device will be displayed here If you want to make changes to the audio format for a particular device please do so in the Audio MIDI Setup utility in MacOS X or the Sound Control Panel in Windows e Enable Disable Sound Frequency Analysis If you would like to use the Sound Frequency Watcher actor to manipulate other actors based on the Frequency Content of the live audio input you will need to check the Sound Frequency Analysis checkbox If you are not using the Sound Frequency Watcher then you will want to leave this box unchecked to save CPU resources Once this option is
203. dora Manual 192 If you don t care about state you can just leave it out entirely address 15 12 x 7 4 y 3 0 In both cases the maximum bit index is 15 so 2 bytes of input data are matched and those 2 bytes are treated as a big endian integer Now let s say you don t care about address or state You re still going to want to leave a placeholder there so that Isadora knows you need 2 bytes 11 10 x 7 4 y 3 0 The 11 10 is a silly value but illustrates a point The number of bits required is rounded up to the nearest byte and also it s OK if there are bits that aren t part of bitfields 11 rounded up to the nearest byte is 16 bits Bits 12 15 and 8 9 are unused Here is a slightly more complex example that specifies a little endian 64 bit 8 byte integer you are not limited to 32 bits the highest bit index you can use is unlimited however if a single field spans more than 32 bits you will likely encounter some problems Note the overlapping bitfields and the 1 bit value c a 60 40 b 20 15 bb 18 15 c 14 14 d 13 2 L As mentioned below this actor has no built in support for filtering out certain values such as only responding to Monome button messages with a certain address You will have to use the techniques described below to accomplish this Data Input Parameter Assignment Pattern elements match specific portions of the input data Sometimes you will want this actor to output the values that
204. ds in text data the actor takes care of that for you The value of any element can also be assigned to user defined actor output parameters The syntax for assigning values to output parameters is detailed below You define the parameter name and type and the value of the element is interpreted depending on the parameter type you define Data Parsing Elements Separate each element in your pattern string with whitespace Here is the syntax and description for all of the pattern elements you can define In the syntax column Isadora Manual 188 below bold things are literal characters words that you type italic items are variables and parameters you make up and square braces enclose optional items Syntax Type string Text string Text n m Text n m digits n X Text n hex n A Text n letters n C Text n chars Isadora Manual Example hello hello 8 2 4 digits H 8X 4 hex 8A 8 letters 4 hex 4c characters 4 hex Description Case insensitive string match example also matched HELLO HeLlO etc Question marks and backslashes have special meaning in these strings see table below Case sensitive string match Question marks and backslashes have special meaning in these strings Matches a decimal number Specifically matches an optional at the start of anumber and up ton digits to the left of the decimal point and m digits to the righ
205. e s sound tracks from O to 100 0 is left 100 is right 50 is center trk pan 1 sets the panning for track trk pan 2 sets the panning for track 2 etc s snd out 1 snd out 2 etc The sound output routing for the specified track std built in output e1 2 output on external sound device channels 1 and 2 3 4 output on external sound device channels 3 and 4 etc snd out 1 sets the panning for track 1 snd out 2 sets the panning for track 2 etc Output Properties video out The sound output routing for this track s audio std built in output el 2 output on external sound device channels I and 2 e3 4 output on external sound device channels 3 and 4 If no external device is present when the movie is played or if that device does not have the requested channels the sound will be sent to the built in interface See the section Using External Multi Channel Sound Output on Page 149 for more information e trigger Sends a trigger each time the loop end is reached loop end The current play back position given a as a percentage of the movie s total duration from O to 100 The percentage is not affected by the loop start or loop length parameters e position Monitors the audio level within specific frequencies range See freq bands input for more info freq 1 freq 2 etc Output that reports the audio level within a specific frequencies range These outputs will only appear when the f
206. e Rate Cycles reports how many times per second Isadora can process all of the actors in the currently active Scene s The higher this number the better Isadora s performance This maximum value of this number is directly related to the General Service Task setting in the General tab of the Preferences higher Service Task rates will yield a higher number of cycles per second VPO stands for Video Processing Overhead This value given as a percentage of total processor usage indicates how much time is being used by the video processing actors in the active Scene As this number gets larger Isadora will run more slowly and your frame rates will go down FPS shows the current output frame rate of the stage Isadora always attempts to render video frames at the rate set in the Target Frame Rate of the General tab of Isadora Manual 133 the Preferences If the patch is complex and or has numerous video effects this value may not reach the target set in the Preferences Midi In Monitor This section has a series of indicators for each MIDI Source Port as set up using the MIDI Setup dialog Whenever a MIDI message arrives on a given Source Port the indicator with the corresponding MIDI Channel will illuminate briefly If the message is a System Exclusive message then the indicator marked SX will illuminate In addition each time a message is received specific information about that message will appear in the area marked Last Mes
207. e So if you have three movies and three audio files in the Media window the movies would be numbered 1 2 3 and the Audio Files would be numbered 1 2 and 3 Using Isadora Actors To define what a Scene does you drag actors from the Toolbox on the left side of the window into the Scene Editor and connect them to each other in various ways The Toolbox is where Isadora keeps all of the modules that are used to define a Scene These modules can be divided into four basic types e Actors Modules that act upon media or information e Generators Modules that create media or information e Watchers Modules that watch for information to come in from the outside world e Senders Modules that send information to the outside world The modules contained in the Toolbox are divided into several categories as seen in the Toolbox Filter When you start up Isadora the group All Video will be selected in the Toolbox Filter so only video related actors will be seen in the Toolbox To make the modules under a different group available e Click on that group s name in the Toolbox Filter Let s create a scene that plays a movie To do this e Click on the All Video in the Toolbox Filter to ensure that all video actors are visible e Click on the scene called Untitled The scene should become selected if it wasn t already and the empty Scene Editor should be visible in the top right portion of the scene Isad
208. e When turned on the movie plays and the resulting video stream is sent out of the video out output When turned off the movie stops playing and is unloaded from memory e pan The pan or rotation of the movie from O to 100 percent of its pan range e tilt The tilt of the movie from O to 100 percent of its tilt range e zoom The zoom also known as field of view of the movie from O to 100 percent of its zoom range Smaller numbers zoom out larger numbers zoom in Output Properties e video out The video stream produced by playing the movie e trigger Sends a trigger each time a new frame of video appears at the video out port Isadora Manual 343 MTC Compare Allows you to trigger events based on incoming MIDI Time Code values Input Properties compare Determines the comparison to be performed on the between the incoming MIDI Time Code values and the value given in the mtc value input You may choose eq ne It le gt or ge representing equal not equal less than less than or equal greater than greater than or equal mtc value The time code value to which the incoming time code will be compared using the operation specified at the compare input Output Properties output when the comparison is true O otherwise E g if the compare input is set to gt greater than and the incoming MIDI Time Code value is greater than the value specified at the mtc value input this output would be a 1 true Sends
209. e ranging between 0 and 100 This percentage is measured within the range specified in the limit horz input property not the entire width of the display So if the limit horz property Isadora Manual 336 was set to 0 50 and the mouse was 25 of the way across the main display i e halfway between 0 and 50 then horz pos output would be set to 50 e vert pos The vertical position of the mouse ranging between 0 and 100 This percentage is measured within the range specified in the limit vert input property not the entire height of the display So if the limit vert property was set to 50 100 and the mouse was 75 of the way down the main display i e halfway between 50 and 100 then vert pos output would be set to 50 e trigger Sends a trigger every time the horz pos or vert pos changes Movie Player Plays a movie to a video stream allowing control over its playback characteristics There are three main things that you can control when manipulating the playback of a movie its speed the portion of the movie that will play and whether or not that portion will loop and is sound characteristics The portion of the sound that will play is called the play segment The play segment is determined by the play start and play length properties both of which are expressed as a percentage of the movie s total length The play length indicates how long the play segment will be while the play start specifies where that chunk
210. e specified as a percentage of the incoming video stream s width height The height the shape specified as a percentage of the incoming video stream s height Isadora Manual 390 e line size The size of the shape s frame expressed as a percentage of the incoming video stream s width e fill color The color of the shape e line color The color of the shape s frame e shape The shape that will be drawn either rectangle oval or polygon e facets When the shape input is set to polygon determines the number of facets for the polygon 3 draws a triangle 4 a rectangle 5 a pentagon and so on e rotation When the shape input is set to polygon determines the rotation of the polygon around its center Expressed in degrees between 360 and 360 e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e rgb out The shape superimposed at on the input video stream in RGB format Shimmer video in video out frames XC amount bypass Creates a shimmer effect by randomly choosing pixels from previous frames Input Properties e video in The source video stream that will be affected e frames The maximum frames of video will be used to create the shimmer effect note that the actual number of frames depends on the setting of the amount input see below Note that each
211. e 141 ADIE E 142 YUV VIGGO Processing Vi 1 irns aiaa airaa 143 Work wih EE 144 Recording the Stage Output ccccccseseescesseeccesseescenseeeeenseesenneessenneees 145 Rendering Complicated High Resolution Scenes cccccccccsssesseeececcceeeceesensesseeeeceeeeeeeeeaeeesees 145 Adjusting the RECOrdine Settings arcae a nando endothe aioe ote 145 Adjusting the ue tee er 146 Recordims eelere 148 Mirroring Video to an External Device V1 AL sencis 148 Outputting to a Video Projector ccccseeeeeeseeeeeseeeenseeceeseseeneesenseesenee 149 MUCOSA EE 149 eut e 150 et e EN 151 Ee 152 Projectors in Performance Two Critical fm 152 Using the Matrox Dual TripleHead2Go ccccceneeseeeeneeeeeenseeeeeneeeeeeneees 152 Using External Multi Channel Sound Outputt cccsssseessssseeeeeneees 153 salme DINEE ee eeetegee e 154 Setting Up Multi Channel Sound With the Sound Player 154 Using Multi Channel Sound with Movies 156 Using Multi Channel Sound with Sound les 157 Creating a Multi Channel Audio Movie Using QuickTime Player Pro 158 Isadora amp CoreAudio v1 2 MacOS X Only cccssseeeseeceneeeeneeeeeeees 159 Setting Up for Multi Channel Sound in Mac OSNA 159 Manipulating Pre Recorded Sound Tutorial s sess nna at E 160 Spaeialized SOUNG TUCO al EE 161 Setting Up for Multi Channel Sound in Windows Vista 162 LIVE VIDEO amp AUDIO INPUT WE 164 Live Capture Settings Window
212. e All Snapshots in a Scene e Choose Scenes gt Clear All Snapshots All of the Snapshots for the currently selected Scene will be deleted To Reorder Snapshots e Select one or more snapshots using the shift key e Click in one of the selected Snapshots and drag the mouse to the right or to the left e As you drag a white cursor will appear between the Snapshots This shows where the Snapshots you are dragging will be inserted when you release the mouse In the example below the cursor is between scenes 5 and 0 SCHERER Isadora Manual 102 e When the cursor is displayed at the location where you would like the Snapshots to be inserted release the mouse button The Snapshots will move to that location To Renumber Snapshots e Choose Scenes gt Renumber Snapshots All of the Snapshots will be renumbered starting from 1 Disabling Snapshot Recall for Specific Actors v1 3 Sometimes it is useful to prevent an actor from having its input values changed when recalling a snapshot You can control which actors respond when a snapshot is recalled using the Enable Actor Snapshot and Disable Actor Snapshot items in the Actors menu Initially an actor will respond if it was in the Scene when a Snapshot was taken If however you select one or more actors and choose Actors gt Disable Actor Snapshot a special icon will be added to the actor s title to indicate that it will not respond when a snapshot is recall
213. e MIDI file that is being referenced trigger sends the resulting percentage to the output Output Properties location The location within the MIDI file expressed as a percentage of its total length You can connect this output to the Midi Player s play start or play length inputs Calculator operation output value value Performs mathematical calculations on two numeric values Properties operation Determines the operation to be performed on the two numbers You may choose add subtract multiply divide or modulo The latter gives the integer remainder when dividing two numbers valuel the first value for the operation value2 the second value for the operation output the result of the calculation For the five different operations this value is calculated as follows add valuel value2 subtract valuel value2 multiply valuel x value2 divide valuel value2 modulo integer remainder of value value2 Isadora Manual 244 Capture Control channel function vid input E aud input 1 0 gt size trigger Start or stop capturing video and or audio The Capture Control actor allows you to start or stop live capture interactively You may choose to start capture video and audio just video or just audio and may select the video input used to capture video Properties channel determines which live capture channel will be affected by this actor See the Live Capture Settings w
214. e Output menu The default device will be FireWire but if you have a hardware video output card you will be able to choose it if QuickTime supports it as an output device e Once vou ve selected the video output device you will need to choose the output mode from the External Video Out Mode submenu also found in the Output menu For FireWire cameras you will choose the proper output mode for your camera NTSC 29 97 PAL 25 0 etc If you choose the wrong mode for your device i e PAL for an NTSC camera the output won t work Note The DV PRO options don t seem to work with a standard FireWire camera you will want to choose Apple FireWire NTSC or Apple FireWire PAL e Once you ve made these choices show the stage Output gt Show Stages and then activate the output by choosing Output gt Start External Video Out You should now see the output of the stage appearing on your camera Isadora Manual 148 e You can stop mirroring to the external device by choosing Output gt Stop External Video Out Note that the External Video Out feature only mirrors the output of the stage No images will be sent to the camera if the stage is not visible Outputting to a Video Projector When you are ready to use Isadora for a performance you will generally want to configure your computer so that Isadora s user interface appears on the main display of your computer and the video output is sent to a video projector also known as a
215. e To Largest Slow then the 320x240 video will be scaled up to 1920x1080 and the output will be 1920x1080 e Scale to Default Resolution then both inputs are scaled to the Default Resolution of 320x240 The black frame is already 320x240 so it won t be scaled But the 1920x1080 video will be scaled down to 320x240 and the output will also be 320x240 If on the other hand you had both video inputs of the Video Mixer actor connected and if their resolutions were different from each other then only the When Combining Video setting is used when deciding how the videos are scaled In this case the Default Resolution would only come into play is if When Combining Video popup menu is set to Scale to Default Resolution Video Image Processing When Combining Video This setting how Isadora combines processes video as it flows through the program The When Combining Video setting determines how video images of differing sizes will be combined when two video streams are combined by a single actor e Scale To Largest Image When this option is chosen Isadora will combine video images that are of different sizes by scaling the smaller images up to match the size of the largest image This results in slower performance but better resolution e Scale To Smallest Image When this option is chosen Isadora will combine video images that are of different sizes by scaling the larger image down to match the size of the smaller image This res
216. e a Sound Channel with a particular pair of outputs using in the Sound Output Routing section of the Sound Output Setup dialog See the explanation above under Setting Up Multi Channel Sound When you play sound using the Sound Player you specify the Sound Channel on which it will play using the play channel property play channel Since a Sound Channel is associated with a given pair of outputs setting the play channel will determine where the sound will be heard For example let s say that you set up the first three channels of the Sound Output Routing as follows Sound Output Routing Channel 1 Ext 3 4 D Channel 2 Built In ie Channel 3 Ext 5 6 gB Isadora Manual 157 With this setup sound files played on Sound Channel 1 will be heard on channels 3 and 4 of your external device those played on Sound Channel 3 will be heard on channels 5 and 6 Sounds played on channel 2 will be heard on your computers built in sound output Creating a Multi Channel Audio Movie Using QuickTime Player Pro QuickTime Player Pro allows you to create QuickTime Movies that have multiple audio tracks If you import these movies into Isadora you can use the Sound Movie Player actor to control the volume panning and output channel of the individual tracks Multi channel audio movies can be created using the editing functions available in QuickTime Player Pro QuickTime Player comes and QuickTime is a free download from Apple You can
217. e actor and drag it into the Scene Editor e Click on the num keys property value type the number 4 and press enter The actor will grow taller as three more inputs are added e Click on the key 1 property value type a e single quote the letter a and another single quote Then press the Tab key to move to the key 2 property value and type s Repeat this process for key 3 and key 4 entering d and P respectively and finish by pressing enter e Now connect the key num output to the Movie Player s position input e Try pressing the a s d and f keys on your computer keyboard Make sure the Caps Lock key is off Each time you do the value at the key num output will change to indicate which of the four keys you pressed through 4 This causes the movie to jump between 0 33 66 and 100 its total play length How does 1 to 4 become 0 to 100 The output value of the Key Table actor is automatically being scaled to match the range of the Movie Player s position input which can vary between 0 and 100 More on how Isadora automatically scales values in a later tutorial The key thing here is to see that all Isadora parameters can be manipulated in real time by sensors yes the mouse and keyboard are sensors in the real world Tutorial 4 Live Video Input Isadora can just as easily process video from a live input as that from a prerecorded source This tutorial shows you how to use live video
218. e area as the Scene Editor you toggle between the two views using Controls gt Show Controls and Controls gt Hide Controls menu commands You may also see the Control Panel and the actors in the current Scene by choosing Controls gt Show Actor Control Split You can choose to have one Control Panel for an entire document or to have several Control Panels each associated with a group of one or more Scenes Whenever a Scene is activated its associated Control Panel is also activated which in turn makes the controls for that panel visible Each control has one or more Control IDs numbers that uniquely identify that control To have an actor input listen to a particular control you will set the Control ID Link for that input accessed via a pop up window that is shown when you click on the title of an input in the Scene Editor From that point on whenever the control is adjusted the actor input s to which it is linked will hear the values coming from the control Similarly it is possible to link an actor output to a control This can sometimes be useful if you want to monitor a output changing value in the Isadora Manual 104 control panel e g by connecting the position output of the Movie Player to a Slider control A horizontal bar drawn below Scenes in the Scene List represents control Panels visually The bar indicates the Scene or Scenes with which the Control Panel is associated If a Control Panel is ass
219. e built in interface See the section Using External Multi Channel Sound Output on Page 149 for more information freq bands Enables disables monitoring of the audio level of this movie s soundtrack at specific frequencies If set to zero frequency monitoring is disabled Setting the freq bands to a number greater than zero will divide the Isadora Manual 338 audio frequency range into the specified number of bands adding an output for each one These outputs will report the energy level for within that band For example if the movie s sampling rate is 48 Khz and you set this input to 5 the total output range is 24 Khz half the sampling frequency and each band represents a range of 4 8 Khz 24 divided by 5 text track Specifies the text track whose text will be sent to the text out output If a movie has one or more text tracks set this value to the index of the track whose text is to be sent to the text out output e g for the first text track 2 for the second etc into ram When set to on Isadora attempts to load the entire movie into RAM Random Access Memory for faster playback NOTE This can consume large amounts of your system s memory be cautious when using this feature Output Properties video out The video stream produced by playing the movie trigger Sends a trigger each time a new frame of video appears at the video out port loop end Sends a trigger each time a the end of the play segment is
220. e channel Specifies the MIDI Channel on which the message must be received before it will be seen by this watcher from 1 to 16 You may specify a single port or a range of ports e pitch Specifies the MIDI pitch or range of pitches that will be seen from 0 to 127 or C 2 to G8 You can choose to see the pitches using their note names by clicking on the title pitch next to the value edit box and choosing Actors gt Display gt MIDI Note e velocity Specifies the velocity or range of velocities that will be seen from 1 to 127 A velocity of O means that this is a Note Off message per the MIDI Specification For a Note On message to be seen by this watcher its values must fall within the range of values for specified by all four of the input properties Output Properties When this watcher sees a Note On message that falls within the range of values specified by all four of the input properties the following values are sent to the outputs e port The MIDI Port on which the message arrived e channel The Note On message s MIDI Channel e pitch The Note On message s MIDI Pitch e velocity The Note On message s velocity e trigger Sends a trigger each time a message is seen Isadora Manual 349 Number To Text v1 3 input Y 123 output Converts a number into text which may be received by any actor with a text input e g the Draw Text actor This actor was called Number to String prior to v1 3
221. e computer You must also know the OSC address to which the data will be sent this information can usually be found in the documentation for the program Isadora Manual 176 If you are transmitting data between two programs running on the same computer you can use the special address localhost which translates to an IP address of 127 0 0 1 to indicate that the data will be transmitted locally This should work even if you computer is not connected to a router or switch via a built in Ethernet interface or via a wireless interface If you intend to send Open Sound Control packets between two computers the first step is to ensure that both computers have been assigned a valid TCP IP address On MacOS X you can find the TCP IP address of your computer by opening the System Preferences and clicking on Network You will then see the active TCP IP interfaces on your computer e g built in Ethernet AirPort etc and their IP Addresses Any of these addresses may be used to receive data Receiving Open Sound Control Packets Generally speaking when sending messages from another computer you will specify three pieces of information to define where the information will go the target machine s IP address e an internet address like 123 234 555 121 a UDP port number between 1 and 65535 and the OSC address e isadora 1 You also usually need able to specify whether or not to send type tag information with the OSC packet this
222. e frame When the blobs do not collide e overlap each other it does a pretty good job But when two blobs touch it is very difficult to determine which one is which after they separate again You should experiment with the same max dist same area chg and lifespan parameters to improve tracking during blob collisions Input Properties e video The source video input to be analyzed e objects The maximum number of blobs that will be tracked For instance if you this value to 3 Eyes will only track a maximum of three objects In this case you would only use the blob 1 blob 2 and blob 3 outputs blobs 4 through 16 will never send any output since those blobs will never be used e hres and v res Specifies the horizontal and vertical resolution of the image to be tracked Incoming video streams will be scaled to this size before attempting to locate the blobs Higher resolutions mean higher CPU usage as hi res images can require a large of amount of processing to isolate the blobs e threshold The brightness threshold An object s brightness must be above this value for Eyes to see it If the contrast between the objects being tracked and the background is not very high you may see the bounding box extend beyond the actual edge of the object being tracked In this case you would increase the threshold to improve tracking e inverse Turn this property on to track the darkest objects in the frame instead of the brightest e m
223. e is an Envelope Generator that will ramp from 0 to 100 over a period of two seconds Its output is connected to the volume input of a Sound Player There is also a Keyboard Watcher looking for the space bar it will trigger a Jump actor to take us to the next Scene Note that though the sound is playing the current volume of the Sound Player is 0 so you hear nothing e Now click in the value edit box next to the trigger input property of the Envelope Generator You will see the ramp run from 0 to 100 The volume of the Sound Player is now 100 e Hu the space bar You will be in the Scene called Init Part IT This scene looks for the space bar to take you back to the previous scene Hit the space bar again We return to the Scene called Initializing but unlike last time we can hear the sound playing because the value of the volume was 100 when we left the Scene Remember when you leave a Scene every Isadora value is remembered so that when you return to the Scene things will function exactly as they did when you left But what if you wanted to make sure that upon returning to this scene the sound always started off with a volume of 0 so that it would be silent until you clicked the Envelope Generator s trigger input That s where the Init value comes in e Click on the word volume in the Sound Player The inspector for that property will appear Click the checkbox next to Init to check it Enter the value 0
224. e it to a computer with an Internet connection Use the web page shown below to generate a code http www troikatronix com macregister html After the registration code appears in your web browser copy and paste it into the space below and click the Register button Paste Cancel Regist e Enter the User Name Password and Serial Number exactly as you received it in the email from TroikaTronix Capitalization counts e Click the Generate Registration Code via Web Page e Your browser will automatically open and generate a new registration code The code will appear near the bottom of the page User Name Registration Code Registrations remaining 2 Seat Count l e Using the mouse select the Registration code and choose Edit gt Copy e Go back to Isadora and paste the code into the field at the bottom of the Registration dialog either by pressing Command V MacOS or Control V Windows or by clicking the Paste button After the registration code appears in your web browser copy and paste it into the space below and click the Register button Un P3hI 7MZ yNKMv7EMVaA3k6FVNBts Paste Cancel e After you have correctly entered the registration code the Register button will become enabled Click it Your copy of Isadora is now registered Isadora Manual 22 Step 3b Register USB Key Version After you purchase Isadora with a USB Key you will receive tw
225. e mouse around on the screen When the mouse is towards the top the sound is soft towards the bottom it is louder Moving the mouse left and right will pan the sound to the left and right audio outputs on your computer You will only be able to hear the sound panning left and right if you have stereo speakers built in or otherwise attached to your computer s audio output Try some headphones if you d really like to hear the effect e You can also change the play start and play length parameters to play a portion of the sound Set the play start to 10 and the play length to 5 You will Isadora Manual 43 hear a short loop of the sound In fact all of the movie player properties will work in the same way as when playing a video QuickTime movie e Turn off the Movie Player for now by setting is visible property to off Now let s try the playing the AIFF file e Click Audio in the Toolbox Filter to display the actors in the Audio Group Drag the Sound Player actor into the Scene Editor and set its sound input property to play the voicel at file the number will be 1 or 2 depending on which number was given to the file when you imported it Take a look in the Media Window to be sure e The sound does not immediately start playing like the Movie Player That s because you need to trigger its restart input for it to begin playing Do that now by clicking in the restart input s value box with the mouse Note that this is
226. e number the number and type of available inputs to those that are appropriate to the specified command e cue number The cue number for the MIDI Show Control command Isadora Manual 378 e cue list The cue list for the MIDI Show Control command Set this to n a less than 0 if you do not want to send the cue list number e cue path The cue path for the MIDI Show Control command e tcrate The type of time code rate for the message 24 25 30df 30 e hour The hour for the time code value of the MSC command e minute The minute for the time code value of the MSC command e second The second for the time code value of the MSC command e frame The frame for the time code value of the MSC command e sub frame The sub frame for the time code value of the MSC command e macro number The macro number for this MSC command e ctl number The controller number for this MSC command from to 16383 e ctl value The controller value for this MSC command from 1 to 16383 e trigger Triggering this input sends the MIDI Show Control message to the specified MIDI port Specific MIDI Show Control commands and the input parameters used by those commands are listed below go stop resume load go off go jam cue number cue list cue path timed go tc rate cue number cue list cue path set ctl number ctl value hour minute second frame sub frame fire macro number all off no parameters restore no parameters reset no i
227. e of those inputs disconnected e g the Text Draw actor or Video Mixer actor For these actors a black frame will be generated at the Default Resolution to provide a signal for the missing inputs To make this more clear we ve provide two examples of the second situation mentioned above For purposes of these examples we ll assume the Default Resolution is set to 320x240 First let s say you have a Text Draw actor Its video input which allows the text to be drawn on top of another video stream is disconnected In this case the output Isadora Manual 123 resolution of the Text Draw actor would be set to the Default Resolution of 320x240 because the black frame replacing the missing video input will have a resolution of 320x240 Second let s consider a Video Mixer actor The first video input is connected to a video stream with a resolution of 1920x1080 The second is not connected Since there is no input to the second video input a black frame with is generated at the Default Resolution of 320x240 Now the Video Mixer must scale one of the two videos the 1920x1080 input and the 320x240 black frame so that their resolutions match How this scaling is performed in this situation is controlled by the When Combining Video popup menu described in the next section If this parameter is Set to e Scale To Smallest Faster then the 1920x1080 video will be scaled down to 320x240 and the output will be 320x240 e Scal
228. e optional Core Video upgrade as well as the Cl Projector Syphon is an open source technology for Macintosh that allows images to be sent to received from another application To learn more visit http syphon vO002 info Input Properties e server Click on the input box with the mouse to show a pop up menu with a list of all available Syphon servers Select the server from which you wish to receive an image e stage The Stage on which the image stream will be rendered e enable Turns Syphon output on or off for the specified Stage Output Properties e out The resulting image stream Syphon Stage Output v1 5 NOTE This actor is available on Mac OS X Only Sends the imagery rendered on one of Isadora s stages to a Syphon client Syphon is an open source technology for Macintosh that allows images to be sent to received from another application To learn more visit http syphon vO002 info Input Properties e mode When set to local the Syphon output will automatically stop when this actor s Scene is deactivated When set to global you must either turn the Isadora Manual 412 enable input off or use another Syphon Stage Output actor to turn off the Syphon output e stage The Stage whose image will be available to Syphon clients e enable Turns Syphon output on or off for the specified Stage select val out values value value 2 value 3 value 4 Sends values from a list of several inp
229. e pan Controls the panning of the sound from O to 100 0 is left 100 is right 50 is center snd out The sound output routing for this movie s audio std built in output e1 2 output on external sound device channels 1 and 2 e3 4 output on external sound device channels 3 and 4 etc If no external device is present when the movie is played or if that device does not have the requested channels the sound will be sent to the built in interface See the section Using External Multi Channel Sound Output on Page 149 for more information e freq bands Enables disables monitoring of the audio level of this movie s soundtrack at specific frequencies If set to zero frequency monitoring is disabled Setting the freq bands to a number greater than zero will divide the audio frequency range into the specified number of bands adding an output for each one These outputs will report the energy level for within that band For example if the movie s sampling rate is 48 Khz and you set this input to 5 the total output range is 24 Khz half the sampling frequency and each band represents a range of 4 8 Khz 24 divided by 5 e text track Specifies the text track whose text will be sent to the text out output If a movie has one or more text tracks set this value to the index of the track whose text is to be sent to the text out output e g for the first text track 2 for the second etc e into ram When set to on Isadora a
230. e right of the AUAudioFilePlayers add an AUMixer3D actor and set its inputs input to 2 This actor allows you to control the volume azimuth elevation and distance of each sound stream measured relative to the central point in the current speaker configuration Which you selected in the Audio MIDI Setup application 4 To the right of the AUMixer3D add an DefaultOpututUnit actor This sends the mixed sound to the default audio output device 5 Make links between the AUAudioFilePlayers audio outputs and the AUMiixer3D s audio inputs Connect a link from the AUMixer3D s audio output to the DefaultOutputUnit s audio input As soon as you make this last link you will start to hear both sounds playing 6 Try adjusting the various parameters on the AUMixer3D Changing the azimuth should move the sound in a circle around the central point Changing the elevation may give a sense of the sound going above or below you not audible in certain speaker configurations Finally the distance controls the apparent distance of the sound from the center point Higher numbers make the sound get softer 1 e it is moving away from you 7 Set the active input of the DeafultOutputUnit to off the sound setting Up for Multi Channel Sound in Windows Vista e In Windows Vista install the audio driver for your device using the installer program that came with the device Then after connecting the device follow these Steps 1 Go to the main
231. e second stream from the first limiting the minimum result to zero xor logical exclusive or Performs an exclusive or operation on both Streams and logical and Performs an and operation on both streams or logical or Performs an or operation on both streams mult multiply V1 1 Multiplies corresponding pixels of both streams and outputs the result min minimum V1 1 Compares corresponding pixels from both streams and outputs the lesser of the two Isadora Manual 214 e max maximum V1 1 Compares corresponding pixels from both streams and outputs the greater of the two e diff difference V1 1 Subtracts corresponding pixels from both streams and outputs the difference between the two Below you will see some examples of the operations possible Depending on the source material the result can range from impressionistic to psychedelic Experimentation is the key to generating interesting images with this actor subovr submin Isadora Manual 275 xor and Input Properties e rgb in 1 The first video input stream If this stream is YUV it will automatically be converted to RGB e rgb in 2 The first second input stream If this stream is YUV it will automatically be converted to RGB e mode One of addovr addmax subovr submin xor or mult min max or delta More details of these operations are given above e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally W
232. e setups where you want to record something that is happening live and subsequently manipulate that recorded imagery in Isadora Starting Capture To Disk To have the Capture To Disk actor start recording you would set the function property to start and then send a trigger into the trigger input The movie property determines where the recorded movie will appear in the Media Window when recording is stopped If this property is set to add then the newly recorded movie will be added after the last movie currently in the Media Window If this property is set to a number then the movie currently at that location in the Media Window will be replaced by the new movie In terms of organizing the Media Window when using the Capture To Disk actor the best practice is to add some movies into the window and clear them using Edit Isadora Manual 170 gt Clear so that they appear as lt Unassigned gt Then you can use these locations in the Media Window to hold your newly recorded movies It is important to understand that if you specify a number in the movie property there must be a movie at that location in the Media Window Otherwise the movie will not appear in the Media Window Furthermore if you have a Movie Player in the same scene with the Capture To Disk actor then its visible property must be off while you are recording Otherwise the movie is busy and cannot be replaced If you want a Movie Player to play a newly recorded m
233. e style Useful in a number of scenarios but you can start by trying to mix the original and delayed video using the Video Mixer e Video Fader Allows you to fade between the source video image and a solid color background e Video Inverter The default behavior of this actor is to invert the video image so that it looks like a photographic negative For wilder results change the invert color by using the color picker that appears when you clicking its color input s value box which shows as a little block of color e Warp As each frame of video comes in this actor copies one line to the destination moving down one line each time Works best with a stationary background and a slowly moving object in the foreground Try pointing a camera at your face and moving it slowly Isadora Manual 42 e Zoomer Allows you to zoom in or out on the source video stream with the additional capability of dimming the image as it passes through the filter This can be especially useful with the Luminance Keyer more on that actor later to create beautiful feedback effects The most important thing that you can do is to experiment wildly Our experience with any software is that the most interesting things occur when you attempt to misuse it We encourage you to do the same with Isadora Tutorial 6 Sound Isadora allows you to play and manipulate digital audio files though in a somewhat more limited fashion than video Cur
234. e the rest of the bar is dark green The light green portion indicates what part of the movie is playing In this case we are playing the first 5 of the movie Watch the yellow playback indicator when it reaches the end of the light green area it jumps back to the start of the movie showing how the movie loops e Now click on the play start property value the black box e Type 50 and press enter The Movie Player is still playing 5 of the movie but instead of starting at the beginning it is starting halfway through the movie 1 e it starts playing at 50 and when it gets to 55 it jumps back to 50 etc Look at the bar at the bottom for a graphic indication of the portion of the movie that is playing You can also change values using the mouse Currently the speed property value is set to 1 which means play forward at normal speed e To adjust this property using the mouse click the speed property value the black box to the left of the property title and while holding the mouse button down drag slowly towards the bottom of the display You will see the value get lower as you do e Continue dragging down until the speed says 0 5 and then release the mouse button The movie is now playing in slow motion specifically at 1 2 of its normal rate You can also make the movie play backwards e Again click in the speed property value and while holding the mouse button down drag slowly towards the bottom of
235. e to allow MIDI message to activate Scenes When this option is turned on and when the proper MIDI message arrives it will cause one of a Scene to be activated in the same way it would be if you clicked on that Scene with the mouse You specify which MIDI message will activate the Scenes using the Activate Scene With popup The choices are e None Don t use MIDI commands to activate scenes e Program Change e Continuous Control e Note On e Note Off If you choose the Program Change Note On or Note Off choices the area below the popup will have two settings the MIDI Channel and Base Value The MIDI Channel specifies what MIDI Channel the message must arrive on to cause the activation of a Scene If a message arrives and its MIDI channel does not match the one specified here it will not activate the Scene You can choose 0 to allow messages on any channel to work The Base Value specifies message value that will activate the first Scene This is interpreted differently for each message type Isadora Manual 130 Message Type Message Value Program Change Program Change Number Controller Value Note On Pitch Note Off If Isadora sees a MIDI message of the proper type on the specified MIDI Channel and its value matches the one specified in the Base Value field Isadora will activate the first Scene If the value is greater than the Base Value Isadora will activate a subsequent Scene if it is available For example
236. e to open the reference movie Once you have created your multi channel audio QuickTime Movie you can use the Sound Movie Player actor to control the volume panning and sound routing of the individual tracks Isadora Manual 158 Isadora amp CoreAudio v1 2 MacOS X Only Isadora integrates Apple s CoreAudio architecture making all of the CoreAudio plug ins installed on your system available for use as plug ins inside Isadora OS X comes with several CoreAudio plug ins installed and there are many more available from third parties For documentation on the individual plug ins you should contact the manufacturer of the plug in This section describes the basic architecture and how to manipulate the sound of both pre recorded audio files and live input All of the CoreAudio plug ins will appear in the toolbox group called Audio They will be listed by the names given them by their manufacturers Setting Up for Multi Channel Sound in Mac OS X If you plan on accessing your multi channel sound output device with CoreAudio plug ins you must ensure it is set as the default in the Audio MIDI Setup application e On MacOS X install the CoreAudio driver for your device using the installer program that came with the device Then after connecting the device follow these Steps 1 From the Applications folder double click the Audio MIDI Setup application 2 Click on the tab Audio Devices at the top The top portion o
237. e value edit box and typing a new value Isadora Manual 91 e To adjust the color input of an actor click on the color input port and select your color Please note that to dismiss the color picker icon click in the scene When opened again the picker will have saved your last choice in the small square row below the previous color selected in the example was black as can be seen by the black square To show or hide all actor names in a Scene e Ifthe names are currently visible choose Actors gt Hide Names to hide them e Ifthe names are currently hidden choose Actors gt Show Names to show them User Actors amp Macros Creating Your Own Actors As you use Isadora you will find that there are groups of actors that you often use together Isadora s User Actors and Macros allow you to build your own actors from one or more Isadora actors User Actor and Macros work in precisely the same way except for one when you make changes to a User Actor you have the option of updating every copy also known as an instance of the User Actor so they will all work in exactly the same way This is very useful when you ve have a User Actor in several scenes and you want the functionality of the other instances to stay in sync A Macro on the other hand will not update copies of itself when you make changes You would most often use a Macro when you simply wanted to logically group some actors or when you want to save screen real e
238. eam optionally superimposing it on a background video stream Input Properties e fore The video stream to be cropped Isadora Manual 260 e back The video stream on to which the cropped foreground stream will be superimposed If no link is made to this property the background is black e left Specifies the inset of the crop from the left edge of the frame expressed as a percentage from 0 to 100 of the stream s width e right Specifies the inset of the crop from the right edge of the frame expressed as a percentage from 0 to 100 of the stream s width e top Specifies the inset of the crop from the top edge of the frame expressed as a percentage from 0 to 100 of the stream s height bottom Specifies the inset of the crop from the bottom edge of the frame expressed as a percentage from 0 to 100 of the stream s height e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e out The cropped output Current Scene v1 5 Current Scene Number WH scene number D Returns the number of the current scene Output Properties e scene number The number of the current scene 1 for the first scene 2 for the second etc Curvature value in value out Scales a numeric input value along a curve Sometimes the linear ramping provided by the Envelope Generator and other actors doesn
239. eater than 0 this value is used to override the intensity of a particle based on its age For example if this value is 3 seconds and the override wid is 1 second then particles that are between 2 5 and 3 5 seconds old will be brightened e override wid Used in conjunction with the inten override input this value determines how far the intensity override will extend Setting this to a higher value means that the brightness of more objects will be affected e x y z rotation Rotates the particle system around its x y or Z axis e x y z translate Translates the particle system along the x y or z axis e x y z velocity When creating new particles using the add img input these values determine the initial velocity of the particle along each axis Specified in units per second e vel limit Turn this input on if you want objects to stop moving when they reach a velocity of zero as affected by the x y z vel delta inputs Isadora Manual 209 e x y z vel delta The linear change of velocity over time along the x y z axis in units per second Negative values cause the particles to slow down over time positive values cause the particles to speed up When using a negative value you can force the particles to stop moving when they reach a velocity of zero by turning the vel limit input on e x y z gravity Specifies the force of along the x y and z axis e surface pos Position of the floor or ceiling surface When set to zero t
240. eceived make sure this blinks when your device is sending MIDI data 3 Check that the physical input you chose in the MIDI Setup dialog matches the input to which the MIDI cable is connected Associating an Isadora MIDI Output Port to a Physical Output Port If you want to send MIDI output to a particular port on your MIDI interface do the following 1 Choose an unused Isadora MIDI Output port on which the MIDI data will be sent from one of the MIDI output actors from Port through Port 6 Isadora Manual 174 2 Click on the popup menu to the right of that port name under the heading Outputs 3 In the popup menu you will see a list of physical output ports available on your MIDI interface Choose the physical output to which your MIDI device is connected and release the mouse E O O None tup 7 MTP Port 1 E MTP Port 2 Port 1 S L MTP Port 4 Port 2 MTP Port 5 B Port 3 MTP Port 6 B MTP Port 7 o Port 4 MTP Port 8 ie MTP Net Port KZ Port 3 MTP Adat Port bi Port 6 MTP Sync Port P isadora Virtual Out 4 If you haven t already set up a MIDI output actor e g the Send Note actor Set its port input to match the port you chose in Step 1 e g for Port 2 you would set the port input to 2 Then trigger the actor you should hear see your device respond If your device has a MIDI Status indicator see if it blinks when you trigger the actor If your device is not r
241. eceiving any MIDI data check the following 1 Ensure that you have connected the MIDI Out of your interface to the MIDI In of your device e g Keyboard Synth etc and that the MIDI cable is in working order 2 If your MIDI interface has an indicator that shows when MIDI data is being sent make sure this blinks when you trigger a MIDI output actor set to transmit on the correct port 3 Check that the physical output you chose in the MIDI Setup dialog matches the output to which the MIDI cable is connected Isadora Virtual MIDI Inputs amp Outputs v1 1 MacOS Isadora on MacOS has both a virtual MIDI input and virtual MIDI output These allow you to connect Isadora to another piece of MIDI software running on your computer To use the virtual inputs or outputs do the following Sending MIDI to another application on Isadora s Virtual MIDI Output 1 Start Isadora before you start up the other piece of software 2 Start the other application Isadora Manual 175 3 Choose Communications gt Midi Setup 4 Select an Isadora MIDI Output port on which to transmit to the other application In the popup menu under the Outputs heading choose Isadora Virtual Out 5 Go to the MIDI setup for the other application Chose Isadora Virtual Out as the input source Now when you send MIDI messages on the selected Isadora MIDI Output they will be transmitted via Isadora s Virtual MIDI Output and received by the other
242. ecifies the horizontal resolution of the output video stream If this number is greater than the horizontal resolution of the incoming video stream the resolution of the video stream will be used instead Note that if the Isadora Manual 247 force 4 3 input is turned on changing this value will automatically update the vert res max so that the horizontal and vertical resolution stays in a 4 3 ratio e vert res max Specifies the vertical resolution of the output video stream If this number is greater than the vertical resolution of the incoming video stream the resolution of the video stream will be used instead Note that if the force 4 3 input is turned on changing this value will automatically update the horz res max so that the horizontal and vertical resolution stays in a 4 3 ratio e horz ctr In tandem with vert ctr specifies what portion of the incoming image will be seen from 100 to 100 percent When set to 0 the cropped image is taken from the center of the incoming video stream As this number goes negative you will see more of the left side of the image As it goes positive you will see more of the right side of the image e horz ctr In tandem with horz ctr specifies what portion of the incoming image will be seen from 100 to 100 percent When set to 0 the cropped image is taken from the center of the incoming video stream As this number goes negative you will see more of the top side of the image As it goes posi
243. ected You can change the magnification of the image within the dialog box using the Magnfication popup You may also turn off the video preview by unchecking the Preview checkbox Once you have set up all of the rectangles click the OK button to store the new settings or click Cancel to exit the dialog without saving the edited rectangles Input Properties e video in receives the video stream to be analyzed e udp addr Specifies the UDP address to which the messages will be sent This should match the UDP address specified for your LanBox in the LCEdit program e udp port Specifies the UDP port number to which the messages will be sent This should match the UDP address specified for your LanBox in the LCEdit program e msg type can be set to either write or publish publish equates to the buffer broadcast command hex C9 write equates to the buffer write command hex CA For more detailed information please refer to the UDP documentation for the LanBox e buffer id specifies the LanBox buffer to which the channel data will be written When msg type is set to publish you can use the following values 252 DMX Input Buffer 253 Analog Switch Inputs 254 Mixer Buffer 255 DMX Output Buffer When msg type is set to write you may specify a value of 1 64 to write directly into the LanBox s Layer Buffers A through BK or 254 to write directly into the Mixer Buffer e chan offset determines the actua
244. ed Before After Note that this setting has does not change the way a snapshot is taken All of the input of all actors are always recorded when a snapshot is taken Instead the Disable Actor Snapshot features prevents the actor from responding to the stored values when a snapshot is recalled To Disable Snapshot Recall on Specific Actors e Select the actors you will to disable in the Scene Editor e Choose Actors gt Disable Actor Snapshot If the actor names are visible an icon will appear to the right of the actor s name to indicate it is not responding to snapshots To Enable Snapshot Recall on Specific Actors e Select the actors you will to enable in the Scene Editor e Choose Actors gt Enable Actor Snapshot If the actor names are visible the Snapshot Disable icon shown to the right of the actor s name will disappear indicating this actor is again responding to snapshots Isadora Manual 103 Using Control Panels Overview ANE F Control Panel izz Chroma Levels Chroma Controls VideoOn VideoOn e Chroma Low Low Chroma High Chroma High An Example Control Panel The Control Panels feature of Isadora allows you to create a user interface for a Scene or group of Scenes Each Control Panel communicates with the Actors inside the Scene s with which it is associated via a variety of Isadora Controls including Sliders Buttons Dials etc The Control Panel Editor occupies the sam
245. ed If the to Stage input is on the object will be rendered directly to the specified stage If the to stage input is off then the object will be rendered by any 3D Renderer actors whose channel input matches the number specified here visible When turned on the video is rendered to the stage When turned off the video is not rendered which also reduces the processor load layer Determines the order in which this actor will be rendered in relation to any other 3D actors in the scene other 3D Projectors 3D Player 3D Quad Distort etc Higher numbered layers are in front of lowered numbered layers i e they are drawn last blend Determines the opacity of the video image in conjunction with the intensity input When set to additive the image is added to the background image lower intensity settings reduce the brightness of the image When set to transparent lower intensity values make the object more transparent allowing you to see more of the image underneath When set to opaque lower intensity values will fade the image to a black background that obscures the background image intensity Sets the brightness or transparency of the image from O to 100 See blend input for a complete description render back When turned off the image is only rendered on the front side of the rectangle This means that if you rotate the image it will be invisible when viewed from the back When turned on the image is rendered on both
246. ed When this mode is set to relative the scene to be activated is relative to the position of the current scene in the Scene List When this property is set to absolute the scene to be activated is based on its position in the Scene List See jump property below for more information e jump Indicates which scene to activate This field works in tandem with the mode field When mode is set to relative the number in the jump field indicates the scene to activate relative to the current scene 1 would be the scene after this scene 1 would be the scene before this scene 2 would be the second scene after this scene etc When mode is set to absolute the number in this field indicates a scene in the Scene List by its position where 1 is the first scene in the list two is the second scene etc e fade Specifies an optional visual and aural cross fade between the current scene and the scene that is the target of the jump The visual result of the fade in depends on a number of factors what video is being rendered in the current scene the setting of the blend and layer inputs in the Projector actors that become active etc See the section Compositing with the Projector on Page 140 for more information on taking advantage of multiple projectors Isadora Manual 302 Activates a new Scene after deactivating the current primary Scene The Jump actor allows you to move from one scene to another When a trigger is received on the tr
247. ed with which this actor is triggered Send Pitch Bend Send Pitch Bend port channel bend value trigger Sends a MIDI Pitch Bend message each time a trigger is received Input Properties e port The MIDI port on which the message will be sent These port numbers correspond to the Destinations shown in the MIDI Setup dialog e channel The MIDI Channel on which the message will be sent bend value The Pitch Bend message s bend value from O to 16383 e trigger Sends a MIDI Pitch Bend message with the values specified by the other input properties each time a trigger is received on this input Isadora Manual 382 Send Poly Pressure Send Poly Pressure Sends a MIDI Polyphonic Pressure message whenever a trigger is received on the trigger input Input Properties e port The MIDI port on which the message will be sent These port numbers correspond to the Destinations shown in the MIDI Setup dialog e channel The MIDI Channel on which the message will be sent e pitch The pitch value of the Polyphonic pressure message from 0 to 127 e pressure The pressure value of the Polyphonic pressure message from O to 127 e trigger Sends a MIDI Poly Pressure message with the values specified by the other input properties each time a trigger is received on this input Send Program Change Send Program Change port channel program trigger Sends a MIDI Program Change message each time a trigger is recei
248. edian filt Turn this property on to enable a median filter which reduces noise in the image This may improve tracking but will also increase CPU usage Isadora Manual 285 blur amt v1 5 The amount of blur to be imposed on the image before it is analyzed A value of zero does not blur the image Higher values blur the image more e histogram mode v1 5 Optionally passes the image through a histogram filter to increase the dynamic range There are two modes full means that the entire source image will be analyzed blob means that the area for each blob will be analyzed individually blob mode may be useful in preventing sudden changes in the image similar to what you might see if the auto exposure feature of a camera were turned on e histogram amt v1 5 When the histogram mode is full or blob this input controls the mix between the original image and the image after it has been passed through the histogram filter A value of 100 shows only the histogrammed image lower values show more of the original image s histogram cut v1 5 When the histogram mode is blob and this value is non zero will re scan the image after setting all pixels below the threshold to black Using this feature can help you track the brightest points within the blobs found during the first pass e bounds track EXPERIMENTAL If you turn this property on Eyes will only attempt to track one the biggest blob it finds Instead
249. eeeneeeens 49 Understanding Property Ty E 49 Understanding Value SC E 50 Isadora Manual 2 e CEA Propetty E E 51 Tutorial 9 More Real Time Video Processing cssseseseeseeeeeseeeeeseees 52 NV AS E E 53 NeW AIAN Ce EE 53 TDS EE 54 WV TCO Feedba Kiore E nude seteetanede ae anon ace aaate antes heeds Aastada tere ence ace lees 54 Tutorial 10 Making Your OWN ACHOYSS cccccseseeeseeseeeseneeeeenseeeeenneeseennees 55 Adding Your User Actor to the Toolbox senusien aeea eege GENEE EENS 58 Using the Confirm User Actor Edit Dialog ol 31 59 Sharma Your User EH 60 Tutorial 11 Getting the Most From the Projector V1 3 0s0000 61 OPTIMIZING FOR SPEED wrsictetecesscstbannsesgedastdtsdelednsaweserwuteweanemewsin 65 ISADORA REFERENCE iiiiticiiccscetscescntednivnsrudacewwmeanbetabicartbeneniwwenreawen 71 Importing amp Managing Meia cccccsscsseseeeseeeseeeeneeeeseseeeeeeesenaeeneaeeneas 71 Media ee 71 Tapora ne LE T2 Selectos Media Relore NCE ee eenegen 73 Manas IVES E 74 USING TNE SCONE LISa e gege 76 ANCUIV ALING Or ee 77 NCIC CUNO EE 77 Eer and REMOVIDA SCONES geen 77 EE 78 IRSA Ee 79 Chans mie tie W 1G bh RE 79 Editing Scenes and USING Actors cccccecseeeeseeeeeneeceseeseeneeseeseeeennenenees 79 Adding New Actors to a Scene Using the Toolbox cc ccesseesseeeccceeeeeseeeeeeseeeececeeeeeeeeaenenes 80 Selecting and Deleni EE ee 81 OES AMI ZIM E 81 EM EE EE 82 Making Links
250. eing tracked Otherwise it outputs a O bounds ctr h Reports the horizontal center of the bounding box of the blob specified as a percentage of the width of the frame 50 is in the center 0 is the left edge of the frame 100 is the right edge bounds ctr v Reports the vertical center of the bounding box of the blob specified as a percentage of the height of the frame 50 is in the center 0 is the top edge of the frame 100 is the bottom edge centroid h Reports the horizontal centroid of the blob specified as a percentage of the width of the frame See above for a description of the centroid centroid ctr v Reports the vertical centroid of the blob specified as a percentage of the width of the frame See above for a description of the centroid obj width Reports the width of the bounding box specified as a percentage of the width of the frame obj height Reports the width of the bounding box specified as a percentage of the height of the frame obj velocity Reports the velocity of the center point of the bounding box as specified as a percentage of the width of the frame Higher values mean that the value is moving more quickly through the frame Isadora Manual 235 Blob Minimum Distance v1 5 Blob Minimum Distance blob list in Hj min distance 1 outputs CDS Measures the distance of from one blob to every other blob in the received blob list From these it chooses the minimum distances and sends
251. elect the folder to which you would like your movies to be recorded and then click the Choose button to confirm your choice Isadora Manual 171 Deleting Captured Media If you have used the Capture To Disk actor to record one or more movies and you then attempt to close the current document or quit Isadora the following message box will appear Do you want to permanently delete from the hard disk all of the temporary media recorded during this session This operation is not undoable While using this Isadora document you recorded and stored temporary media into the Media Window Choose Yes to delete the media Choose No to keep the newly recorded media in the Media Window Choose Cancel if you do not want to close this file no oa GE If you choose Yes to delete the media then all of the movies you recorded will be deleted and their references in the Media Window set to lt Unassigned gt If you choose No then the movies will not be deleted and their references in the Media Window are unchanged This latter option means that when you next load the Isadora document you will be able to play the movies that you captured previously You can choose Cancel if you do not want to close or quit Isadora Manual 172 Communicating with External Devices MIDI Input and Output Isadora has a full complement of actors that allow for interactive control via MIDI But before you use the
252. ement types read Parameter Assignment below Bitfield syntax is like so name start end name start end BIL The name is optional and defines an actor output parameter to assign the value of the bitfield to The output parameter type will be an integer and the rules for name are the same as described in Parameter Assignment below must not start with number etc The start and end values specify the start and ending bit index into the integer with O being the least significant bit The number of bytes of input matched is implied by the highest bit index here So if the highest bit index is 15 then this actor assumes the integer size is 16 bits and so matches 2 bytes of input data 1 byte is 8 bits The B and L on the end are optional and specify the byte endianness of the binary integer big endian or little endian respectively If neither is specified B is assumed The input bytes are read converted to an integer value according to the specified endianness and then bitfield values are extracted Note that multiple fields may cover the same bits if you want This syntax sounds complicated but it s not Hopefully some examples will clear it up Say you are using the Monome button box see http wiki monome org view SerialProtocol The Monome button box has 2 output messages each are 2 bytes long To extract the values of press messages address 15 12 state 11 8 x 7 4 y 3 0 Isa
253. en So if Eyes finds 15 blobs and the objects input is set to 5 the smallest ten will be ignored Information about the blobs being tracked is routed to Eyes s sixteen blob outputs These will be connected to a Blob Decoder actor see page 234 to access the various characteristics of the blobs being tracked To help you configure the Eyes inputs turn on the monitor input When you do a miniature monitor window will appear in the center of the actor Each object being tracked will be surrounded by a colored rectangle the color indicates which blob output will be used to report the characteristics of the blob The table below shows the relationship between the bounding box color and the blob number Isadora Manual 284 Blob Color Table Red Blob 1 Green Blob 2 Blue Blob 3 Yellow Blob 4 Aqua Blob 5 Cyan Blob 6 Orange Blob 7 Lt Green Blob 8 Because displaying the monitor consumes some of your CPU speed you should turn it off once you have configured eyes to your satisfaction Generally speaking the higher contrast the incoming video image the easier it will be for Eyes to track the objects placing performers in a light colored costumes on a black background is ideal If you instead wanted to track something dark that appeared on a light background you could turn on the inverse input so that Eyes will track the darkest object in the frame Eyes does its best to consistently identify the blobs moving around th
254. en this control s value changes because a user clicked in the control a message giving the Control ID and the control s value is broadcast to the active Scene Any actor properties that are linked to this Control ID will have their value set appropriately Generally speaking you will want this number to be unique within a given Control Panel Show Thumbnail If this checkbox is selected a thumbnail of the media file will be drawn in the control if one is available Isadora Manual 447 e Show Name If this checkbox is selected the media file s name will be drawn in the control e Media Type Determines which type of media file the picker will display Video Audio Pictures or MIDI Files e Show All of Selected Type If this option is enabled the picker will display all bins of the selected type as chosen by the Media Type popup When this option is on the Bin Selector below will be gray to show it is disabled e Bin Selector Once you have chosen the type of media file you want to display in the Media Type popup menu all available bins of that type will appear in this area To allow a bin to be chosen check the box to the left of its name e Item Width Set the width of each item within the picker in pixels The minimum width is 16 e Bin Tab Min Width Sets the minimum width for a bin selector tab at the top of the picker e Bin Tab Reserve Setting this to a non zero value will ensure that the specified number of pixe
255. enabled you can view the frequency content of the incoming audio using the Status Window which is can be shown by choosing Windows gt Show Status e Select the Gain adjustment If the audio input is too loud or too soft you can use the Gain popup to decrease or increase the volume of the incoming sound Positive values e g 6 dB increase the amplitude negative values decrease it Refer to the VU meters at the bottom of the window to get a good range Starting Stopping Live Capture From the Live Capture Settings Window e To start live capture from the Live Capture Settings window click the Start Live Capture button To stop live capture from the Live Capture Settings window click the Stop Live Capture button Isadora Manual 166 From the Main Menu e To start capturing video and audio choose Input gt Start Live Capture When you do Isadora will attempt to start capturing both video and audio on all enabled channels e To stop capturing video and audio choose Input gt Stop Live Capture Verifying Live Capture After doing starting live capture you will see a video thumbnail of the incoming video and VU meters showing the incoming audio in the corresponding Channel box Remember if you did not enable the channel it will not capture video or audio Likewise if you chose None for a video or audio device on a particular channel no input from that device will be shown I
256. end numeric values using the Net Broadcaster You cannot send video or audio data For this module to work the following conditions must be true 1 The computers are connected by a local area network This network can be a physical Ethernet connection a wireless connection or any other hardware that supports the TCP IP protocol The actual address doesn t matter as Isadora uses a technique called multi casting that does not require the sender to know the IP address of the target What does matter is that your machine has a valid address 2 The computers must have a valid TCP IP address when Isadora is started up Input Properties e target id When this input is set to 0 the message will be received by every machine on the network When it is non zero then only the machine whose Net ID matches the specified value will receive the message The Net ID can be set in the Preferences under the Net tab e channel Specifies the channel on which this value will be broadcast Only Listener actors whose channel input property the value specified here will hear the broadcast e value Whenever a numeric value is received at this input it is broadcast over the LAN with the target id and channel specified Note that his input is mutable When you make the first link to this input it will change its data type to match the data flowing through the new link For more on mutable inputs or outputs please Mutable Inputs and
257. ends a trigger whenever the grid row or grid column changes enter Sends a trigger whenever an object appears in the grid row and column specified by the watch row and watch col inputs exit Sends a trigger whenever an object disappears from the grid row and column specified by the watch row and watch col inputs brightness reports the overall brightness of the incoming video stream A completely black frame gives a value of 0 a completely white frame gives 100 This input can be quite useful if you connect the Difference actor to the input as the more motion there is in the incoming video input the higher the output value will be obj ctr h and obj ctr v Reports the center of the bounding box of the object being tracked from 0 to 100 of the frame width height of the video frame If the smoothing input is set to a value greater than zero this output will be smoothed as it tracks the object reducing the amount of jitter in this output ctr offset h and ctr offset v Reports the offset from obj ctr h and obj ctr v of the centroid of the object being tracked as calculated by its brightness from 0 to 100 of the frame width height of the video frame If the smoothing input is set to a value greater than zero this output will be smoothed as it tracks the object reducing the amount of jitter in this output obj size Reports the size of the object relative to the size of the video frame from 0 to 100 This value is essentially the rat
258. ene two the first scene by clicking on it Now press the space bar three times Each time you do the next scene in the list will be activated ending up with scene three Press the space bar again Note that scene four becomes active because scene three jumps backwards two scenes Using only the space bar you wouldn t be able to get back to the first scene which is called two The only way to get there would be to click on it with the mouse You can select a group of scenes by clicking on the first one in the group and then shift clicking on the last one in the group Let s fix the order of our scenes so they go from one to four and so that we can go through all of them using only the space bar e Click on scene three Choose Edit gt Cut Click in between scenes two and four to show the insertion point there Choose Edit gt Paste e Now click on scene two Then shift click on scene four This will select scenes two through four Chose Edit gt Cut Isadora Manual 47 e Click to the right of the only remaining scene labeled one The blinking cursor will be to the right of scene one Choose Edit gt Paste Our scenes are now in order Now we have to fix the Jump actors e Click on scene three Click in the value box for the Jump actor s jump to property type the number 1 and press enter Now scene three will jump
259. ene manually e Click on the Scene you want to activate which means that that Scene will be selected The highlighting on the previously activated scene if there was one will be removed the Scene you clicked on will be highlighted the actors for the selected Scene will appear in the Scene Editor and they will begin communicating with each other and the outside world To deactivate the currently active Scene leaving no Scenes active e Click on the background area of the Scene List If there was a scene activated its highlighting will be removed and its actors will disappear from the Scene Editor indicating that no Scene is active currently This will stop all output video sound MIDI that was being generated by the Scene that has been deactivated Selecting Scenes To select a Scene e Click on the Scene you want to select which means that that Scene will be activated The highlighting on the previously activated scene if there was one will be removed the Scene you clicked on will be highlighted and the actors for the selected Scene will appear in the Scene Editor To select a range of scenes e Click on the first scene in the group you want to cut or copy It will highlight to indicate that it is selected e Shift click on the last scene in the group you want to select Isadora will highlight the second scene you clicked and all of the scenes in between Note that the Scene Editor will disappear because you cannot have
260. ene to be activated is relative to the position of the current scene in the Scene List When this property is set to absolute the Scene to be activated is based on its position in the Scene List See scene property above for more information e fade V1 1 Specifies a fade time over which the video and audio in the newly activated scene will be faded in Note The visual aspect of the fade in will only work if Hardware Accelerated Rendering is turned on in the Video tab of the Preferences The visual result of the fade in depends on a number of factors what video is being rendered in the current scene the setting of the blend and layer inputs in the Projector actors that become active etc See the Isadora Manual 228 section Compositing with the Projector on Page 140 for more information on taking advantage of multiple projectors Add Alpha Channel v1 1 video out Embeds an alpha channel into a video stream which can be used by the Projector actor when rendering the video to a Stage By embedding an alpha channel into a video stream you can control the transparency of each pixel as it is rendered to the stage When the Projector renders to the stage it uses the embedded alpha mask information to determine the transparency of the video stream being rendered Where the mask is white you will see the original video stream where the mask is black you will see the anything that has been rendered to the stage previously
261. eo in The video input stream e bkg color The color with which the video input stream will be faded You can set this color by linking the Color Maker actor to this input property or Isadora Manual 432 you can click on the value edit box and choose the color from within a Color Picker dialog box e mix amount Determines the mixture between the video input stream and the background color from 0 to 100 When set to 0 you see only the video input stream As the value moves towards 100 you will see more of the background color e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties video out The mixed video stream Video In Watcher Video In Watcher channel NV video out trigger Outputs a video stream captured from a live video source The Video In Watcher will deliver a video stream captured from a live source To use this actor you must have hardware that allows you to connect an external video camera to your computer either in the form of a digital FireWire connection or a with standard composite video input To get live video coming into sadora do the following e Connect the video camera to the input hardware either your computer s FireWire port or the composite video input of your video capture hardware e Make sure you can actually see an image on the camera 1 e look through
262. eo processing overhead Input Properties e update Sets the frequency at which the outputs are updated in cycles per second hertz If you would prefer to trigger the outputs manually you can set this frequency to zero and use the trigger input instead e trigger When triggered updates the outputs Output Properties e target fps The target frame rate as set in the Isadora Preferences expressed in frames per second fps e fps The average rate at which all stages are being updated expressed in frames per second fps e cycles The current cycle rate the frequency with which Isadora is able to process all active scenes expressed in cycles per second e vpo The current video processing overhead this is the percentage of time that Isadora spends performing video processing related tasks as compared to the amount of time Isadora spends processing all tasks Picture Player picture video out visible trigger Generates a video stream from a picture imported into in the Media Window The output of the picture player can be connected to any actor that has a video input Unlike the Movie Player which sends a frame of video on a periodic basis when the movie is playing the Picture Player only sends a new frame of video when 1 its Scene is activated 2 its visible property goes from off to on or 3 the picture property changes from one valid picture to another Isadora Manual 356 Input Properties e picture The numb
263. equencies If set to zero frequency monitoring is disabled Setting the freq bands to a number greater than zero will divide the audio frequency range into the specified number of bands adding an output for each one These outputs will report the energy level for within that band For example if the movie s sampling rate is 48 Khz and you set this input to 5 the Isadora Manual 398 total output range is 24 Khz half the sampling frequency and each band represents a range of 4 8 Khz 24 divided by 5 e mstr volume Sets the master volume for all audio tracks in the movie being played by this actor e track count Specifies the number of tracks in the QuickTime movie When you increase this value the actor will add a volume pan and sound output input for each track Note you can find out the number of tracks in a movie by looking at the Media Window If a movie has more than one sound track you see ST x after the name where x is the number of sound tracks in the movie e trk vol 1 trk vol 2 etc Sets the volume of one of the Movie s sound tracks expressed as a percentage of the sound track s normal volume trk vol 1 sets the volume for track 1 trk vol 2 sets the volume for track 2 etc A setting of 100 is normal volume 0 produces silence and 200 would amplify the sound to twice its normal level Note that using values above 100 may produce distortion e trk pan 1 trk pan 2 etc Sets the panning of one of the Movi
264. er Isadora Manual 58 e Using the file dialog that appears select your User Actor folder e Click OK Once your User Actor Folder is defined you can save your new Actor to the toolbox e Select your User Actor by clicking on it e Choose Actors gt User Actor To Global Toolbox Now whenever you create a start up Isadora your User Actor will be available in the toolbox Using the Confirm User Actor Edit Dialog v1 3 Save amp Update All Feature As mentioned above you are able to able to update all instances of a User Actor when you finish editing it To see this in action try this e Click on User in the Toolbox Filter Drag two copies of your newly created User Actor to the Scene Editor Set the second input value which we connected to the horz and vert zoom inputs of Zoomer of each User Actor to two different values e Double click one of the two actors and change some aspect of it for example change the name of a User Input move the actors within the Scene Editor or edit the value of some input property that is not connected to a User Input e Then choose File gt Close The following dialog will appear Confirm User Actor Edit Changes to User Actor User Actor have not been saved Ke This dialog allows you to specify how other copies of this User Actor will be k updated to match the changes you have just made Click More Info for details enen Revert Cancel Convert To Macr
265. er EE 354 Pass Value VT TE ci a 355 P rnormance e Le EE 356 PICTURE PIAV CN E 356 Picture Prelad EE 357 Pien Bend VV AUCINO EE 358 Pitch Roll Yaw to Rotation V1 3 cssecseeeseseneeesecnsecnseenscessonseenseneees 359 PONE MACK KT WE E VE 360 POY Pressure WV AICMON EE 360 Preload SCONE Vic EE 361 Program Change Wat hel ccccssccsssssesssesssessssecesseeenseeeseeeeseeosseecaseeeaees 362 Program Change Watchet cccssecssesecsseseessseecseseeoseneennanerseseecneneennenseane 364 Projector Vi EE 365 P ls e ET Le EE 367 RaNdON BEE 368 Real Time Watcher VIT aspresa daaa aaa 368 Recall Snaps hO EE 369 Isadora Manual 12 SE ele D E 369 RGB tO HISB VL Sjonni aiai 370 BRO SIZ AO BK BEE 370 RGB tO YUV Keen egene 371 ROUTO E 371 Scale Ee 372 Scaler V VA EE 373 EE 373 SCENE Intensity VI S SE 374 EE 375 Send Bank SOlC E 376 LES ir e EE 376 Send HiRes Control scece tier acess taceenecotiesdenuanieeedserostariseeesaewnseneceadeeeataaieeeee 377 Send MIDI SHOW Conti olisin aa 378 Send Mono Pressure a raretenstcecertnetesacacetstenacessetenstatannccsanstaassiecesauaeesneneect 380 Send Notten eg 380 SEDA NOl cornia Seeerei 381 Send PRON BENG WEE 382 DENG P ly TE 383 Send Program CHANGE sssrini E ee Ra Ea AEE 383 Send Raw MID RE 384 Send Raw Serial Data V1 3 cccsseccsseccesecensecensecenseceneecenseceneseeneaeaneses 385 Send Serial Data AT EN NNN 385 SeN SYS EX sin A E Ri 386 Isadora Manu
266. er a new value is received on this input The play segment is defined by the play start and play length properties see below This parameter is expressed as a percentage of the play length from O to 100 play start Determines the starting point of the play segment the portion of the movie that will play as a percentage of the movie s total length ranging from 0 to 100 play length Determines the length of the play segment the portion of the movie that will play as a percentage of the movie s total length ranging from O to 100 loop enable If this property is turned off the play segment will play once each time the Movie Player s Scene is activated or when its visible property is turned on If this property is turned on once the movie starts playing it will continue by looping back to the start of the play segment when the end of that segment is reached volume Sets the volume of the Movie s sound track if one is present Expressed as a percentage of the sound track s normal volume pan Controls the panning of the sound from 0 to 100 0 is left 100 is right 50 is center snd out The sound output routing for this movie s audio std built in output e1 2 output on external sound device channels 1 and 2 e3 4 output on external sound device channels 3 and 4 etc If no external device is present when the movie is played or if that device does not have the requested channels the sound will be sent to th
267. er handles the playback of the video tape the latter allows you to see those images it produces You can t see the images on the television unless you connect it and the videotape player Note that both actors have dots next their input or output property values These are the actor s input and output ports Input ports are always on the left output ports always on the right You move information video audio or numbers through Isadora by linking the output ports of one module to the input ports of another To be able to see the video we need to route the video data from the Movie Player to the Projector actor Let s complete our patch Isadora Manual 32 First connect the video out output Movie Player actor to the video in input of the Projector actor To do this e Click on dot to the right of video out output on the Movie Player actor A red line will appear and follow the position of your mouse as you move it You don t have to hold the mouse button down while you do this a single click will suffice e Move the mouse to the dot to the left of the video in port on the Projector actor The red line will become thicker to let you know that you are inside the input port e While the red line is thick click to complete the link Note that at this point the link between the actors is red indicating that no data is flowing through it Now we need to tell the Movie Player actor which movie to play Remember we
268. er of the picture you want to play as shown in the Media Window When the number of a valid picture is entered here its name will appear to the right of the number e visible When set to on generates a video stream from the picture specified by the picture input property When set to off no output is generated Output Properties e video out The picture converted into a video stream e trigger Sends a trigger whenever a new picture is selected when the visible property goes from off to on or when this actor s Scene is activated Picture Preload Preloads a range of pictures so that loading with the Picture Player actor can start playback instantly Input Properties e mode This property can be set to either play or forever When set to play the picture is kept in memory until a Picture Player actor starts and then stops playing it Once that actor stops playing the picture it is removed from memory When set to forever the picture is kept in memory until it is preloaded again with the mode set to play or until Isadora quits Use this option with caution It is easy to fill up your RAM with pictures that you no longer need to play e picture low The number of the first picture to preload as shown in the Media Window If you want to preload only one picture set the number of the picture you want to preload and leave the picture high input set to 0 Otherwise to specify a range of pictures to preload set this to the
269. er or not the port is enabled Isadora Manual Offline lt Select Flow Control None ey Offline lt Select i Flow Control None x Offline lt Select Flow Control None HA Offline lt Select Flow Control None ES 185 Preparing a Port for Serial Communications 1 Select the desired output device from the popup menu at the right After you do so the name of the device will appear next to the caption Device on the left side It will also indicate if the device is currently online 2 Set the speed parity and number of bits to transmit 3 If necessary set the Flow Control popup to Hardware to enable hardware handshaking or Xon Xoff to enable software handshaking 4 Repeat if necessary for Ports 2 3 or 4 5 Click OK to confirm your settings Enabling for Serial Communications To enable serial communications choose Communications gt Enable Serial Ports Isadora will report an error if there are any problems initializing the serial ports Otherwise you can assume that serial communications have been enabled Note that this setting is saved with the Isadora document If you save the document with the serial ports enabled Isadora will attempt to open those ports automatically the next time the document is opened Disabling for Serial Communications To disable serial communications choose Communications gt Enable Serial Ports Note that th
270. ering is turned on in the Preferences Input Properties e video in The video stream to be rendered e stage The stage to which the image will be rendered e visible When turned on the video is rendered to the stage When turned off the video is not rendered which also reduces the processor load e layer Determines the order in which this actor will be rendered in relation to any other 3D actors in the scene other 3D Projectors 3D Player 3D Quad Isadora Manual 217 Distort etc Higher numbered layers are in front of lowered numbered layers i e they are drawn last blend Determines the opacity of the video image in conjunction with the intensity input When set to additive the image is added to the background image lower intensity settings reduce the brightness of the image When set to transparent lower intensity values makes the object more transparent allowing you to see more of the image underneath When set to opaque lower intensity values will fade the image to a black background that obscures the background image e intensity Sets the brightness or transparency of the image from O to 100 See blend input for a complete description e render back When turned off the image is only rendered on the front side of the rectangle This means that if you rotate the image it will be invisible when viewed from the back When turned on the image is rendered on both the front and back side ensuring that it
271. es are compatible If you change a User Input or Output from a number type to a video type for instance the link will be broken because these types are not compatible Isadora Manual 93 When you close a User Actor editor tab you are presented with a dialog that allows you to choose if you d like to update all matching copies to reflect the recent changes or to create a new instance of the actor Confirm User Actor Edit Changes to User Actor User Actor have not been saved Ke This dialog allows you to specify how other copies of this User Actor will be Si updated to match the changes you have just made Click More Info for details an Revert Cancel Convert To Macro New Instance Save amp Update All The meaning of each of the choices is described below Save amp Update All Updates all instances of this User Actor including any copies in the Global or Local User Actor Toolbox so that they exactly match the changes you ve just made New Instance Create a new instance of this User Actor that is distinct from all previous instances Existing instances are left unchanged Convert to Macro The User Actor is assigned a new unique identifier and is marked as being a Macro This actor will no longer preset the Confirm User Actor Edit dialog or attempt to update other copies of itself throughout the file or the toolbox Cancel amp Revert You may also choose Cancel
272. es to wait for new input The reset input can be used to force a reset just as if the timeout period expired Data Parsing Patterns Patterns are composed of a series of one or more elements where an element defines the format of one part of the input data Pattern elements can match say a word or a number in the input data a sequence of bytes etc There are two flavors of pattern elements text and binary indicated in the table below Text elements are typically used when matching human readable text input data for example a video player that sends the string FRAME 2482 SPEED 1 0 Binary elements are used to match bytes of raw data such as 2 byte integers or bitfields You can mix both text and binary elements together in a single pattern Text and binary elements can be used interchangeably in both the text and binary versions of the data input parsing actors Again the only difference between the text and binary actors is what defines a block of input data Between any two text type elements any amount of whitespace tabs spaces etc but not the delimiter character in the input data is ignored Between any two binary type elements or a text and binary type element the pattern must match the input exactly While this rule sounds a little convoluted in the end it hopefully allows matching text data to be more convenient and intuitive because you don t have to explicitly write rules to match whitespace between wor
273. esult of the fade in depends on a number of factors what video is being rendered in the current scene the setting of the blend and layer inputs in the Projector actors that become active etc See the section Compositing with the Projector on Page 140 for more information on taking advantage of multiple projectors e trigger When a trigger is received on this input port the current primary Scene is deactivated and the primary Scene indicated by the mode and jump properties is activated Isadora Manual 303 Key Table Watcher Generates a number identifying which key on the computer keyboard of a specific set was pressed The Key Table is useful when you want a set of keys on the keyboard to control another actor You specify the number of keys for which you want to look and then enter the keys into the watcher When one of those keys is pressed Key Table outputs a value indicating the position of that key in the list Input Properties e num keys Determines the number of keys that this watcher will see from 1 to 32 Note that when you set this property the Limit Min and Limit Max settings of the key num output property will be reset to 1 and the value you just entered e key 1 key 2 etc The list of keys that this watcher will see When typing a key into this value edit box you should enclose it in single quotes e g the letter B is entered as B Output Properties e key num When a key is pressed on
274. event these errors from stopping operation of a Scene especially when using the Capture Control actor to enable live input programmatically You can enable the warnings again by checking the appropriate box in this section of the Preferences window Isadora Manual 132 Status Window Monitoring Performance and External Input The Status Window exists to give you information about data arriving into Isadora from the outside world about external devices connected to Isadora and about Isadora s performance To see the Status Window choose Windows gt Show Status You will see a window that looks like this CH Status m Performance Cycles 238 1 VPO 4 7 FPS 22 4 mini In Monitor 1234567080 9 101112 13141516 IAC Driver Bus 1 OOOO 000p 000o LC None OOOO DONO LOCH DCH Nore OOOO LO p000 LOCH None DOOD DCH 0000 0000 Nore 000p LUUT OO LL None LUCK 0000 0000 DH Last Message Channel 1 Built in iSight RGB 320x240 2 di Built in Microphone Internal microphone Bel Range 20 kHz ry d V lh oaa aa pres lee ihn There are four sections Performance MIDI In Monitor Live Input one for each channel to a maximum of four and DV Devices The Performance and MIDI In Monitor sections are always visible The other sections may or may not be visible if your computer does not have the appropriate hardware or drivers Performance This section tells you Isadora s Cycle Rate Video Processing Overhead and Fram
275. f the window looks like this e008 Audio MIDI Setup Audio Devices MIDI Devices ES Default Output e MOTU Traveler L i System Output Built in Audio ES g D B Configure Speakers Configure Device 3 In the popup menu to the right of Default Output select your multi channel output device 4 If you want to process live input select your multi channel output device in the popup to the left of Default Input 5 If you would like to do sound spatialization click the Configure Speakers button In the dialog that appears click the Multichannel button Isadora Manual 159 The MOTU Traveler has 22 channels in 5 streams Analog has 8 channels 1 8 gt T AES EBU has 2 channels 9 10 0 _ S PDIF has 2 channels 11 12 Select the streams you want to use for your speaker configuration Stereo Muttichannel C Quadraphonic L i Be For each speaker choose the device channel connected to the speaker To test the connection click a speaker to play a sound D D A 1 we A 2 A D A 3 RW A A 2 Done Apply 6 You can then use the popup menu to the right of the Multichannel button to select the output mode Choices include Quadraphonic Hexagonal Octagonal 5 1 Surround 6 1 Surround and 7 1 Surround Click Done after you have chosen your setup 7 Choose Audio MIDI Setup gt Quit Manipulating Pre Recorded So
276. f you are outputting to video projector with less than HD resolution e g 1024x768 there is no reason to play a full res 1080p HD video Recompress or crop the so that it matches the resolution of your output device BONUS TIP If you are letterboxing 16 9 video into a 4 3 output device e g 1024x768 calculate the resolution you are actually using For example on a 1024x768 device the resolution of a 16 9 image that uses the entire width of the display would be 1024 x 576 used height display width 9 16 Using a movie rendered at 1024x576 saves you 25 of the full 1024x768 bandwidth Tip 5 Keep all video resolution consistent When Isadora has to combine two video streams of different resolutions e g with the Video Mixer actor it has to scale one stream to match the resolution of the other Which one gets scaled is determined by the Video Image Processing section of the Video tab in the Preferences Scaling is slow and so you want to avoid it as much as possible If all of the video streams you are processing are the same resolution you will get the best possible performance Tip 6 In addition to changing the resolution of your files choosing the correct codec for recompression is crucial Photo JPEG H264 DV NTSC Photo JPEG Photo JPEG 1s ideal for 320 x 240 QVGA or 640x480 VGA resolution it offers speed improvements when playing video from your hard drive and while the files will not be as small as with
277. f you don t see live video in the channel box at the bottom it probably means that you are using a composite video input device and that the camera is not connected properly If your device appeared in the Device popup menu Isadora is seeing the capture device itself but that does not mean that the connection from the camera is properly connected to the device e Ensure that 1 your camera is turned on 2 that you have installed the drivers for your external video capture device 3 the cable between your camera and the capture device is securely attached If you don t see anything happening in the VU it probably means that you are using an external audio capture device and that the audio source is not connected properly to that device e Ensure that 1 your audio source is producing sound 2 that you have installed the drivers for your external audio capture device 3 the cable between your audio source and capture device is securely attached Interactively Starting or Stopping Capture amp Recording Capture Input You can interactively turn capture on and off using the Capture Control actor This actor basically simulates the actions provided under the Capture menu Start Live Capture Start Video Only Input Start Audio Only Input and Stop Video Audio Input For video input drivers with more than one input composite s video etc you can also use this actor to the input that will be used to capture For more info see
278. feedback effects for a specific stage The simplest use of this actor is to change the background color of a stage to something other than black But you can also use the erase input and the feedback features to generate trails and feedback effects When feedback is enabled the entire contents of the Stage are copied to the stage just prior to the start of each rendering cycle You can control the scaling offset and rotation of the feedback using the various fb parameters Many interesting and potentially psychedelic effects are possible depending on the setting of these parameters Some example images taken from the Feedback and Mosaic example provided in the Isadora Examples folder are shown below O Feedback amp Mosaic izz Stage 1 w Isadora Manual 407 Note that this actor is local to the scene in which it is placed For each scene that requires a background color erase or feedback feature will need one of these actors When cross fading between scenes that both contain a Stage Background actor Isadora will cross fade all of the parameter values to provide a meaningful transition Note also that if you use the Activate Scene actor or Activate Scene Amount actor to activate a secondary Scene that contains a Stage Background actor Isadora will average the values of the both based on the intensity of each scene This may lead to unexpected results but can also be used to your advantage as the xfade input of the Act
279. ffuse color is normally the color that is generally reflected by the surfaces of the 3D objects in the scene this color is directional The ambient color is a non directional color that can be used to ensure that all of the object surfaces have some level of visibility The specular color is used when rendering reflections Each surface of a 3D object is assigned a material that determines the responsiveness for each of these light sources E g shiny surface materials respond to the specular color dull surfaces may not So the material assigned to a given surface will determine how it responds to the lighting For more information about lighting 3D scenes please refer to one of the many primers on 3D modeling OpenGL that can be found on the internet Input Properties e channel This setting is used in combination with the stage input to determine which 3D models will be affected by the specified lighting Only models being rendered by 3D Player actors whose for stage and channel setting match the settings here will be affected by the lighting specified in this actor e stage This setting is used in combination with the channel input to determine which 3D models will be affected by the specified lighting See the channel input for more information Isadora Manual 200 e x y z rotation Specifies the rotation of the light around the origin of the 3D world e distance when set to a non zero value determines the distance of
280. floating window e Video In Preview check this box to make the Video In Preview window a floating window Thumbnails You can choose whether or not Isadora will store thumbnails for the movies and pictures imported in the Media Window with your Isadora documents If you don t choose to store the thumbnails Isadora creates them when the document is loaded which can be time consuming if you have of lots of media Choosing to store the thumbnails with the document results in larger files but ensures that Isadora won t spend time creating thumbnails after the file is loaded User Interface These pop up menus allow you to choose the font size for the Actor Toolbox and for the Actors displayed in the Scene Editor Here you can also enable or disable the Control ID Linking feature available when using the Control Panel Scene Editor Split feature File Import These allow you to control the way in which media is imported into the Media Window e Import GIFs as Movies If you load a GIF file it will be imported into the Movie section of the Media Window This allows you to play animated GIFs as a movie Isadora Manual 122 Video Preferences Isadora Preferences General Video Stage Midi Net Warnings Video Image Processing Default Resolution Hx 240 V When Combining Video Scale To Smallest Image Faster ES OpenGL _ Full Frame Antialiasing __ Disable Vertical Retrace Sync Show OpenGL Features for Stage
281. ged by another actors or when you change it manually you will need to turn on the Show Value of Linked Input Properties checkbox in the Control s Settings Dialog Unlinking a Control from an Actor Input or Output To unlink an Actor input property to a Control e Click on the actor s input or output title A small popup window will appear Settings for position Minimum 0 e Click on the value edit box to the right of Ctl ID Link The edit box will turn blue to indicate that it is ready for you to type a number Isadora Manual 110 e Type the number 0 and hit return or enter Once the Ctl ID Link is set to zero it is no longer linked to any control selecting and Deleting Controls To select a control e Click on the control with the mouse To select multiple controls e Hold down the shift key while clicking on the controls you want to select To select a group of controls e Click on the Control Panel Editor s background and drag the mouse A selection rectangle will appear When you release the mouse any controls under the selection rectangle will be selected e If you hold down the shift key before you click the controls under the selection rectangle will be added to the current selection Using a Picture as a Background v1 1 You can choose to fill the background of the Control Panel with a Picture in the Media Window You may either draw the picture as 1s tile it so that a small image fills the ent
282. ger is received Trigger Delay trig Mi ats als trig out Su Sg GL delay Delays a trigger by the specified amount of time Can also be used to determine if something hasn t happened for a period of time Upon receiving a trigger at the trig in input the Trigger Delay actor will wait for a specified period of time before sending a trigger to the trig out output If an initial trigger is received at the trig in input and then a second trigger is received before the delay has elapsed the Trigger Delay actor starts counting time over at the second trigger In other words because incoming trigger resets the internal time counter if the triggers come often enough no trigger will be sent to the output This can be useful when you want to find out when something hasn t happened for a period of time Isadora Manual 427 Input Properties e trig in The input trigger e delay Upon receiving a trigger at the trig in input the amount of time that will elapse before a trigger is sent to the trig out output Output Properties e trig out Sends a trigger after the specified delay has elapsed Trigger Divider Trigger Divider trig in trig out Ke divisor Ch reset Sends one output trigger after a specified number of input triggers have been received Trigger Divider counts the number of triggers received at the trig in input When the number of triggers received matches the value of the divisor input then a trigger
283. get Output Properties e proximity 1 2 3 etc The proximity of a blob to the specified target If more than one blob falls within the target range the highest proximity value will be used Broadcaster Broadcaster a channel 8 0 i e value Sends a value of any type to all active Listener actors listening on the specified channel Broadcasters are primarily used to send values between the primary active Scene and a secondary active Scene See the Activate Scene actor for more information on secondary Scenes or the Net Broadcaster to send values to other machines on a Local Area Network Whenever a new value is received at the value input that value is broadcast to all active scenes on the channel specified by the channel input property Any active Listener actor that is set to receive on the same channel will hear the value and send it out of its value output You can however use the Broadcaster Listener pairs within the same scene if desired since values are broadcast to all active scenes Properties e channel Specifies the channel on which this value will be broadcast Only Listener actors whose channel input property are set to the same value as that specified by this property will hear the broadcast e value Whenever a value is received at this input it is broadcast on the channel specified by the channel input property Note that his input is mutable in that it will change its type integer floa
284. gh the link when a value is sent out of the output that same value appears at the input to which it is connected Even when both properties don t vary between 0 and 100 Isadora behaves in a consistent way by scaling the range of output values to match the range of inputs values For example when an output that varies between O and 127 e g a MIDI value is connected to an input that varies between 0 and 100 Isadora will scale the values proportionally so that as the output goes from 0 to 127 the input will go from 0 to 100 Isadora s default behavior works great when you want an input property to vary over its entire range But what if you want a finer degree of control over an effect so that a value will vary between 20 and 40 instead of 0 to 100 Or if you need an input value to go down when the output value driving it goes up This tutorial shows you how to accomplish this e Close any currently open Isadora documents Then choose File gt Open and locate the file called Tutorial 8 in the Isadora Tutorials folder located in the same folder as your Isadora application e This document has three scenes Click on the Scene called Tutorial 8 In it you will find a Sound Player actor and a Mouse Watcher with its horz pos output connected to the speed input of the Sound Player Note that the sound started playing as sound as you clicked on the Scene even though a Sound Player normally doesn t start playing unless yo
285. h 3D Objects will be rendered by this actor Only a 3D Players set to the same channel as specified here will have their objects drawn by this Renderer e horz very size Specifies the size of the rendering surface in pixels 320 by 240 is a reasonable compromise between speed and detail Depending on the speed of your computer you may notice slower performance when using a setting like 640 by 480 e force 4 3 When this parameter is on changing the value of either the horz or vert size input will automatically adjust the other input so that the ratio between horizontal and vertical is 4 3 e x y z rotation Rotates the camera around the x y or z axes by the number of degrees specified Isadora Manual 222 e x y z translation Translates the camera along the x y or z axes by the number of degrees specified 3D Stage Options far z clip Allows you to control how 3D objects are rendered to the stage or by the 3D Player actor Currently you may only adjust the near and far z clipping plane allowing objects to be partially rendered when they move along the Z axis Input Properties e channel This setting is used in combination with the stage input to determine which 3D models will be affected by the specified clipping Only models being rendered by 3D Player actors whose stage and channel settings match the settings here will be affected by the clipping specified in this actor e to stage This setting is used in combination
286. has no effect v1 1 e Picture v1 1 Set this to the media index of a Picture in the Media Window to use that image to draw this background The picture will be scaled to fit the rectangle that encloses the background to prevent scaling set the Width and Height inputs to match the size of the picture Note that any alpha channel information encoded into the picture is used when drawing the image allowing you to create unusual shapes drop shadows etc Isadora Manual 445 Bin Picker bind bin A LE th 1 compos thru Maziawn Fee rass Fee ibbles K Picks media files grouped by bin The Bin Picker works in conjunction with the one of the actors that allows you to play a media file Movie Player Sound Player Picture Player Midi Player etc When you click on an item in the picker the number of that file in the Media Window is sent to any input that is listening to this control The files seen m the picker are organized by bin You choose which bins can be displayed by this control by editing the control s settings Once you have done so the names of the bins you selected will appear at the top of the control as buttons The picker will only show the media files within one of the selected bins You can quickly switch from one bin to another by clicking the bin buttons at the top of the control For movies and pictures you have the option of showing a thumbnail the movie s title or both in the Bin Picker Fo
287. he Width of a Scene Sometimes it is useful to change the width of a scene to better visually organize your Isadora document To change the width of a scene e Hold down the Command Key MacOS or the Control Key Windows and place the cursor at the right edge of the Scene you wish to modify The cursor will change to indicate you are ready to change the width of the scene SE a e Drag the mouse left or right to adjust the size of the scene Editing Scenes and Using Actors As described in the previous chapter a Scene is a collection of actors that manipulates one or more streams of digital media So the Scene Editor is where you define the way in which those actors work together Using the Scene Editor you place your actors and connect the outputs of one to the inputs of the other In so doing you define the how the media whether it is video sound MIDI etc is manipulated You will also edit the property values associated with each actor here allowing you to determine the specific way in which a given actor functions Finally you will edit how data is scaled as it moves through a link Most Scenes follow this model a media stream arrives from a source whether it be prerecorded media stored in the Media Window or media arriving in real time from the outside world the media stream flows through one or more actors to change it in some way and then the manipulated data is sent to an appropriate output Interactive setu
288. he message input arrives on the specified MIDI port Isadora Manual 368 Recall Snapshot Recall Snapshot snapshot af trigger Recalls a snapshot when triggered For more on Snapshots see the section entitled Storing and Recalling Scenes With Snapshots on page 101 Input Properties snapshot The snapshot to recall when a trigger is received at the trigger input If this snapshot exists it is recalled If it doesn t exist nothing happens NOTE The snapshot property is not restored when a snapshot is recalled This would change the value in this property when the actor recalled a snapshot which ends up being quite confusing trigger Recalls the snapshot specified by the snapshot property when a trigger is received on this input Reflector v1 5 video in video out mode src dest bypass Reflects the video stream around a central point in the image either horizontally or vertically Input Properties video in The source video stream to be scrolled mode Specifies whether the video will be reflected horizontally or vertically src The point within the source from which the video will be reflected dst The center point on the output for the reflection bypass Bypasses this effect when set to on When oft the effect functions normally Output Properties video out The resulting video output Isadora Manual 369 RGB to HSB v1 5 hue green saturation blue brightness Con
289. he number in this field indicates the scene to activate relative to the current scene 1 would be the scene after this scene 1 would be the scene before this scene 2 would be the second scene after this scene etc When mode is set to absolute the number in this field indicates a Scene in the Scene List by its position where 1 is the first scene in the list two is the second scene etc When a valid scene has been specified in this property its name will appear after the number e intensity The setting of the intensity input determines whether or not the secondary Scene is active When the intensity input is 0 the secondary scene is not active When intensity rises above 0 the secondary scene is activated and its intensity 1s set the appropriate value e auto deac When this input is turned on the Secondary Scene will automatically be deactivated when leaving the current scene When turned off the secondary Scene will remain active even after you leave this Scene you must explicitly deactivate the scene by setting the intensity property of a another Activate Scene Intensity actor to 0 or by using the Deactivate Scene actor Isadora Manual 22 Activate Scene Activate Scene trigger mode scene fade Activates a secondary Scene in addition to the primary active scene When you activate a secondary Scene all of the actors in the currently active Scene and all of the actors in the newly activated secondary S
290. he output The mode input determines which portion of the text will be copied Input Properties e mode The mode can either be first char last char inner char first line last line or inner line When using first or last modes the number of characters or lines as specified by the count input will be chopped from the beginning or the end of the text respectively When using inner the specified number of characters or lines will be copied from the starting position specified by the Start input e count The number of characters or lines to chop from the input text See the mode input for more information about which portion of the input text will be chopped Isadora Manual 418 e start When the mode is set to inner char or inner line specifies the starting character or line within the input text where chopping will occur Other modes ignore this parameter e input The position from which characters or lines will be copied based on the mode count and start inputs Output Properties e output Outputs the chopped text whenever the input changes Text Draw v1 1 Superimposes text on a video stream Draw Text allows you to superimpose text received at the text input on a video stream controlling its font size leading alignment position and color Input Properties e rgb in The video stream on which the text will be superimposed You can leave this input disconnected if you would like the text to appear on a
291. he starting value for the first segment e rate 1 rate 2 etc Determines the number of seconds that it takes to get from the previous level to the next level E g rate 1 specifies how long it takes to get from level 0 to level 1 e value 1 value 2 etc The value at that point in the envelope between 0 and 100 Together with the rate between them a pair of subsequent levels e g level 1 rate 2 level 2 defines a ramp segment Output Properties e output The value of the envelope as it moves through the segments between O and 100 e end trigger sends a trigger at the end of the entire envelope or at the end of a segment depending on the setting of the trig mode property See trig mode above for more information Isadora Manual 278 Envelope Generator Envelope Generator trigger segments trig mode value 0 rate 1 value 1 Generates values that ramp from one point to another over time The only difference between this actor and the standard Envelope Generator is that the range of values is not limited to fall between O and 100 The envelope generator is useful in situations where you need a value that ramps from a starting point to an ending point over a specific amount of time Because you can have up to ninety nine segments in the ramp each with their own starting value ending value and rate you can create envelopes that are very complex Input Properties e trigger When trig mode is set to all
292. hen turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e rgb out The combined video output in RGB format Enter Scene Trigger Enter Scene Trig Sie trigger a Sends a trigger when this actor s Scene is activated This actor is useful when you need to tell another actor to do something as soon as its Scene is activated Isadora Manual 276 Properties e trigger Sends a trigger as soon as this actor s Scene is activated Enter Scene Value Enter Scene Value value E X output Sends a value when this actor s Scene 1s activated This actor is useful when you need to preset the input property value of another actor when its Scene is activated Properties e value The value to be sent when this actor s Scene is activated e output Outputs the value specified by the value input property when this actor s Scene is activated Envelope Generator Envelope Generator trigger output segments end trigger trig mode value 0 rate value Generates values that ramp from one point to another over time The range of values are limited to O to 100 to use any range of numbers see the Envelope Generator actor The envelope generator is useful in situations where you need a value that ramps from a starting point to an ending point over a specific amount of time Because you can have up to nine segments in the ramp each with their own start
293. her high quality or standard quality Setting either of these flags overrides the high quality flag stored with the movie To force high quality playback of your movies e Select the movies references you want to play in high quality mode e Click the HQ button at the top right of the Media Window An HQ marker will appear to the right of each movie in that was selected e Or you can right click or control click on Mac OS and choose Set Force High Quality from the popup menu Isadora Manual 15 To force standard quality playback of your movies e Select the movies references you want to play in standard quality mode e Click the SQ button at the top right of the Media Window An SQ marker will appear to the right of each movie in that was selected e Or you can right click or control click on Mac OS and choose Set Force Standard Quality from the popup menu Using the Scene List An Isadora document can have any number of Scenes each of which is a collection of actors that manipulates one or more streams of digital media Isadora scenes are like scenes in a play each one may have a different set different lighting etc Similarly each Isadora Scene may manipulate media in a completely different way Because you can jump almost instantly from one scene to another using the Jump actor or by clicking on Scenes in the Scene List it is possible to move from one interactive setup to another as you move through sections of a performan
294. his case the slider value will decrease as you move it from left to right or from bottom to top Step Determines the minimum of the step between values When Step is set to zero this setting has no effect When set to a value greater than zero the control value will step by this amount as it goes from the Minimum Value to the Maximum Value For example if the minimum is set to 1 maximum is set to 10 and step is set to 1 the slider will have 10 discrete steps 1 2 3 8 9 10 Setting step to 1 may be the most common setting as it allows you to send only integer values Oe no numbers after the decimal point if desired Note however that counting starts at the value given by the Minimum Value setting If you set minimum to 1 5 and maximum to 10 5 in the example just given the 10 steps would be 1 5 2 5 3 5 10 5 e Dial Size The graphic of the dial comes in four sizes tiny small medium and large Show Dots When checked small white dots will outline the range of the dial e Display Value When this box is checked the slider will display its value as a number Vertical sliders display this number at the bottom Horizontal sliders display the number to the right e Display Format Determines how the number is formatted when the Display Value parameter is turned on There are three choices 23 123 4 or 123 45 The first displays no decimal point the second one number after the decimal point and the third displays t
295. his parameter has no affect When set to a negative number the surface acts as a floor when set to positive number the surface acts as a ceiling The amount of bounce is determined by the absorption parameter e absorption Positive numbers decrease the energy of the particles when they touch the floor or ceiling surface Negative numbers will increase the particle s energy e friction Positive numbers decrease the velocity of the particles when they collide with the floor or ceiling surface Negative numbers will increase the particle s velocity e x y z The initial location in space of the next particle when then add obj input is triggered e add obj Adds a new particle at coordinate x y z with an initial velocity specified by the velocity inputs Isadora Manual 210 3D Player render back x rotation y rotation z rotation x translate y translate z translate all scale x scale y scale z scale texture map tex map scale use alpha Renders a 3D object onto the stage or into a channel being rendered as a video stream by a 3D Renderer actor The first step in displaying a 3D object is to import the object s model which must be in the 3D Studio Max 3DS format into the Media Window If the 3DS files uses one or more texture maps those image files must be in the same folder as the 3DS file that references it If you would like the 3D object to be rendered directly to the stage then you must turn on the t
296. his mode is set to relative the scene to be activated is relative to the position of the current scene in the Scene List When this property is set to absolute the scene to be activated is based on its position in the Scene List See scene property below for more information e scene Indicates the scene for which the media will be preloaded This field works in tandem with the mode field When mode is set to relative the number in the jump field indicates the scene to activate relative to the current scene 1 would be the scene after this scene 1 would be the scene before this scene 2 would be the second scene after this scene etc When mode is set to absolute the number in this field indicates a scene in the Scene List by its position where 1 is the first scene in the list two is the second scene etc e delay Specifies an optional delay that will be Program Change Watcher Program Change Watcher port port channel vs channel prog num 5 prog num trigger Watches for MIDI Program Change messages outputting the values associated with that message and sending a trigger when one is seen The Program Change Watcher can look for a message with a specific program change number or a range of numbers depending on the setting of the input properties When a message meeting all of the criterion specified by input properties is seen the values associated with that message are sent out of the output ports and a trigger is sent out of
297. hoose Controls gt Edit Controls The Control Panel s will move to the right leaving enough room for the Control Toolbox which will reappear to the left The background of the Control Panel will change to give a further visual indication that it is in edit mode Adding New Controls to a Control Panel The controls available in Isadora can be found in the Control Toolbox which is located along the left side of an Isadora document 2D Slider Background Bin Picker Button To add a new control to a Control Panel e Click the control you want to add in the Toolbox The cursor will change into a plus sign to let you know you have selected a control e Move the mouse into the Control Panel Editor As you do you will see the control you selected appear following the movements of your mouse e Once you have the control in the position you desire click the mouse to confirm its addition to the Control Panel e Note You can click again the Toolbox or hit the Escape esc key to cancel the addition of the control Linking a Control to an Actor Input or Output After laying out your controls you will likely want to link those controls to properties of actors in the Scene s associated with your Control Panel An actor property is linked to a control through its Control ID Whenever the value of a control changes it broadcasts its Control ID and its new value to the currently active Scene Any input properties linked to that contro
298. htness input e blue Outputs the blue component value of the color specified by the hue saturation and brightness input Isadora Manual 296 HSL Adjust hue offset saturation luminance bypass Manipulates the hue saturation and luminance brightness of a video Stream Input Properties e rgb in The input video stream If this stream is YUV it will automatically be converted to RGB e hue offset How much to offset the hue from 360 to 360 degrees e saturation How much to change the saturation from O to 200 A value of 100 introduces no change Values below 100 make the image less saturated values above 100 make in more saturated e Luminance How much to change the luminance brightness from 0 to 200 A value of 100 introduces no change Values below 100 make the image darker values above 100 make the image brighter e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The colorized video stream in RGB format Image Tile video in video out tiles in tile cols l mei et the rows m steps color bypass Displays the incoming video stream in the form of tiles of varying brightness that are created by from a second video stream Whenever a new frame of video arrives at the tiles in input it is broken into a series of tiles whose height and width are s
299. ideo input of your capture device e Now you need to enable video capture in Isadora as it is not enabled by an Live Capture Settings Start Live Capture Stop Live Capture Scan for Devices Channel Select Enable Channel Select 1 4 M Enable Video Input Device Built in iSight 4 Show Preview 7 Resolution Half Size Edit Custom Size Quality Normal Quality EN Force 4 3 Aspect Ratio Sound Input Device Built in Microphone Internal microphone b d Gain 0 dB B ee 44 100 kHz 16 bit 2 channels ned Sound Frequency Analysis Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4 default First to select the video device from which you will capture you need to choose Input gt Live Capture Settings The dialog shown above will appear Ensure that the Channel Select popup menu shows 1 and that the Enable checkbox is checked e Click the Scan for Devices button If you connect your video device after you start Isadora it may not be recognized until you click this button e Under the heading Video Input select your capture device camera from the popup menu labeled Device If your device is not in the menu then the device is properly not connected to your computer properly Check the connections and power and click the Scan for Devices again e After selecting your device click the Start Live Capture button After doing this
300. if Isadora were looking for Program Change messages with a Base Value of 5 then MIDI program change 5 would activate the first scene program change 6 would activate the second etc If you choose to activate Scenes using the Continuous Controller messages the MIDI Controller Number field will appear MIDI Scene Control Activate Scene With Controller Value B MIDI Channel 1 1 16 0 Any Channel Controller Number 0 0 127 Base Value 0 0 127 For Continuous Control messages Isadora checks the message s Controller Number in along with the MIDI Channel and Base Value If the controller number does not match the one specified by the Controller Number field the message is ignored Net Setup Here you specify a number that identifies this computer when multiple copies of Isadora communicate with each other over a Local Area Network The Net Broadcaster actor specifies which computer will receive a given message using this number see the Net Broadcaster actor for more information Open Sound Control OSC Port Number v1 1 If you are using Open Sound Control OSC to receive messages from another computer or another program running on your computer you may need to set the OSC port number The other application needs to know two pieces of information when transmitting OSC messages to Isadora via UDP your computer s IP address and the port number Normally you can set the port number in the other application But in
301. if you are not using the Core Image actors provided with the optional Core Image upgrade then CPU speed is the key factor one must consider In this case spending a lot of money on a top grade graphics card will not boot performance appreciably However when using the Core Image version of Isadora the speed of the graphics card its available RAM and the transfer rate from main system memory become far more important If you are using this optional feature investing in a high grade graphics card can improve performance measurably Hard Drives When it comes to hard drives the fastest units are the relatively new SSD solid state hard drives Because there is no physical head to move access speeds are phenomenally fast especially when playing more than one movie Such speed can be especially important if you are attempting to play multiple HD clips The downside is that these drives are very expensive as of this writing Second in speed would be eSata drives third would be FireWire 800 and finally USB 2 We do not recommend USB 2 when playing high resolution movie clips from an external drive When considering traditional drives a drive with a high RPM speed will improve performance Drives with 10 000 are now available with 7200 RPM being a the recommended minimum Isadora Manual 65 The standard drives included with most laptops are usually 5400 RPM which will give less efficient performance but are still workable depending on
302. igger input all of the actors in the current Scene are deactivated and then all of the actors in the new Scene are activated Different to the Jump actor Jump allows for the control of both the scene s fade in and fade out properties Properties e mode Determines how the number in the jump property is interpreted When this mode is set to relative the scene to be activated is relative to the position of the current scene in the Scene List When this property is set to absolute the scene to be activated is based on its position in the Scene List See jump property below for more information e jump Indicates which scene to activate This field works in tandem with the mode field When mode is set to relative the number in the jump field indicates the scene to activate relative to the current scene 1 would be the scene after this scene 1 would be the scene before this scene 2 would be the second scene after this scene etc When mode is set to absolute the number in this field indicates a scene in the Scene List by its position where 1 is the first scene in the list two is the second scene etc e fade out fade in Specifies an optional visual and aural cross fade between the current scene and the scene that is the target of the jump The fade out time specifies how long it will take the currently active scene to fade to black The fade in time specifies how long it will take the new Scene to fade in from black The visual r
303. iginal User Actor instances from which you made the variation will not be changed Converting the User Actor to a Macro If you no longer want this User Actor to update other instances like it you can choose the Convert to Macro feature This converts the User Actor into a Macro that will no longer attempt to update other copies of itself throughout the file or the toolbox If you later want to convert this into a User Actor again you can do so by selecting the actor and choosing Actors gt Convert to User Actor Cancel amp Revert If you choose Cancel you will be returned to the User Actor editor If you choose Revert all of the changes you ve made since opening this User Actor editor will be discarded You can actually get the changes back one step at a time by choosing Edit gt Redo sharing Your User Actors If you would like to save a User Actor you ve made so that you can share it friend you can do so by using the Save User Actor command You can also load another User s actor using the Place User Actor command To save your actor e Click on one User Actor so that it is selected e Choose Actors gt Save User Actor e Use the file dialog that appears to choose a name and a place to save your actor e Click OK The actor will be saved to your hard disk with the extension mua which stands for Isadora User Actor Feedbacker iua To load an actor you ve received from someone el
304. ilable Notably the snd out text track and freq bands inputs of the Movie Player will not work Startup Action You can choose what action Isadora will take when the program starts up There are three options e Show New Window Creates a new empty window on startup e Open File Dialog Shows the open file dialog and asks you to open a file on Startup e Nothing Does nothing on startup Click the radio button for the desired option After Loading File You can choose whether or not Isadora will activate a Scene when a file is loaded There are three options e Don t Activate Any Scene After loading a file no Scene is activated You must activate the first scene manually e Activate First Scene After loading a file activate the first Scene in the Scene List e Restore Scene Active When File Was Saved After loading a file activate the Scene that was active at the time the file was saved Click the radio button for the desired option Isadora Manual 121 You can also choose to automatically show the Stage window s after loading the file Check the Automatically Show Stages checkbox to enable this feature Floating Windows This selection allows you to specify which of windows will be normal windows which go behind other windows when deactivated and which will be floating windows which always stay on top e Status Window check this box to make the Status window a
305. ill not play the same file they played before the change Often this is the behavior you want but it may be that you want to ensure that all the actors still play the same media after you have deleted or moved some object in the Media Window To do this you need to enable the Auto Adjust Media feature in the Media Window gt a X Auto Adjust Auto Adjust Media Enabled Media Disabled To enable or disable the Auto Adjust Media feature e To turn on the Auto Adjust Media feature click the button in the top left of the Media Window e To turn off the feature click the button again To delete a media reference or bin e Select the media references you want to clear e Choose Edit gt Cut to remove the references from the Media Window Or control click MacOS or right click Windows the media reference to choose Cut from a pop up menu To clear unassign a media reference e Select the media references you want to clear Isadora Manual 14 e Choose Edit gt Clear to clear the references from the Media Window Or control click MacOS or right click Windows the media reference to choose Clear from a pop up menu e After a reference is cleared its title will read lt Unassigned gt Attempting to play a media reference that has been unassigned has no effect the media simply doesn t play To hide the media references within a bin e Click on the downward pointing arrow to the left of
306. image grows from the middle when set to top the image grows down when set to bottom the image grows up e add img Each time this input is trigger a copy of the image is created It will travel along the x y z axes at the speed set by the x y z offset inputs and decay towards being black or fully transparent over the duration set by the attack time and decay time inputs Isadora Manual 221 3D Renderer channel video out horz size vert size force 4 3 x rotation y rotation z rotation x translate y translate z translate Renders all 3D Objects on the specified rendering channel This actor controls both which objects it will render and the position of the camera looking at those objects The channel input determines which objects will be rendered only objects displayed on the same channel by a 3D Player actor will be seen by this renderer The other parameters control the positioning of the camera in space and thus how the objects appear in the resulting rendered video output You can theoretically have up to 4 separate 3D Renderers in the same scene each set to a different channel How many you can really run simultaneously will depend entirely on the speed of your computer and on the speed of your 3D rendering hardware the computer s video card See the discussion under the 3D Player object for more information on setting up and rendering 3D Objects in Isadora Properties e channel Determines whic
307. image is added to the background image lower intensity settings reduce the brightness of the image When set to transparent lower intensity values make the object more transparent allowing you to see more of the particles and or images underneath When set to opaque lower intensity values will fade the image to a black background that obscures the background image e intensity Sets the brightness or transparency of the image from 0 to 100 See blend input for a complete description e render back When turned off only the front side of the particle is rendered This means that if you rotate the image it will be invisible when viewed from the back When turned on the both the front and back side of the particle is rendered ensuring that it is visible from any viewing angle e depth test When turned on the depth z coordinate of this taken into account when rendering this object other 3D objects images that are in front of this object will obscure it When turned off only the layer input is used to determine whether or not this object will be obscured by other 3D objects being rendered in the currently active Scenes e particle count The maximum number of particles that can exist at any one time If you attempt to generate more than this number of particles specified here the oldest surviving particles will die before new ones are rendered e vertices The number of vertices in the object A value of 3 draws a tri
308. imes Shape v1 1 Specifies the shape of the background from among seven possible options Rectangle Rounded Rectangle Oval the bordered versions Isadora Manual e dad of those shapes or a Picture the latter allowing you to use a Picture from the Media Window to draw the background Here is a summary of the various shapes that are possible Rectangle Border Rectangle Round Rectangle Border Round Rectangle Oval Border Oval If you choose Picture then the value of the Picture input determines the e Fill Color Determines the color of the background To change the color click on the colored box a Color Picker dialog will appear If the Shape is set to Picture this setting has no effect v1 1 Border Color Determines the color of the line around the border This color is only used if you have chosen one of the bordered variations of the background shape To change the color click on the colored box a Color Picker dialog will appear If the Shape is set to Picture this setting has no effect v1 1 e Border Size The size of the border in pixels The border is only used if you have chosen one of the bordered variations of the background shape If the Shape is set to Picture this setting has no effect v1 1 e Round Rect Radius When the shape is either Round Rectangle or Border Round Rectangle specifies the radius of the rounded corners in pixels If the Shape is set to Picture this setting
309. imported the movie called dancer mov into the media window previously and it was number 1 in the list e Click in the box to the left of the movie input in the Movie Player actor The number will disappear and the black box will become blue to let you know that you can type a new value Type the number 1 and then press enter Once you do this you will see the name of the movie or at least part of it to the right of the number 1 e g dancer mov That is the movie we previously imported into the Media Window Also the link between the Movie Player and Projector will turn green indicating that data is flowing through it Finally note the thin yellow line moving across the green bar along the bottom of the Movie Player actor This shows you which frame of the movie is playing currently Finally show the stage e Choose Output gt Show Stages The Stage window will appear If your display goes black it is probably because you forgot to set the Preferences as described previously To hide the stage again hit the shortcut key for Show Stages Command G on MacOS Control G on Windows The stage will disappear and you will be able to see your document again Go back to the section above entitled Setting Isadora Preferences follow the instructions there and then try this step again After showing the stage you should be able to see the movie playing inside of the stage window Congratulations you
310. in a Color Picker dialog box e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The inverted video stream Video Mixer video in 1 video in 2 mix amount bypass Mixes two streams of video allowing a crossfade between the two Input Properties e video in 1 The first video input stream e video in 2 The second video input stream mix amount Determines the mixture between the two video input streams from 0 to 100 When set to 0 you see only the first video input stream As Isadora Manual 434 the value moves towards 100 you will see more of the second stream When the mix amount reaches 100 you will see only the second stream e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties video out The mixed video stream Video Noise TUN STOP azara Video out A e 7 gt rate TAANI d Gs Bu color Generates video noise Input Properties e run stop When turned on this actor produces frames of video noise at the rate specified When set to off the actor does nothing e rate Determines the frequency with which new frames of video noise will be generated Specified in Hertz e cycles per second e color When turned off bl
311. in its down state For example consider the image below which is 100 pixels across and 100 pixels high The top 50 pixels will be used to draw the button in its up state the lower 50 pixels used to draw it in its down state ILIA Isadora Manual 450 The picture will be scaled to fit the rectangle that encloses the slider To prevent scaling set the width to match the width of the picture and the height to one half the height of the picture Note that any alpha channel information encoded into the picture is used when drawing the image on its background This means that you can create unusually shaped buttons with drop shadows etc Comment Comment Text Displays comments or titles in your user interface Settings Dialog r Control Settings Control Title CH 5 Width 64 Height 32 Font Geneva Style Bold 1 italic _ Underline Font Size 12 _ Show Value of Linked Properties Comment Comment Horiz Alignment center i Vert Alignment mde O i Color Ki ee Control Properties e Control Title The title used to reference this control e Width The width of the box enclosing the comment text e Height The height of the box enclosing the comment text e Font Popup menu selects the font used to draw text for this control e Bold Italic Underline When checked uses the bold italic or underline variations of the specified font e Font Size Sets the
312. in the tips listed above Isadora Manual 68 Tip 8 Stick with one frame rate for all your videos Isadora will happily play videos of any frame rate within the same file But for the smoothest playback performance you should use the same frame rate for all your videos and set the Target Frame Rate in the General tab of the Isadora Preferences to the same rate Furthermore you should set the Refresh rate of your monitor or video projector to a multiple of your chosen frame rate if at all possible Consult the manual for your monitor or projector to learn how to do this For NTSC video rendered at 29 97fps Set the Target Frame Rate to 29 97 fps Set the Monitor Video Projector refresh rate to 60 Hz For PAL SECAM video rendered at 25fps Set the Target Frame Rate to 25 fps Set the Monitor Video Projector refresh rate to 50 Hz For videos transferred from film at 24fps or 23 978 fps Set the Target Frame Rate to 24 fps or 23 978 as appropriate Set the Monitor Video Projector refresh rate to 50 Hz Tip 9 Turn off the Video Capture when you re not using it The Capture Control actor allows you to turn live video on and off from within an Isadora scene If you are not using live video in a section of your piece then use this actor to turn it on and off at the appropriate moment Tip 10 How to use Apple s QuickTime Player Pro Edition to recompress your movies Below are instructions on how to use the Apple s Qui
313. incoming data timeout Specifies a timeout for the input buffer If more than this amount of time passes between receiving any two bytes the input buffer will be cleared and the incoming message length count reset to zero This is to help avoid erroneous messages should the serial input cable be accidentally disconnected etc reset Clears the input buffer when triggered and resets incoming message length count is reset to 0 Output Properties trigger Sends a trigger when a valid message has been parsed and it matches the pattern specified by the pattern matching specifier value outputs The output for one of the parsed values The names and number of these outputs are based on the pattern matching specifier Serial In Watcher Text Serial In Watcher Text Reads a variable length data block from the specified serial port using a user specified pattern matching specification Note To read data consisting of fixed length messages with no delimiter use the Serial In Watcher Binary actor Values within the data are parsed and output from this actor according to a user specified pattern matching specifier To edit this specifier double click this actor s icon and the editor will open For documentation on parsing input streams see Data Input Parsing on page 186 Input Properties port Specifies the serial port from which to receive data enable When turned on reads all data from the serial port and
314. indow on Page 170 for more information on configuring live capture function determines the action taken vid aud start capturing video and audio vid start capturing video only aud start capturing audio only none stop capturing vid input Determines which video input will be used to capture default captures from the video driver s default input composite captures from the composite video input s video captures from the s video input component captures from the component video input aud input V1 1 Determines which audio input will be used to capture default captures from the video driver s default input line in captures from the line input jack mic in captures from the built in microphone 1 4 captures from the device with this index Used when you have multiple input devices connected to the system size V1 1 Determines the resolution that will be used to capture default captures at the size currently chosen in the Video Capture Size menu full captures at the camera s native resolution third captures at one third of the camera s native resolution half captures at one half of the camera s native resolution quarter captures at one quarter of the camera s native resolution 640x480 captures at one a resolution of 640x480 320x240 captures at one a resolution of 320x240 Isadora Manual 245 384x288 captures at one a resolution of 384x288 192x144 captures at one a resolution of 192x144 custom
315. indow where you can choose how to display your desktop e A blue panel appears with icons for a variety of display settings click the icon that looks like this This icon means Extend Desktop to Projector An image should appear on the video projector The start menu system tray and other icons should continue to appear on your main monitor The video projector should show the desktop background Windows Vista amp XP e Open the Control Panel In Windows Vista click Display Settings In Windows XP click the Display icon and then click the Settings tab The following window will appear Display Settings Eer wee ae Display Properties Morstor Themes Desktop Screen Saver Appearance Zeie Drag the cons to match your monitors 1 Generic PnP Monitor on ATI Mobility Radeon 42300 Drag the monitor icons to match the physical arrangement of your monitors Display 1 Multiple Monitors on ATI MOBILITY RADEON 7500 Scteen resolution Color quality Less 3 More Highest 32 bit 800 by 600 pixels eg aie Ca Display Settings Window for Vista L and XP R e Right click the rectangle labeled 2 in the contextual menu that appears choose Attach An image should appear on the video projector Isadora Manual 151 e If your computer has multiple video cards one rectangle will appear for each video projector connected to your system labeled 2
316. ing the 3D object See the Add Alpha Channel actor for more information about alpha channels Isadora Manual 213 3D Projector v1 3 video in stage visible layer blend intensity render back depth test draw mode zoom keep aspect img count lifespan brt override override wid x rotation y rotation z rotation x translate y translate z translate img x offset img y offset img z offset Renders a video stream onto a rectangle that can be rotated and translated in three dimensions This actor can also create multiple copies of the image that travel automatically through space This module share many input properties with the standard Projector actor but has can do more manipulations of the image in 3D space Its other main feature is the ability to multiple copies of the image and have them move through space This is accomplished by setting the object count to a value higher than 1 and triggering the add img input Once you do this a copy of the current frame will drift away from its original location at a rate determined by the x y z offset inputs Input Properties e video in The video stream to be rendered e stage The stage to which the image will be rendered Isadora Manual 214 e visible When turned on the video is rendered to the stage When turned off the video is not rendered which also reduces the processor load e layer Determines the order in which this actor will be rendered in relatio
317. ing value ending value and rate you can create envelopes that are fairly complex Input Properties e trigger When trig mode is set to all triggers starts ramping the envelope from the beginning When trig mode is set to ind one starts ramping the next segment of the envelope See trig mode for more info Isadora Manual 277 e segments Specifies how many segments are in the envelope from 1 to 9 This number determines how many pairs of rate and level input properties will be found along the left edge of the actor e trig mode specifies what will happen when a trigger is received at the trigger input and when triggers will be sent out of the end trigger output When this property is set to all and a trigger is received the envelope starts ramping from the first segment each time a trigger is received and continues until the last segment is complete At the completion of the last segment a trigger is sent out of the end trigger output When set to ind one or ind end each trigger ramps the next segment of the envelope If no segments have been triggered yet or if all the segments have been triggered then the ramping begins at the first segment The difference between ind one and ind end has to do with the end trigger output When set to ind one a trigger is sent out of the end trigger output at the end of each segment When set to ind end the end trigger output is triggered at the completion of the last segment e value 0 t
318. ings Isadora Preferences Preview Stage Size Stage Size 320 by 240 Place On Screen 2 Full Aspect Match Screen Aspect Place On None Sa Full Aspect Match Screen Aspect ry Place On None Full a Aspect Match Screen Aspect 2 Place On None zl Full 2 Aspect Match Screen Aspect 4 Place On None lt Full B Aspect Match Screen Aspect Place On None Full Aspect Match Screen Aspect H Stage 1 Stage 6 General Stage Options vi Floating Stage Windows Stage Preview Thumbnail Resolution vi Hide Cursor When Full Screen 80 by 60 pixels max Cancel OK e Under the heading Stage 1 choose Screen 2 in the popup menu labeled Place On If you have a second monitor output on your computer the resolution of the display will be shown in the pop up menu text 1 e Screen 2 640x480 If not it will just say Screen 2 Make sure that the popup to the right of the Place On popup in the Stage 1 section is set to Full And the Aspect popup is set to Match Screen Aspect Isadora Manual 27 e Under the heading Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4 Stage 5 and Stage 6 choose None in the popup menu labeled Place On e Click OK to confirm the new preference settings This setup will show one stage window on your second monitor output if a second monitor output is available If
319. inking cursor will appear at the spot where you clicked This indicates where the scenes will be pasted e Choose Edit gt Paste Isadora will insert scenes that you cut or copied previously at the point where the cursor was blinking To delete scenes e Select one or more scenes e Choose Edit gt Clear or press the Delete key Isadora will delete the selected scenes Reordering Scenes To change the order of the Scenes in the Scene List e Select one or more scenes e Click in one of the selected Scenes and hold the mouse button down for a moment This delay is to prevent you from accidentally dragging scenes e The cursor will change into a closed hand icon e Drag the scenes to the right or the left e As you drag the scenes will reorder themselves so you can see the order one thre two four e When you have placed the scenes where you want them release the mouse button Isadora Manual 78 Renaming Scenes To change the name of a scene e Highlight the scene whose name you want to change Then choose Scenes gt Rename Scene A text edit box will appear in place of the scene Type the new name of the scene and press enter The text edit box will disappear and the scene will be displayed with its new name e Shortcut Control clicking MacOS or right clicking Windows will show a popup menu From that menu choose Rename Scene to open the text edit box for a Scene s name Changing t
320. input from a particular address Isadora Manual 179 1 Check or uncheck the Enable checkbox to the left of the OSC address you wish to enable or disable Deleting Individual OSC Addresses To delete individual inputs one by one from the OSC Stream Editor window 1 Click in the Port or Stream Address text box for the address you wish to delete 2 Click the minus symbol at the bottom left of the window The item will be deleted Erasing the Entire List The Clear List function will permanently delete all addresses from the Stream Setup window This operation is not undoable To permanently clear the input list 1 Click the Clear List button 2 Isadora will show a dialog asking if you are sure you want to delete all the items Click the OK button to confirm your choice and delete all items Transmitting Open Sound Control Packets The OSC Transmit actor will transmit OSC packets consisting of a single floating point value to another computer You simply need to specify the IP address and port of the target computer or localhost if transmitting to an application running on the same computer as Isadora as well as the Open Sound Control address that will receive the packet See the documentation of the OSC Transmit actor on page 351 for for more information Transmitting Receiving OSC Without a Router IMPORTANT DO NOT TRY THE PROCEDURE BELOW UNLESS YOU UNDERSTAND HOW TO RESTORE YOUR NETWORK SETTINGS If you don t res
321. instance if this property were set to 50 and the note on in the file had a velocity of 64 it would be sent out with a velocity of 32 e play start Determines the starting point of the play segment the portion of the MIDI file that will play as a percentage of the file s total duration ranging from 0 to 100 e play length Determines the length of the play segment the portion of the MIDI file that will play as a percentage of the file s total duration ranging from 0 to 100 e loop enable When this property is turned off the play segment will play once each time the restart input is triggered When turned on once the file starts playing it will continue to play by looping back to the start of the play segment each time the end of that segment is reached Midi Show Control Watcher v1 5 MIDI Show Control Watcher port cue device id cue list cmd format cue path command trigger Watches for a MIDI Show Control command to the specified MIDI Port optionally allowing you to add and format variable parameters within the message Input Properties e port The MIDI port to which to send the MIDI Show Control message will be sent when triggered from to 16 e device id The device ID for this MSC Watcher Only MSC messages whose device ID matches this value will be received e cmd format The command format for MSC Watcher Only MSC messages whose command format matches this value will be received e command The comman
322. into the value edit box next to the word Init e Again click the trigger input of the Envelope Generator and then hit the space bar to go to Init Part II Then hit the space bar again to return to Initializing You won t be able to hear the sound as its volume has been initialized to O e Now click the trigger input of the Envelope Generator The sound will fade in its volume going from O to 100 Fully understanding how to scale and initialize values as they pass from one actor to another is the key to getting exactly what you want out of Isadora Try more experiments with this feature in your patches to familiarize yourself with this important feature Tutorial 9 More Real Time Video Processing In the previous chapter on real time video processing we only looked at the Video Processing actors that have one video input and one video output There are a Isadora Manual 52 handful of actors that take two or three video inputs We ll take a look at several of them in this tutorial Video Mixer e Close any currently open Isadora documents Then choose File gt Open and locate the file called Tutorial 9 in the Isadora Tutorials folder located in the same folder as your Isadora application e Activate the Scene called Crossfade by clicking on it In it you will find two Movie Player actors a Projector actor and an actor we haven t seen yet called Video Mixer A Mouse Watcher is connected to the mi
323. io of the area of the bounding box to the area of the video frame velocity Reports the velocity of the object being tracked The faster the object moves the higher this value Isadora Manual 283 Eyes v1 3 video in obj count objects brightness h res blob list v res blob 1 threshold blob 2 inverse blob 3 median filt blob 4 blur amt blob 5 histogram mode blob 6 histogram amt blob 7 histogram cut blob 8 bounds track blob 9 smoothing blob 10 min width blob 11 min height blob 12 min area blob 13 same max dist blob 14 same area chg blob 15 lifespan blob 16 monitor monitor size Tracks the position velocity size and other characteristics of up to sixteen objects within a video stream Eyes uses the standard computer vision technique of tracking blobs with a blob being defined as any group of contiguous pixels of a similar color Because Eyes typically tracks the brightness object in the frame you could say that the similar color is anything that isn t black e g the bright objects in the frame You can invert this behavior by turning on the inverse input in which case Eyes tracks the dark objects in the frame As each new frame of video arrives at the video input Eyes looks for every blob it can find Only the largest blobs of those found are tracked You can use the objects input to determine how many objects will be tracked simultaneously this can be set to as few as one and as many as sixte
324. ire Control Panel or scale the image to fit the control panel To choose a background for a control panel e Choose Controls gt Set Control Panel Background The following dialog will be shown P v Use Control Background Picture 1 Placement Tile ES When tiling an image drawing is most efficient when the horizontal and vertical dimensions are a power of two 4 8 16 32 64 or 128 e Check the Use Control Background checkbox to use a Picture as a background e In the Picture field type the media index of a Picture in the Media Window If the picture doesn t exist a solid gray background will be used e Use the Placement popup to determine how the picture is drawn Choose Tile to repeat the image over and over to create a continuous background Choose Top Left to draw the image once aligned to the top left of the control panel Choose Scale To Fit to scale the image to match the size of the control panel Isadora Manual 111 IMPORTANT NOTE If you choose the Tile option it is very important that you use an image whose horizontal and vertical dimensions match one of the following values 4 8 16 32 64 or 128 The horizontal and vertical dimensions don t have to match each other e g 16 x 64 is OK When the horizontal and vertical dimensions match one of these sizes optimized routines are used to tile the background If either dimension is not one of these values drawing can be very slow especially for s
325. is actor is in a scene that 1s being faded into the intensity will increase towards 100 over the duration of the cross fade Input Properties e intensity Reports the current scene intensity from 0 to 100 Isadora Manual 374 Selector select mputs value 1 value 2 value 3 Routes multiple inputs of any type to one output The Selector actor will route data from one of several inputs to an output When a particular value input is selected with the select parameter any values that arrive on that input will immediately be sent to output In addition whenever the select input changes and a new input is routed to the output the current value of the newly selected input is sent to the output The value inputs and the output of this actor are mutable They will all change their data type to match the data flowing through first link made to any of the inputs or to of the output For more on mutable inputs or outputs please Mutable Inputs and Outputs on page 84 This module is especially useful when you want to route multiple video outputs to one input Input Properties e select Chooses which input will be routed to the output This value can range between 1 and the number of inputs specified by the inputs property e inputs The number of value inputs available to be routed to the output e value 1 value 2 etc The value inputs that will be routed to the output Output Properties e output Passes on any value a
326. is set to 0 while the lower one the Eye is set to 1 Try changing the layer input of the top Projector to 2 You will see that the Bubbles are now rendered on top of the Eye e Click on the dot to the left of the intensity input on of the top projector Drag the slider down to the bottom As you do you ll notice that the top image eventually turns black When the blend mode is set to opaque and you lower the intensity the image eventually becomes a solid black square e Switch the blend mode on the top projector to transparent click on the box to the left of the word blend and type transparent and hit return Now try the Same experiment from the previous paragraph Now instead of fading to black the intensity controls the transparency of the image The lower the intensity the more see through the top image becomes IMPORTANT When attempting to render a transparent image it is essential that it is rendered last otherwise the transparent image feature may not work Generally this will result in on of the lower images appearing opaque and on top of the transparent image To specify the order in which Projectors render their images use the layer input Higher layer numbers are drawn last so you will want to use a higher layer number for Projectors whose blend input is set to transparent e Now switch the blend mode on the top projector to additive click on the box to the left of the word blend and type add
327. is setting 1s saved with the Isadora document If you save the document with the serial ports disabled Isadora will not attempt to open those ports automatically the next time the document is opened Receiving Serial Data v1 3 For information on how to receive data from to the serial port see the documentation for the text and binary versions of Serial In Watcher actor starting on page 387 Sending Serial Data See the documentation for the Send Serial Data actor on Page 385 for information on how to send data to the serial port Input Data Parsing Overview v1 3 Several actors allow you to parse incoming data streams from external sources like serial input devices or data acquired over the internet via a TCP IP connection All of these actors use a common system for being able to extract values and other meaningful data from within these streams In Isadora 1 3 these actors include the Serial In Watcher Binary Serial In Watcher Text TCP InWatcher Binary TCP In Watcher Text This section explains the parsing system and how to use it Isadora Manual 186 The first step is to define a pattern a special set of codes used by Isadora to specify the format of the data coming from the external device and how to extract parameters from it To do this you must first get information about the format of the data that will be received by Isadora from your external device For hardware devices you can usually find this i
328. it allows you set intensity of the Secondary Scene 1 e the brightness of the video and the volume of the sound Isadora Manual 226 The setting of the intensity input determines whether or not the secondary Scene is active When the intensity is 0 the secondary scene is not active When intensity rises above 0 the secondary scene is activated and its intensity set the appropriate value Note that if more than one Activate Scene Amount actor is active at one time and if these all point to the same target scene the last one executed will control the intensity of the target Scene For instance if the current Scene has two Activate Scene Amount actors both pointing at the next scene and the intensity input of the first Activate Scene Amount actor is 25 and the intensity input of the second actor is 45 then the target Scene will have an intensity of 45 Please refer to the Activate Scene actor for a more complete description of Secondary Scenes Properties e mode Determines how the number in the scene property is interpreted When this property is set to relative the scene to be activated is relative to the position of the current scene in the Scene List When this property is set to absolute the Scene to be activated is based on its position in the Scene List See scene property above for more information e scene Indicates which Scene to activate This field works in tandem with the mode field When mode is set to relative t
329. it matches To do this use the syntax name type element where name is any parameter name you define type describes the parameter type and some details about the format of the matched data and element is the pattern element as described above can be any element except a bitfield For example light_level integer 8 digits defines an actor output parameter named light level with an integer type matches up to 8 digits in the input and converts the matched digits to an integer outputting the value from the actor Parameter names may consist of letters numbers and underscores but must not start with a number _value and something2 are valid 2cool is not valid The type specifies the type of the actor s output parameter and for certain binary flavor elements describes how the binary data is interpreted The following types are valid string A text string float A decimal number Please note that binary floating point numbers are not currently supported integer An integer For binary types the same as integer binteger An integer For binary types input treated as big endian integer linteger An integer For binary types input treated as little endian Isadora Manual 193 integer You do not need to specify the entire type you only need to specify a unique prefix so str is the same as string int is the same as integer f is the same as float etc Here are some examples value integer 3 digits Matche
330. ivate Scene actor and the amount input of the Activate Scene Amount actor will be used when calculating the average between the two scenes Input Properties e stage Specifies which stage will be affected by this actor bkg color Specifies the background color that will be used when rendering the specified Stage e erase When turned on the stage erases itself before each rendering cycle When turned off the stage is not erased and any moving imagery will generate trails over time e fb intensity When greater than zero the contents of the specified Stage will be fed back to itself using the other feedback parameters described below to scale offset and rotate the image When this input is set to zero feedback is disabled e fb scale h determines how much the image is zoomed horizontally on each feedback cycle Values greater than 100 make the image look like it is moving towards you values less than 100 make it look like it is moving away e fb scale v determines how much the image is zoomed vertically on each feedback cycle Values greater than 100 make the image look like it is moving towards you values less than 100 make it look like it is moving away e fb offset h determines how much the image is offset horizontally on each feedback cycle Values less than zero move to the left values greater than zero move to the right e fb offset v determines how much the image is offset vertically on each feedback cycle Va
331. ize in bytes of the stream s input buffer Messages longer than this value will be truncated to the buffer size e activate When a trigger is received at this input the specified TCP stream is activated If a successful connection is made to the IP address and port specified by the tcp addr and tcp port inputs communications may then be carried out using the TCP Send Data and TCP In Watcher actors Note that establishing a connection with remote locations especially when using a domain name may take a few moments e deactivate When a trigger is received at this input the connection to the TCP stream specified by the stream id input property is closed Isadora Manual 417 Text v1 3 Text trigger ABC out R Outputs text of arbitrary length when triggered This actor was called String prior to v1 3 To define the text that will be sent by this actor double click it The Text Entry dialog will open allowing you to type or paste as much text as you like into the actor You can also generate text that includes formatted input parameters using the Text Formatter actor found on page 420 Input Properties e trigger Sends the text specified in the Text Entry dialog to the output Output Properties e out When a trigger is received at the input sends the text defined in the Text Entry dialog to the output Text Chopper Copies a specified number of characters or lines from the input text and sends the result to t
332. k individually QuickTime Movies can have multiple tracks of sound embedded in each movie The Sound Movie Player actor allows you to manipulate the volume and panning of each of these tracks individually and to route each sound track to a separate output on a multi channel output device if desired To find out how to create a multi channel audio movie see Creating a Multi Channel Audio Movie Using QuickTime Player Pro on page 158 Isadora Manual 397 The play start and play length parameters specify what portion of the movie will play See Movie Player actor for a detailed explanation of these inputs This actor is useful for multi channel sound installations or performances that require interactive control over multiple tracks of sound Input Properties movie The number of the movie you want to play as shown in the Media Window When the number of a valid movie is entered here its name will appear to the right of the number Note that it is possible to choose a movie that also contains video but you will not be able to access the video from this movie on off When turned on the movie plays and the resulting video stream is sent out of the video out output When turned off the movie stops playing and is unloaded from memory speed The speed of the movie from 10 to 10 times normal speed The default setting is 1 0 which plays the movie forward at normal speed 0 5 would play the movie forward at half speed A setting
333. l appear After choosing a font its name will be displayed in the value edit box e color The color with which the font will be drawn bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e rgb out The text drawn using the specified font and color superimposed upon the video stream connected to the video in port Output in RGB format Isadora Manual 423 The Edge qe rgb out bypass jis Performs edge detection on a video stream which results in light colored lines wherever an edge between two objects is found The Edge works by looking at the source image and detecting the areas on the image where there is an edge that is a significant change in color or brightness In the resulting image the edges appear as bright colored lines while other areas remain dark See below for an example Before Input Properties e rgb in The video input stream If this stream is in the YUV format it will automatically be converted to RGB e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e rgb out The edge detected video output stream output in RGB format Isadora Manual 424 Threshold v1 1 Converts a video stream to a two color image with one color being
334. l be magnified and zoomed when the corresponding track input is turned on Isadora Manual 204 e vy mag pos 1 2 3 4 The vertical coordinate that will be magnified and zoomed when the corresponding track input is turned on See Feedback and Mosaic example file contained in the Isadora Examples folder Isadora Manual 205 3D Particles v1 3 3D Particles texture map tex map scale tex map across tex map down tex map col tex map row video gen vg threshold vg res h vg res v vg scale h vg scale v stage visible layer blend intensity render back depth test particle count vertices vertex rot obj scale h obj scale v size shift start size mid size end size fa color shift JM start color ej mid color JM end color B fade in time hold time fade out time inten override override wid x rotation y rotation z rotation x translate y translate z translate x velocity y velocity z velocity vel limit x vel delta y vel delta z vel delta x gravity y gravity z gravity surface pos absorption friction x y z Isadora Manual 206 Creates a 3D Particle System The initial position of the particle is controlled by the x y z inputs while the movement of the particles 1s controlled by the velocity and gravity inputs The 3D Particle actor is an extremely rich tool for producing varied particle system animations everything from fire to smoke to star fields and snow can be simulated
335. l channels to be transmitted See the explanation of the rectangle editor above to understand how the chan offset is used when sending information to the LanBox LC Isadora Manual 309 Limit Scale Value Limit Scale Value limit min output limit max out min X out max value Limits the incoming value to a specified range and then scales the output to a different range The Limit Scale Value actor performs the two actions implied by its name First it limits the incoming value to the range specified by the limit min and limit max inputs It then scales the limited value to the range specified by the out min and out max inputs This actor can be especially useful when you have a value that does not reach its full range By choosing a lower range of values for the limit min and limit max inputs you can get a full range of output For instance if you were using a Sound Level Watcher but the sound input level only reached a maximum of 25 or so you could set the limit max input of this actor to 25 The incoming values would then be scaled from a range of 0 25 to 0 100 Input Properties e limit min The minimum input value Values arriving at the value input less than this value will be set to this minimum e limit max The maximum input value Values arriving at the value input above this value will be set to this maximum e out min and out max Specifies the minimum output value After incoming values are limited to the ra
336. l the items Click the OK button to confirm your choice and delete all items Serial Input Output v1 1 Isadora can transmit and receive data via standard serial RS 232 RS 485 hardware installed on your computer using the Send Serial Data Serial In Watcher Binary and Serial In Watcher Text actors Hardware Interface amp Drivers Before you begin you must have a hardware serial interface that allows you to connect serial devices to your computer Before using the interface with Isadora you must install its drivers To do this please follow the installation instructions in the interface s manual Note Isadora should not be running when you install the drivers otherwise the interface may not be recognized After you ve installed any required drivers you should connect the install the serial device or connect it to your computer as appropriate Serial Port Setup Ensure that your serial input output interface 1s connected to installed on your computer Then start Isadora and choose Communications gt Serial Port Setup A dialog will appear that looks like this Port 1 Device Speed Parity Bits Port 2 Device Speed Parity Bits Port 3 Device Speed Parity Bits Port 4 Device Speed Parity Bits Serial Port Setup None 9600 No Parity ES s Y Detect Serial Ports This window determines communications settings of Isadora s two ports and wheth
337. l will change their value based on the new value of the control Conversely whenever an output property is linked to a control and its value changes the linked controls will change their value based on the output property s new value This allows you to use controls as an output displaying an output property s current value To link an Actor input property to a Control e Choose Controls gt Show Actor Control Split When you do this the Control Panel and the contents of the current Scene will both become visible as shown below Isadora Manual 108 E untitled Color Maker Sider idan Untitled e Click in the Control ID shown at the top right of the control and drag the mouse A red line will track your mouse as you do e Move the mouse to the input of the actor to which you want to link it and release the mouse e Once you have done this a small link indicator will appear to the left of the input showing the Control ID linked to that actor input Once you see the link indicator you know that whenever a control with that Control ID changes value this input property will see that change and automatically set its value appropriately e Note that if you want the control to track the value of the input property when it is changed by another actors or when you change it manually you will need to turn on the Show Value of Linked Input Properties checkbox in the Control s Settings Dialog
338. le dancer mov From D Isadora 0 9 9b18 Lagos 0 9 9b18 Isadora Examples m ra Manual 0991 T Isadora Tutorials i do bis vw e gt The media file dancer mov cannot be found Please select the file and click Open or choose one of the skip options below KW Skip This File gt Skip All Missing Files Go to Add to Favorites Cancel The dialog shows you the name of the media file it is trying to locate in the title of the dialog box as well in the text just below the file selector area of the window To help Isadora locate the file select the movie dancer mov in the Isadora Tutorials folder and double click it e Make sure that the stage is visible If it is not choose Output gt Show Stages to show the stage You should see a movie of the dancer from Tutorial 1 Isadora Manual 34 e Then in the Movie Player actor click inside the box to the left of the words play length the property s title The box will turn blue and the number will disappear to indicate that Isadora is waiting for you to type a value e Type the number 5 and press enter Look at the video output on the stage window You will see the dancer jitter because we are now looping over a small portion of the movie The bar at the bottom of the Movie Player gives a graphic representation of the new setting the light green area is now a short portion at the left whil
339. les The number 65 gives A The number 13 gives a carriage return character To send ASCII text you must enclose the text in double quotes e to send the word hello you would enter hello When specifying ASCII text you can send various control characters by using one of the special escape sequences shown below 0x07 Bell 0x08 Backspace 0x0C Form Feed 0x0A New Line 0x0D Carriage Return Isadora Manual 196 0x09 Tab Backslash Double quote 0x00 Null Note that to include a double quote or a backslash inside of ASCII text you must precede it with a backslash as well Some further examples OE 11 CO sends the three hexadecimal bytes OE 11 CO which are decimal 14 17 and 192 respectively Ppr sends the characters p and l followed by a carriage return hex OD decimal 13 05 hello 0A OD sends eight bytes starting with 5 then the characters h e TU o followed by hex OA and OD which are 10 and 13 in decimal FF P1 C P2 C sends four bytes starting with hexadecimal FF 255 decimal followed by the character 7 and ending with two bytes that give the value input parameters and 2 Param 1 Param 2 respectively Isadora Manual 197 Actors Reference 2D Velocity v1 1 Calculates the velocity of a point as it moves in 2D space This module calculates the velocity of a point in 2D space as specified by its
340. lete the link or press the delete key Isadora Manual 83 To segment Links for better visual organization You may want to organize your links visually so that you can better understand what your Scenes are doing when it contains several actors You can do so by laying them out in segments For example Keyboard Watcher trigger EN mode Jump To create a link with segments e Start the process as before by clicking in an output port The link will begin tracking your movements e As appropriate click on the Scene Editor background When you do a new point will be added to the link The red line now tracks from that point e Continue adding segments as desired To finish the link click in the input port of the target actor To move an existing Link segment e Click in the link segment and drag Horizontal segments can only be dragged up and down Vertical segments can only be dragged horizontally Mutable Inputs and Outputs Normally one cannot link inputs and outputs whose data types do not match For instance a video output cannot normally be connected to a number input because such a connection would have no meaning But some actors support mutable inputs or outputs meaning these inputs or outputs will mutate De change to match the data type when the first link is made to them Mutable inputs or outputs are indicated by a green dot next to the input or output port Normally this dot is blue
341. lic or Underline checkboxes When you do the Style checkbox will automatically be checked e To change the size type a number into the text box to the right of the Size checkbox When you do the Size checkbox will automatically be checked e If you decide you don t want to change the font style or size uncheck the corresponding checkbox e Click OK The font style and size of the selected controls will be changed as specified Locking Controls You can also lock a control in place so that they cannot be moved This is especially useful when applied to the Background control as you won t accidentally move the background as you place other controls on top of the background Note however that you can still cut copy or paste locked controls To lock controls so they can t be moved e Select one or more controls e Choose Controls gt Lock Selected Controls Note that the selection indicator the blue border around the control now changes to red for all locked controls This gives you a clear visual indication that they are locked To unlock controls so they can be moved e Select one or more controls e Choose Controls gt Unlock Selected Controls Note that the selection indicator the blue border around the control now changes to blue for all Isadora Manual 114 unlocked controls This gives you a clear visual indication that they are no longer locked Using the Grid Snap Feature To help you organi
342. lick on a media reference to select it Clicking on a bin selects the bin and all media references inside that bin To select multiple media references e Click on an unselected media reference to select it Then hold down the shift key and click another item to select all items in between e Or Click on an unselected media reference and drag to select several contiguous items e You can hold down the Command Apple key MacOS or the Alt key Windows and click a media reference to toggle its selection state Isadora Manual 73 To select an multiple bins e Click on an unselected bin to select it All media references within that bin will be selected too Then hold down the shift key and click another bin to select all items and bins in between e Or Click on an unselected bin and drag to select several contiguous bins e You can hold down the Command Apple key MacOS or the Alt key Windows and click a bin to toggle its selection state Managing Media To add a new bin to the Media Window e Click on the appropriate button at the top of the Media Window E So an D Add Movie Bin Add Sound Bin Add Picture Bin Add Midi Bin Add 3D Bin Button Button Button Button Button A new bin of the specified type will be added to the end of the Media Window Automatically Adjusting Media Numbers When you delete or move a media object the number of the media objects will change and Scenes that reference a given media object w
343. line than the items input the extra values will be ignored If this action causes the data for currently recalled line to change the new values of that line will be sent to the output write Triggering this input writes the contents of the Data Array to the file specified by the file path property items Specifies the number of items in each line of the list increasing this number adds value inputs and outputs to this actor decreasing it removes the corresponding inputs and outputs When increasing this number existing values in the list are preserved When decreasing it values at the end of each line will be lost permanently value 1 value 2 Input value corresponding an item within each line of the list value 1 being the first value value 2 being the second etc These values are stored in the table when a successful add insert or replace trigger 1s executed The actual number of value inputs is determined by the items input property recall Whenever a value is received at this input the data from the corresponding line in the list is sent to the output Use to recall the first line Isadora Manual 263 2 to recall the second etc If the specified item does not exist the outputs will not change e erase Erases the entire list e add Adds a new line to the end of the list using the values currently specified by the value inputs e index Indicates line within the list where the next insert delete or replace ope
344. ll Scales the captured video to a resolution of 768 x 576 s 384 x 288 PAL Half Scales the captured video to a resolution of 384 x 288 e 192 x 144 PAL Quarter Scales the captured video to a resolution of 192 x 144 e Custom Size Scales and crops the captured video using the settings in the Set Custom Size dialog see below Setting a Custom Capture Size v1 1 The Set Custom Capture Size dialog allows you to crop and scale the captured video This is useful if you only want to see a portion of the incoming video stream To set the Custom Capture Size do the following 1 Start Video Capture using the Input gt Start Video Sound This isn t absolutely necessary you can set the custom capture size without live video coming into the computer But if video capture is active the dialog will provide a preview that will make help you visualize the portion of the image that is being captured 2 Select the desired channel in the Live Capture Settings window and then click the Custom Size button 3 The following dialog will appear Isadora Manual 168 Set Custom Capture Size Cropping Preview source Size 1600 x 1200 Left 125 Top 125 Width 75 Height 75 Cropped Size Left 200 Top 150 Width 1200 Height 900 Destination Size Width 320 Height 240 Cancel OK 4 The cropping of the image is set using the Left Top Width and Height boxes under the Cropping heading These
345. ll be seen by this watcher from 1 to 16 You may specify a single port or a range of ports e bend value Specifies the pitch bend value or range of values that will be seen from 0 to 16383 8192 is the center position of the pitch bend Note that for a Monophonic Pressure message to be seen by this watcher its values must fall within the range of values for specified by all three of the input properties Output Properties When this watcher sees a Control Change message that falls within the range of values specified by all of the input properties the following values are sent out of the outputs e port The MIDI Port on which the message arrived e channel The Pitch Bend message s MIDI Channel bend value The Pitch Bend message s bend value Isadora Manual 358 e trigger Sends a trigger each time a message is seen Pitch Roll Yaw to Rotation v1 3 Pitch Yaw Roll to Rotation mode x rotation pitch Ka y rotation yaw z rotation roll Allows you to specify the rotation of a 3D Object by using pitch yaw and roll angles When rendering 3D Models and other 3D objects it is sometimes more convenient to specify the rotation by specifying the roll pitch and yaw angles of the object or model This actor converts the roll pitch and yaw angles into an x y z rotation that is can be used with several Isadora actors Input Properties e mode Specifies the order in which the three angles are applied For instance
346. locity duration trigger quiet Sends a MIDI Note On message each time a trigger is received optionally sending a MIDI Note Off message after a specified amount of time has elapsed Input Properties e port The MIDI port on which the message will be sent These port numbers correspond to the Destinations shown in the MIDI Setup dialog e channel The MIDI Channel on which the message will be sent e pitch The Note On message s pitch from 0 to 127 or C 2 to G8 You can choose to see the pitches using their note names by clicking on the title pitch next to the value edit box and choosing Actors gt Display gt MIDI Note Isadora Manual 381 e velocity The Note On message sg velocity from 1 to 127 Per the MIDI Specification a Note On message with a velocity of 0 is a Note Off message e duration The amount of time to wait before a Note Off message corresponding to the previously sent Note On is sent If this value is set to 0 then no Note Off message will be sent e trigger Sends a MIDI Note On message with the values specified by the other input properties each time a trigger is received on this input If the duration property is greater than zero then a corresponding Note Off message will be sent after that duration has elapsed e quiet When turned on silences any previously sounding note before a new note on message is sent This is useful when you want to make sure that notes don t overlap regardless of the spe
347. lor Picker control will appear allowing you to choose a new color Note if you are using a Picture to draw your button see below this setting has no effect v1 1 e Background Picture v1 1 Set this to the media index of a Picture in the Media window to provide a custom background for your slider The picture will be scaled to fit the rectangle that encloses the slider to prevent scaling set the width and height inputs to match the size of the picture Note that any alpha channel information encoded into the picture is used when drawing the image on its background allowing you to create unusual shapes drop shadows etc e Thumb Picture v1 1 Set this to the media index of a Picture in the Media window to provide a custom thumb the moving indicator for your slider If the slider is horizontal the thumb will be scaled vertically to match the height of the slider but the width will remain unchanged If the slider is vertical the thumb will be scaled horizontally to match the width of the slider but the height will not be changed Note that any alpha channel information encoded into the picture is used when drawing the image on its background allowing you to create unusual shapes drop shadows etc Isadora Manual 461 Stage Preview Displays a thumbnail image of the current output to a Stage The Stage Preview control shows you a thumbnail of what is appearing on any of Isadora s Stage outputs Some important points
348. ls are always available for the bin tabs at the top of the picker This option is most useful when the Show All of Selected Type option is on because you can ensure that there is always enough vertical space for the bin tabs as you add more bins Ss Scroll Option There are five possible options None Tabs Top Tabs Bottom Tabs Arrows Top and Tabs Arrows Bottom The top and bottom versions determine if the tabs and or arrows appear at the top or bottom of the control The Tabs only versions does not display left and right scroll arrows the Tabs Arrows version display both The number of movies that you can see at once and the number of tabs will update dynamically as you resize your control adjust the picker s size for the orientation arrangement that suits you best Note that if there is not enough room horizontally all of the possible tabs might not be displayed Isadora Manual 448 Button KH Displays an on off button that sends one value when turned on and another when turned off The button control is most useful when you need to trigger actors to do something or toggle their state between two values You can choose to display the buttons in a number of colors and styles to help organize your interface Settings Dialog Control Settings Control Title Button 1 Width 60 Height 22 Font Geneva D Style Bold italic Underline Font Size 9 Show Value of Linked Properties Button
349. lue The value that is broadcast to the currently active Scene when the button is turned on e Mode When set to Momentary the button goes to the on state when you click it and back to the off state when the mouse is released When set to Toggle the button goes between on and off each time it is clicked e Don t Send Off When this box is set the off value is never sent This is useful when you want a link this button to an actor property that expects a trigger input as it prevents a trigger when the button turns off e Style When set to Colored Background the color specified by the Color drop down menu determines the background color of the control When set to Colored Indicator the background is always gray and the Color drop down menu determines the color of the on off indicator in the control e Color The color of the control s background or its indicator depending on the Style setting see Style above for more information To change the color click on the colored box A Color Picker control will appear allowing you to select the color Note if you are using a Picture to draw your button see below this setting has no effect v1 1 e Picture v1 1 Set this to the media index of a Picture in the Media window to provide a custom image for your button The image should is divided into two parts when drawing the button the top half is used to draw the button in its up state while the bottom half is used to draw the button
350. luence of a number that just arrived Numbers older than one second would have no influence at all The frequency output determines how often a new output value is calculated Higher values here produce a smoother output Input Properties e value The stream of incoming values e frequency The frequency with which new values will appear at the output e stages How many of the previous values will be remembered by the filter as it calculates the new value e decay How long a value s influence to decay to 0 e scaling Multiplies the output value by this number to provide a better range of output values Output Properties e output The smoothed values video in video out flip horz flip vert bypass Flips a video stream horizontally vertically or both Input Properties e video in The video input stream e flip horz When turned on flips the video image horizontally e flip vert When turned on flips the video image vertically e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Isadora Manual 288 Output Properties e video out The flipped video output stream Float Counter v1 3 mode minimum maximum Ka cur value add sub Counts up or down when a trigger is received The Float Counter and its companion Counter allows you to count up or down each time a trigger is received by adding
351. lues less than zero move up values greater than zero move down e fb rotation determines how much the image is rotated on each feedback cycle Values less than zero rotate counter clockwise values greater than zero rotate clockwise Isadora Manual 408 Stage Mouse Watcher v1 3 Stage Mouse Watcher stage left mouse down modihers left mouse up limit horz right mouse down limit vert right mouse up a inside stage e wheel delta x gt az wheel delta y wheel changed horz pos vert pos trigger Outputs the current position of the mouse within one of Isadora s six stages optionally choosing to see changes in position only when specific modifier keys are held down It may also be used to sense left and right clicks on the stage and horizontal or vertical changes in the mouse wheel Input Properties e stage Specifies which stage the mouse must be over for this watcher to see mouse movements e modifiers Specifies the modifier keys that must be held down before mouse movement will be seen by this watcher Options include MacOS Windows cmd d command key alt a alt key ctl c control key ctl c control key opt o option key win w windows key shf s shift key shf s shift key Note that when you save a file on MacOS and read it under Windows the cmd modifier becomes the alt modifier and opt becomes win The reverse is true when you move from Windows to MacOS To enter a new Set
352. lution and or bit depth Colors 2 Res 5 a Wi e wi a vi Wi Vd Let dy H RAR Colors 4 Res 50 Colors 16 Res 50 Colors 256 Res 5 Input Properties e video in the video input stream resolution specifies the resolution of the intermediary buffer from 0 to 100 of the incoming video stream s size Lower values will pixelate the image more e color Specifies the number of colors in the intermediary buffer Possible values are 2 4 16 256 and Thousands e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Isadora Manual 270 Output Properties e video out the dithered video output rgb in dot size mode color scaling bypass Makes a video stream look like a screened image in a newspaper consisting of dots whose size varies depending on the brightness of the source image video in size 4 mode dots color off A _ C AL P aa Prga ag he PsA ich STRA Se t bag ach DI ba KE be Er e rd D WW d Sr bz A ff Ge FO IC vie Det wk Kick W OO he ne d R ih video in size 4 mode boxes color on Isadora Manual 271 Input Properties e rgb in The video input stream If this stream is YUV it will be automatically converted to RGB e dot size The size of the dots or boxes e mode Either dots or boxes When set to dots the screen is circular
353. m 1 param 2 etc Variable values that can be inserted into the output data as specified by the formatting specifier See Data Output Formatting on page 195 for more information on how to format the data from these inputs The param inputs of this actor are mutable Each will change its data type when a link is first made Each becomes mutable again if all links are Isadora Manual 416 disconnected For more on mutable inputs or outputs please Mutable Inputs and Outputs on page 84 TCP Stream Control TCP Stream Control stream id tep addr tcp port JCP activate deactivate Activates or deactivates a TCP stream by establishing a connection to the specified to the specified TCP address and port Input Properties e stream id The identifier of TCP stream to be activated or deactivated This number is referenced by other TCP actors when sending data to or receiving data from this stream e tcp addr Together with the tcp port input specifies the TCP address to which a connection should be established when this stream 1s activated This address may be specified as a numeric IP e g 192 168 0 1 or as domain name troikatronix com if you are online and a domain name server is available e tcp port Specifies the tcp port to which a connection should be established when this stream is activated The full address is determined by the combination of this input and the tcp addr input property buf size The s
354. m index Si percentage Converts a duration percentage for a specific video or sound file into a real time value specified in seconds The output of this actor can be connected into any other actor that has an input measured in seconds e g the Envelope Generator Trigger Delay etc Input Properties e type Set to video to reference a video file in the Media Window set to audio to reference a sound file e item index The index of the video or sound file in the Media Window e percentage The percentage of the duration that will be converted into a real time duration Output Properties e time For the specified video or sound file the real time duration of the percentage specified at the percentage input Isadora Manual 328 Media Time to Percent v1 2 Media Time To Percent start type loop item index 01 23 loop len start time l duration Converts a start time and duration specified in seconds to a loop start and loop length percentage for a specific video or sound file Allows you to specify the loop start and loop length for a Movie or Sound Player actor using real time values Input Properties e type Set to video to reference a video file in the Media Window set to audio to reference a sound file e item index The index of the video or sound file in the Media Window e start time A start time specified in seconds to be converted into a loop start percentage e duratio
355. m output channel number to be output by this actor If you reference an output in the Channel Mapping Editor that is less than this number it will be ignored Isadora Manual 321 e max out chan The maximum output channel number to be output by this actor If you reference an output in the Channel Mapping Editor that is less than this number it will be ignored e min out value The minimum value for the generated output values Input channel values are always expressed as a percentage between 0 and 100 This percentage is multiplied by the min out value and max out value to calculate the final output value e max out value The maximum value for the generated output values Input channel values are always expressed as a percentage between 0 and 100 This percentage is multiplied by the min out value and max out value to calculate the final output value e prefix Text to be inserted at the beginning of the output text e num fmt The format used to generate the text output integer generates a list of decimal numbers float generates a list of floating point numbers hex generates a list of hexadecimal numbers e max digits Total number of characters to be occupied by the number including the decimal point when num fmt is set to float Extra space 1s filled with blanks unless the lead zeroes input is turned on e frac digits Number of digits for the fractional portion of the number when the num fmt is set to float Leave this set
356. m properties of the Luminance Key module Tutorial 10 Making Your Own Actors As you use Isadora you will find that there are groupings of actors that you often use This tutorial shows you how to use Isadora s User Actors and Macros to build your own actor from several Isadora actors User Actor and Macros work in precisely the same way except for one when you make changes to a User Actor you have the option of updating every copy also known as an instance of the User Actor so they will all work in exactly the same way This is very useful when you ve have a User Actor in several scenes and you want the functionality of the other instances to stay in sync A Macro on the other hand will not update copies of itself when you make changes You would most often use a Macro when you simply wanted to logically group some actors or when you want to save screen real estate by embedding several actors into a smaller object In this example we will focus on creating User Actors Let s ay we wanted to turn two actors Luminance Key and Zoomer into our own actor called Feedbacker e Close any currently open Isadora documents Then choose File gt Open and locate the file called Tutorial 10 in the Isadora Tutorials folder e Click on the Scene called Feedback to activate it This is the same Scene we looked at in Tutorial 9 e Click User in the Toolbox Filter This is the User Actor Group e Bring a
357. mall value like 80 by 60 pixels Higher values will give greater resolution but may be noticeably slower Stage Preview Control Buffering Mode v1 3 You can place the Stage Preview control in the Control Panel to see a preview image of any of Isadora s Stages The Buffering Mode setting allows you to control how Isadora generates this preview There are three choices e Single Faster One Frame Delay This is the default option and should be used as long as no problems are encountered when using the Stage Preview control e Faster Double Buffer This is similar to the first option except that the preview frames are double buffered as they re read from your graphic card You may find a speed improvement on some cards with this option but with a longer delay in the Stage Preview control s image Isadora Manual 129 s None Slower Choose this option if you experience crashes when using the Stage Preview Control Some older OpenGL driver implementations crash when or incorrectly render the image when using the default option MIDI Net Preferences isadora Preferences General Video Stage Midi Net Warnings MIDI Scene Control Activate Scene With Controller Value B MIDI Channel 1 1 16 0 Any Channel Controller Number 0 0 127 Base Value 0 0 127 Net Setup Computer ID 1 Open Sound Control OSC Port Number Port Number 1234 MIDI Scene Control In this section can choos
358. mall images Positioning Sizing and Aligning Controls Isadora gives you several ways to organize and beautify your Control Panel Beyond the normal dragging you can 1 Use the arrow keys to precisely move or size your controls 2 Use the alignment commands to align and or distribute your controls 3 Lock controls in place so that they aren t moved accidentally during editing This section covers all of these editing features To move controls within the Control Panel Editor e Select one or more controls e Click on one of the selected controls and drag The controls will follow the movements of your mouse until you release the mouse button or e You can also use the up down left or right arrow keys on your computer keyboard to move the controls If grid snapping is on they will move by one grid unit Otherwise they will move by one pixel e To move a control five units at a time hold down the command key while pressing the arrow keys To change a control s size e Click in its size box the small right rectangle drawn to the bottom right of the Control and drag The Control will resize as you drag following the movements of your mouse e If you hold down the shift key and press one of the arrow keys all selected controls will also resize Shift right arrow makes the control wider shift left arrow makes is thinner Shift down arrow makes it taller shift up arrow less tall If grid snapping is on they will resize by
359. ment to see what setting looks best e inverse When turned off the key functions normally When on the key is inverted 1 e where the foreground matches the key hue and saturation the foreground image is shown where it doesn t the background image is shown Turning this property on can be useful if you intend to use the Chroma Key module in coordination with the Eyes video tracking module as only the object with the matching color will appear at the output alpha When turned off the output is a standard RGB video image with no transparency When turned on the output image is encoded with an alpha channel ARGB based causing the image to be transparent where the foreground color matches the key hue hue width and saturation inputs Or the inverse if the inverse input is turned on The Projector actor will respect Isadora Manual 251 this alpha mask when compositing images on the stage For more information on this using alpha channels see Compositing with the Projector on Page 140 bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties rgb out The resulting keyed video image in RGB Format Outputs the local time and date updated once every second Properties hour The current hour from 0 to 23 minute The current minute second The current second day The current day month The
360. messages send over a Local Area Network The results are presented via the computer s video displays speakers or MIDI interfaces The design of Isadora is the result of over a dozen years of experience of creating interactive works with my dance theater company Troika Ranch http www troikaranch org as well as my experience teaching numerous workshops on integrating digital media into live performance It reflects my own desire for a flexible powerful and reliable tool with which to make my own pieces and to create a friendly working environment for those who do not have extensive computer experience Perhaps the most difficult aspect of Isadora is that a new file is a blank slate it won do anything for you until you begin to bring actors into the program and link them together For those just beginning this can be a bit daunting So we have supplied a complete set of tutorials that lead you through the process of creating several Isadora programs In addition you will find several example files included with the application Looking at these may be the best place to start as it will give you a sense of what you can do with Isadora and how to begin using it On the other hand those who have more experience with media manipulation software may want to head directly for the Quick Start section It gives the essential information required to start using the program It is worth mentioning here that help is always available Contr
361. movie plays and the resulting video stream is sent out of the video out output When turned off the movie stops playing and is unloaded from memory Isadora Manual 340 e ctr h The horizontal center of the image expressed as a percentage of the stage width Positive numbers move the video image to the right negative numbers move it to the left e ctr v The vertical center of the image expressed as a percentage of the stage height Positive numbers move the video image down negative numbers move it up e width The width of the rendered video image expressed as a percentage of the stage width e height The height of the rendered video image expressed as a percentage of the stage height e zoom The zoom factor of the projected video image expressed as a percentage of the stage size 100 percent will project an image that fills the stage Lower zoom out make the image smaller higher numbers zoom in make the image bigger e keep aspect When turned on the aspect of the incoming video stream will be used to determine the aspect ratio of the rectangle into which the image is rendered The resulting image will be letterboxed horizontally or vertically as needed When turned off the video image will be scaled to fill the entire stage Note that the final aspect ratio is also affected by the width and height parameters e speed The speed of the movie from 10 to 10 times normal speed The default setting is 1 0 which plays
362. moving on a black background Choose Edit gt Undo to undo the link Do the same with the video out of the Picture Player You should see some bubbles floating on a blue background Again choose Edit gt Undo to remove the link Now connect the video out of Displace to the video in of the Projector e You should see the dancer on the black background Now use the mouse to adjust the displace amt property in the Displace actor As you increase its value the dancer s image will become more and more distorted Displace uses the brightness of the video stream at its displace input to shift the pixels of the video stream arriving at its source input Where the displace video is 50 gray the source video s pixels aren t moved at all where it is dark pixels are shifted to the left where it is light pixels are shifted to the right How far the pixels are moved depends on the amount setting The angle property determines the angle at which pixels are shifted when set to zero they move left and right when set to 25 90 degrees they move towards the top left and bottom right etc The offset parameter will shift the apparent brightness of the displace video this is useful if the displace video is too bright or too dark overall Experiment with these to see how they change the result It is hard to predict what exactly you will get out of Displace but the results can be quite beautiful Import your own movies and try using them with Di
363. must be turned on for Isadora to receive the packets and interpret them correctly Isadora has 100 Open Sound Control addresses to which data may be sent They range from isadora 1 through isadora 100 Isadora expects receive either floating point or integer numbers on these inputs The type tag must be sent with the data or the message will be ignored The OSC Listener actor will receive values sent to these channels based on the channel setting e g a value sent to isadora 5 will be received by the OSC Listener with its channel set to 5 For more information on the OSC Listener see Page 350 In addition there are four multi inputs isadora multi 1 through isadora multi 4 On these four ports you can send a message with a list of multiple floats and or integers Again the type tag must be sent with these messages or the message will be ignored The individual values will be sent sequentially to a range of OSC inputs For example if a message consisting of two integers and two floats 5 525 1 234 5 869 type tags 11ff were sent to isadora multi 1 the OSC Listener actors with their channels set to 1 2 3 and 4 will receive 5 525 1 234 and 5 869 respectively If the same message were sent to isadora multi 2 the values would appear on channels 100 103 The TCP IP Port Number used to receive OSC messages can be set in the Preferences See Page 131 for more information When receiving values from another appli
364. n A duration specified in seconds to be converted into a loop length percentage Output Properties e time For the specified video or sound file the real time duration of the percentage specified at the percentage input Midi Enable en WT trigger Enables or disables MIDI input There occasionally may be situations where you want to temporarily disable all MIDI input The MIDI Enable actor allows you to accomplish this goal Input Properties e function When set to disable a trigger a the trigger input will disable all MIDI input When set to enable and a trigger is received MIDI input is enabled e trigger Enables or disables MIDI input when a trigger is received depending on the setting of the function input Isadora Manual 329 restart stop tempo vel mod play start play length loop enable WE Plays a standard MIDI file to the specified MIDI port There are three main things that you can control when manipulating the playback of a standard MIDI file its speed the portion of the file that will play and whether or not that portion will loop and the velocity of its note on messages The portion of the sound that will play is called the play segment The play segment is determined by the play start and play length properties both of which are expressed as a percentage of the MIDI file s total length The play length indicates how long the play segment will be while the play start specifies where
365. n of the incoming video stream that will be seen is determined by the horz size and vert size parameters The result of this crop is then scaled by the zoom factor which determines the final output resolution See description above for more examples Input Properties video out The cropped video stream horz The horizontal resolution of the output video stream vert The vertical resolution of the output video stream Isadora Manual 249 Chroma Key rgb fore rgb back key hue hue width saturation softness inverse alpha bypass Keys two video streams together allowing the background video stream to show through on the foreground wherever the foreground matches a specified color or range of colors The Chroma Key module uses the color of the foreground image to determine whether you see the foreground or background video stream at the output This can be commonly seen on television when the person delivering the weather appears to be standing in front of a giant weather map The person is actually in front of a pure blue or green screen and map is keyed into the blue or green area creating the illusion In the Chroma Key actor you determine the color to match by adjusting the key hue property The range of colors that will trigger the key is set by the hue width property and how saturated or pure the color must be is specified by the saturation The sharpness of the edge between the foreground and background image c
366. n of the four modes can be found below Input Properties e mode The mode that determines how the parameter value will be specified which can be one of the following Isadora Manual 380 norm The parameter value ranges between 0 and 100 In this mode the range of input value is scaled to the actual MIDI range of 0 to 16383 0 yields 0 50 yields 8192 100 yields 16383 norm The parameter value ranges between 50 and 50 In this mode the range of input value is scaled to the actual MIDI range of 0 to 16383 50 yields 0 0 yields 8192 and 50 yields 16383 direct The parameter value ranges between 0 and 16383 This matches the actual MIDI range so no scaling is necessary direct The parameter value ranges between 8192 and 8191 In this mode the input value is scaled to the actual MIDI range of 0 to 16383 by adding 8192 8192 yields 0 O yields 8192 8191 yields 16383 e port The MIDI port on which the message will be sent These port numbers correspond to the Destinations shown in the MIDI Setup dialog e channel The MIDI Channel on which the message will be sent e param The MIDI parameter number from 0 to 16383 e value The MIDI parameter value The range of values depends on the setting of the mode property e trigger Sends a MIDI Non Registered Parameter message with the values specified by the other input properties each time a trigger is received on this input Send Note port channel pitch ve
367. n the current Scene By setting the Keyboard Watcher to look for a specific key coming from the Cue Sheet you can trigger actions in response to the operator executing a cue Creating The Cue Sheet Each Scene has its own list of cues numbered starting at Q1 You can access the cues for a particular scene by clicking on a Scene to activate it Note that if you copy paste or duplicate a scene the cues associated with that scene will be also be duplicated To add a new cue e Activate the Scene whose cues you wish to edit e Choose Windows gt Show Cue Sheet Editor to show the Cue Editor window Initially it will look like this 6066 Untitled Cues e Click the Plus Sign to add a new cue After you do fields will appear that allow you to edit that cue AAA Untitled Cues When the dancer moves upstage left Cue Desc Send Key ZS Space 3 Return ZS Enter Z Escape fei Other Isadora Manual 136 e Next to the prompt you can type the text that will be shown to the operator Generally this will describe something that is happening on stage which will cause them to execute the cue e To the right of the Send Key prompt you can choose the character that will be sent to Isadora Keyboard Watcher actor Using the radio buttons you may choose from the Space Bar Return Key Enter Key Escape Key or Other If you choose Other then you need to enter the character you want to be send to the keyboard w
368. n to any other 3D actors in the scene other 3D Projectors 3D Player 3D Quad Distort etc Higher numbered layers are in front of lowered numbered layers i e they are drawn last blend Determines the opacity of the video image in conjunction with the intensity input When set to additive the image is added to the background image lower intensity settings reduce the brightness of the image When set to transparent lower intensity values make the object more transparent allowing you to see more of the image underneath When set to opaque lower intensity values will fade the image to a black background that obscures the background image e render back When turned off the image is only rendered on the front side of the rectangle This means that if you rotate the image it will be invisible when viewed from the back When turned on the image is rendered on both the front and back side ensuring that it 1s visible from any viewing angle e depth test When turned on the depth z coordinate of this taken into account when rendering this object other 3D objects images that are in front of this object will obscure it When turned off only the layer input is used to determine whether or not this object will be obscured by other objects in the scene e draw mode When set to always a rectangle is always rendered regardless of whether or not there is a valid video input When set to vid in the rectangle is only rendered if a
369. nces To get best efficiency when using Isadora you want to keep all of the video streams the same resolution Input Properties video in The source video stream horz ctr In tandem with vert ctr specifies what portion of the incoming image will be seen from 100 to 100 percent When set to 0 the cropped image is taken from the center of the incoming video stream As this number goes negative you will see more of the left side of the image As it goes positive you will see more of the right side of the image horz ctr In tandem with horz ctr specifies what portion of the incoming image will be seen from 100 to 100 percent When set to 0 the cropped image is taken from the center of the incoming video stream As this number goes negative you will see more of the top side of the image As it goes positive you will see more of the bottom side of the image horz size In tandem with the vert size and zoom inputs determines the horizontal resolution of the output video stream as a percentage of the incoming video stream s resolution horz size In tandem with the horz size and zoom inputs determines the vertical resolution of the output video stream as a percentage of the incoming video stream s resolution zoom In tandem with the horz size and vert size inputs determines the horizontal and vertical resolution of the output video stream by zooming the cropped portion of the image by 0 to 1000 Internally the resolutio
370. nd Broadcasts one or more values to input channels in a Matrix Value Receive actor whose port input matches the port number specified in this actor The Matrix Value Send and Receive actors together implement a flexible system to control devices that have a large number of values intensities that need to be manipulated Examples include DMX output devices complex MIDI devices audio mixing consoles etc For a complete description see the Matrix Value Receive actor on page 318 Input Properties port The port number to which Matrix Value messages will be broadcast Only Matrix Value Receive actors with a port matching this number will receive data from this actor master The master intensity for values sent by this actor from to 0 to 100 Set this to 100 to send the full value or to a lower value to reduce the intensity by the specified percentage bump When turned on forces all values sent by this actor to 100 regardless of the value input setting values Specifies the number of channel and value pairs that will be available in this actor Increasing this number will add more channel value inputs decreasing it will remove them channels 1 channels 2 etc A list of Matrix Value Receive input channels to which values will be sent For example to send values to input channels 10 11 12 15 and 17 you would enter 10 12 15 17 Values for these channels are sent whenever any value input changes value 1 value
371. nd Custom If you choose one of the first three the output size of the movie will be based on the size of the stage If you choose Custom two text edit boxes will appear allowing you to set the horizontal and vertical size of the movie output respectively If you check the Maintain 4 3 Aspect Ratio checkbox typing a number in the horizontal or vertical custom size will automatically update the other field so that the ratio of horizontal to vertical is 4 to 3 Note that all of the settings you make here are remembered in the Preferences They will be as you left them the next time you run Isadora Adjusting the Compression Settings To set the compression settings for the movie e Choose Record gt Compressing Settings to show a standard QuickTime compression setup dialog Initially it will look like this Isadora Manual 146 Compression Settings Photo JPEG L i Depth Color KH Quality I x Least Low Medium Best Options Motion Frames per second fs Key frame every frames Limit data rate to KBytes sei Cancel ok e Select the Compressor used to compress the video by selecting and option from the pop up menu under the Compressor heading The compressor you choose has a profound influence on the quality of the output image and the speed with which Isadora can compress the frames For instance Sorensen and Cinepak generate very small movies but are extremely slow leading to poor
372. nd input device Often these connect to the USB port of your computer Live Capture Settings Window v1 3 As of version 1 3 Isadora can accept live input from up to four video and audio inputs simultaneously Each of the four channels has it s own configuration The settings for these channels are made using the Live Capture Settings window e To show the Live Capture Settings window choose Input gt Live Capture Settings The window shown below will appear Isadora Manual 164 at Live Capture Settings Start Live Capture Stop Live Capture Scan for Devices Channel Select Enable Channel Select 1 Enable Video Input Device Built in iSight L Show Preview Resolution Half Size Edit Custom Size Quality Normal Quality H Video Settings Kl Force 4 3 Aspect Ratio Sound Input Device Built in Microphone Internal microphone aq Gain 0 dB v i Format 48 0kHz 2 Channels 16 Bits EN Sound Frequency Analysis Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4 Follow the steps below to configure each channel Channel Select Enable e Select and enable channel you wish to configure Use the Channel Select popup to select a channel and then tick the Enable checkbox to enable that channel for live capture Video Input Section e Select the Video Device After connecting and turning on your video capture device you should select it in the Device p
373. neration of particles Each time a frame of video arrives at this input Isadora looks for pixels brighter than the vg threshold input For each pixel brighter than this threshold a particle will be generated at a corresponding x y coordinate vg threshold Specifies the brightness above which a particle will be generated when analyzing video arriving at the video gen input Pixels brighter than this value will generate a particle Pixels darker than this value will not vg res h v Specifies the vertical and horizontal resolution at which the video gen input stream will be analyzed The video stream image will be scaled to the pixel value specified here before being analyzed vg scale h v Specifies the horizontal and vertical spacing of the particles generated by the video gen input Larger values create more space between particles Isadora Manual 207 e stage The stage on which the particle system will be rendered e visible When turned on the particle system is rendered to the stage When turned off the system is not rendered which also reduces the processor load e layer Determines the order in which this actor will be rendered in relation to any other 3D actors in the scene other 3D Projectors 3D Players etc Higher numbered layers are in front of lowered numbered layers 1 e they are drawn last blend Determines the opacity of the particles in conjunction with the intensity input When set to additive the
374. nformation in the device owner s manual on the Internet or by asking the device vendor For data streams coming over the internet you may need to seek online documentation or to examine the data stream itself Once you understand the incoming data stream you can develop a pattern that matches data coming from the device and tells the plugin what data to assign to what output parameters if any To enter or edit the pattern double click the actor to open the input parser dialog box and enter the pattern in the text field at the top Edit Serial Input Parser Help Cancel OK The Input Parser Dialog for a Serial In Watcher Actor Each time a block of data received an attempt is made to match it against your pattern If the match is successful parameters are parsed out of data stream and sent to the output properties defined by the pattern For example say you have a light level sensor attached to your serial port and it sends a continuous stream of messages reporting the light level The message comes in the form of ASCII text the sign followed by a two digit hexadecimal followed by a carriage return character The stream of data might look something like this in a terminal program OA OF 15 Because the data is text based and because it ends with an end of line marker the carriage return you would choose the Serial In Watcher Text actor to read and interpret the data Within your pattern
375. ng DNS server addresses Preferred DNS server Alternate DNS server e Click the button that says Use the following IP address e Set the IP address 166 84 250 2 e Set the subnet mask to 255 255 255 0 e Click the OK to save your changes and dismiss this window e Click OK to save the changes to Local Area Connection e Click Close to close the first window Human Interface Device Input HID v1 3 As of version 1 3 Isadora supports input from Human Interface Devices HID Human Interface Devices are generally hardware devices that you connect to your computer through a USB connection though there are implementations in software as well Common examples include keyboards mice joysticks touchpads graphics tablets and gamepads setting up an HID Before you begin plug in connect the HID device to your computer Isadora Manual 182 Adding HID Inputs Isadora adds items to the HID Input list whenever a message is received from the HID device To add HID control inputs 1 Choose Communications gt Stream Setup 2 Click on the Stream Select popup menu and choose the HID option Stream Select Human Interface Device HID B vi Auto Detect Input vi Ignore Mouse Enable Port Stream Address Data W o USB Joystick Button 01 CH W o USB Joystick Button 02 EE Wl o USB Joystick Button 03 CS Wl o USB Joystick Button 04 Sass Wl o USB Joystick
376. nge given by the limit min and limit max inputs the resulting value is scaled to the range specified by the out min and out max inputs e value The value to be limited and then scaled Output Properties e output The limited and scaled output value Note that the limit min and limit max settings for this output are automatically updated when you change the out min and out max input properties Isadora Manual 310 Limit Resolution Limit Resolution video in video out horz size out res h vert size out res v force 4 3 Scales the incoming video stream so that it does not exceed the specified maximum horizontal and vertical resolution If the incoming video does not exceed the specified maximum resolution the video stream is unchanged But if either the horizontal or vertical resolution is exceeded then the video stream will be scaled so that its resolution does not exceed the limits in either dimension Input Properties e video in The source video stream whose resolution is to be limited e horz size The maximum horizontal output resolution in pixels e vert size The maximum vertical output resolution in pixels e force 4 3 When this parameter is on changing the value of either the horz or vert size input will automatically adjust the other input so that the ratio between horizontal and vertical is 4 3 Output Properties e video out The resulting video stream scaled as required by maximum sizes specified in the h
377. nges you ve just made In this tutorial you have not yet made any copies of this User Actor so making this choice has no real effect But if there were copies of this actor either in the document or in the Global or Local User Actor toolbox more on those later all of these would be automatically updated to match the changes vou ve just made The editor window will close and you will now see your user actor in the Scene Editor of the main document video in video out zoom The final step is to name the User Actor itself e Select the actor by clicking on it e Choose Actors gt Rename Actor A text edit box will appear above the actor e Type Feedbacker and press the return key Your actor is complete You can freely copy and paste this actor into other Scenes just like any other actor Adding Your User Actor to the Toolbox You can add your User Actor to the Toolbox so that it will be available in other Isadora documents This section shows you how But before you can do so you must choose a folder within which Isadora will save your User Actors This is necessary so that Isadora will know where to look for your custom actors when it is opened To choose this folder e Create a folder on your computer to hold your User Actors Your Documents folder is a good place to put this but you could also locate the folder in the same folder as the Isadora application e Choose Actors gt Set Global User Actor Fold
378. nnels Wil ON 305 LanBox RGB Out VLTI xeseuusssesggvegeekENNKNKEENNRKNEEKKNESENENNEKRKNE NEEN KEENEElk 307 Ee EE 310 LIME RESOIUUO 1 BE 311 LINES a 312 LISTENE EE 313 L gica l Calc lator Vi 1 siicvccssceseceteeteiicecenicdavenmiarteharbeewwntdudeciennecenddweteueact 314 LOOKUD V 121 BE 314 LOOP Calc latO EE 315 LUMINANCE ROY ER 316 dE RE 318 Matrix Value Receive ssiri ansans aN Na REEE 319 Matrix Value Send RE 323 Isadora Manual 10 lege 325 MaX ValS TOG KEE 327 IVT ACTIN E 328 Media Percent to Time V1 2 ccscceseeesecnecenecenecnseonseenseensceseonseenesenens 328 Media Time to Percent v1 2 ee 329 MOENS EE 329 Midi EU EE 330 Midi Show Control Watcher V1 5 ccssccssecessensecnsecenecenssensecesecenesens 331 VINYASA ONG BEE 332 Min SDC OUCING Ci oreraa E a aE 332 Olli UN ra T E A E T N 333 Mono Pressure WatChel cccssscsesscsseccssecesecnsecseccseeceseoeseeasenaeeneneaeaeoeas 334 MOUN BIr Vi VE 335 Mouse NEE 336 MOVIS IT E 337 Movie Player DING CU EE 340 MOVIE PIAVE d E 343 MLC COMP E 344 OUR leet TEE 344 VCCI Ca T aiite aa a 345 MUVI EEN 346 VE ge El e E CT E 347 Note OT WEE isis cies eege eege 348 Isadora Manual 11 N te On Watcher ge eEe EE A a aa 349 Nu mMbDEr TO Text V ee 350 Number To String v1 2 pe scvercecsce rece cessiatendeesdsrccesctadetetccasaccocscsvetsessensneeneatin 350 OSG Elstner VIS EE 350 Bled IER CTIE 351 OSG Transmit e KE 352 Overlay BOM EE 353 Ee
379. not then a smaller window will appear on your main display You can find out more about showing stages setting them to occupy an entire display and other preference settings in the Preferences section of the sadora Reference chapter of this manual Isadora Manual 28 Tutorial 1 Playing a Movie Creating a New File To create a new Isadora file choose File gt New A new Isadora document that looks like this will appear 00 Untitled Communications User sip sene Eet Ei 3D Haid zs s0 Dye irre esche 30 Line Acim 3D Lines 30 At rei erte 3D Mosaic 20 Leg el Untitled There are four main areas to the Isadora document The Toolbox and Toolbox Filter found along the left the Scenes List along the bottom the Snapshots area across the top right and the Scene Editor which takes up the rest of the window A new Isadora document will have one untitled Scene already inserted into the Scenes list at the bottom of the window Note the green bar below that first Scene this indicates that the Scene has a Control Panel We will discuss control panels in a later tutorial Scenes are where you create the program that defines how the media will be manipulated and controlled when that scene is active You may have numerous Scenes inside of one Isadora document though generally speaking only one Scene is active at a time There is more about multiple scene activation in the Advanced Topics section of
380. nput or Output mutate to match the properties of the actor to which it was connected This includes the Property Type integer float video etc Minimum and Maximum values and the Scale Min Max or Limit Min Max values Setting input and output properties e Double click the User Input or User Output actor A dialog box will appear that allows you to define its characteristics Set User Property Info Property Name inputi d ap d Data Type Float Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 100 Cancel OK p e Set the name of this property as it will appear in your User Actor by typing the name into the Property Name text edit box Isadora Manual 96 e Set the data type using the Data Type pop up menu There are five possibilities 1 Match Property 2 Integer Whole numbers with no decimal point 3 Float Numbers with a decimal point 4 Trigger A trigger input 5 On Off An on or off 1 or 0 only input 6 Video A video stream 7 Movie A movie file number from the Media Window 8 Audio File An audio file number from the Media Window 9 Picture File A picture file number from the Media Window 10 MIDI File A MIDI File number from the Media Window 11 3D File A 3D File number from the Media Window The most common setting is Match Property When this option is selected the User Input or Output will automatically adapt itself to match the characteristics
381. nput stream by grabbing the current frame when triggered Input Properties e video in The video input stream e freeze When turned off the video input passes directly to the output When turned on the video output will freeze e grab When triggered grabs the video current frame of video and sends that single frame of video to the frozen video output bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The frozen video output stream Gate Allows or prevents values from passing from the input to the output When the gate input property is set to on any value sent to the input will be sent on to the output When the gate property is set to off values arriving at the input are blocked and not passed to the output Note that the in input and out output of this actor are mutable When you make the first link to either of them both will change their data type to match the data flowing through the new link For more on mutable inputs or outputs please Mutable Inputs and Outputs on page 84 Input Properties e gate When the gate property is on any value sent to the input will be echoed at the output When the gate property is off values arriving at the input are blocked and not passed to the output Isadora Manual 291 e in Values that will be echoed to the output when the ga
382. nputs standby sequence start clock stop clock zero clock mtc chase on off open close cue list cue list set clock hour minute second frame sub frame cue list open close cue path cue path undefined undefined inputs Isadora Manual 379 Send Mono Pressure Send Mono Pressure Sends a MIDI Monophonic Pressure message whenever a trigger is received on the trigger input Input Properties e port The MIDI port on which the message will be sent These port numbers correspond to the Destinations shown in the MIDI Setup dialog e channel The MIDI Channel on which the message will be sent e pressure The pressure value of the Monophonic pressure message from 0 to 127 e trigger Sends a MIDI Mono Pressure message with the values specified by the other input properties each time a trigger is received on this input Send NonReg Param channel param value trigger Sends a MIDI Non Registered Parameter Change message each time a trigger is received According to the MIDI specification a non registered parameter value can range form 0 to 16383 Sometimes this is not the most useful representation when sending certain parameters to synthesizers and other MIDI gear especially when the value is interpreted as a bipolar and number To address this issue the Send NonReg Param actor has a mode property that allows you to map input values to the O to 16383 range in a several ways A detailed descriptio
383. nstance this array Isadora Manual 262 has 3 lines and 4 items The number of items across is set using the items input when you change this property value inputs and outputs will be added or removed from this actor as appropriate The number of lines is controlled using the add insert delete and erase inputs or by the number of lines in text file when its data is read Input Properties file path The full or partial path name for a text file where data can be retrieved or stored The file will be a standard text file one line in the file for each line in the Data Array Full path names will begin with a forward slash under MacOS X or with X under windows where X is a drive letter C D etc Paths that do not begin in this way are considered to be partial path names specified relative to the location of the Isadora document that contains this actor r w mode Determines if and when the text file specified by the file path property will be automatically read from or written to disk means do nothing on activate do nothing on deactivate r means read on activate do nothing on deactivate w means do nothing on activate write on deactivate rw means read on activate write on deactivate read Triggering this input reads the contents of the file specified by the file path property Note that the information in the text file will not affect the number of items in each line If the text file contains more items per
384. nt volume level of the right sound input channel from 0 to 100 percent This output will change only when the level is above the value specified in the right min input property Note that if the right min level is greater than O this value is scaled see above for details e left trig Sends a trigger whenever the left volume level goes above the left trig level e right trig Sends a trigger whenever the right volume level goes above the right trig level Speak Text v1 3 Speak Text voice rate volume audio out text speak Uses the computer s TTS text to speech engine to aurally speak a specified block of text Input Properties e voice Specifies the voice used to speak the text The number of voices will vary depending on your computer and platform When you click this input you will be presented with a popup menu listing the voices installed on your computer Be aware that the voice you select may not be installed on other systems and or platforms if the specified voice is not available Isadora will revert to the default voice e rate The speed at which the text will be spoken from 10 to 10 Isadora Manual 404 Ss volume The volume of the voice as it speaks the text from 0 to 200 100 is unity volume e audio out Allows you to specify the audio output device to which the text will be spoken This option is only available on Mac OS 10 6 or later it is not available under earlier versions of Mac
385. ntire show to see if it negatively affects the image quality Open GL Show OpenGL Features for Stage v1 3 Reports OpenGL driver and feature information for the various stages The stage must be visible for this information to be displayed To see the specific driver information for a given stage click the radio button for that Stage Video Input Settings v1 1 Some video cameras notably the iSight on MacOS have a number of settings that are not normally remembered after you disable live video input in the Input menu If you would like Isadora to retain all of the settings associated with the camera you can enable the Load Save All Settings when Starting Stopping Live Input checkbox Note that if you do this it is likely that starting up live input will take noticeably longer than when this option is not enabled If you are using the Capture Control actor to enable disable Live Input programmatically this may cause notable freezes in the video output sound drop outs etc External Video Output v1 1 MacOS X Only Isadora now has the capability to mirror one of its Stages to a FireWire camera or a video card See on Page 148 for more information on this feature Choose the stage that to be mirrored when External Output is enabled here You can also choose to disable the external output feature entirely this is important if you plan to use the DV Device Control actor because this feature is disabled when the External Video
386. ntrol Title CF Width 30 Height 16 Font Geneva Style Bold italic Underline Font Size 12 z Show Value of Linked Properties Control Number 1 Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Display Format variable B gemeet Control Properties e Control Title The title used to identify this control e Width The width of the number control e Height The height of the number control e Font Popup menu selects the font used to draw text for this control e Bold Italic Underline When checked uses the bold italic or underline variations of the specified font e Font Size Sets the size font used to draw text for this control e Show Value of Linked Properties This setting has no effect for the Monitor Actor e Control ID This number is used to identify the control when linking it to actor properties When this control s value changes because a user clicked in the control a message giving the Control ID and the control s value is broadcast to the active Scene Any actor properties that are linked to this Control ID will have their value set appropriately Generally speaking you will want this number to be unique within a given Control Panel Isadora Manual 457 Minimum Value The minimum possible value for this number Can be any number Maximum Value The maximum possible value for this slider Can be any number Display Format There are four choices variable 123 123 4 or 123 45
387. ntrol Title The title used to identify this control e Width The width of the slider e Height The height of the slider Font Popup menu selects the font used to draw text for this control Isadora Manual 442 e Bold Italic Underline When checked uses the bold italic or underline variations of the specified font e Font Size Sets the size font used to draw text for this control e Show Value of Linked Properties When an actor input property is linked to this control and this box is checked the control s value will be set to match the property s value This causes the control to display the property s current value at all times e X Control ID This number is used to identify the control when linking it to actor properties When this control s value changes because a user moves the indicator horizontally a message giving the Control ID and the control s value is broadcast to the active Scene Any actor properties that are linked to this Control ID will have their value set appropriately Generally speaking you will want this number to be unique within a given Control Panel e Y Control ID Same as the X Control ID except that it broadcasts the vertical movement of the indicator e Minimum Value The minimum possible value for this slider Can be any number It is permissible for the minimum value to be greater than the maximum In this case the slider value will decrease as you move it from left to right or from
388. nues storing frames starting over with the first buffer When set to stop the buffer stops storing frames until a trigger is received at the reset input e reset Resets the Buffer actor so that the next frame of video will be stored into the first buffer in the list If the mode property is set to stop triggering this input will cause Buffer to capture frames again until the last buffer is reached e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out Whenever the select input is changed outputs the frame of video stored in the specified buffer e last trig Sends a trigger when the last buffer in the list is stored This is most useful when the mode input is set to stop as it allows you to trigger an action when all frames in the buffer have been filled Isadora Manual 240 Calc Angle v1 1 Caic Angle x yl x2 y2 trigger Given a pair of x y coordinates outputs the angle between the two points Input Properties e xI y1 The x y coordinate of the first point e x2 y2 The x y coordinate of the second point e trigger triggers the calculation of the angle and sends the result to the angle and dist outputs Output Properties angle x y Outputs the angle of rotation of the line defined by the two points Xl yl and x2 y2 dist Outputs the distance between the two points Cal
389. number of the first picture you want to preload and the picture high input to the last sound When the number of a valid picture is entered here its name will appear to the right of the number e picture high The last picture in a range of pictures you want to preload Use this in conjunction with the picture low input to specify a range of pictures to be loaded when a trigger 1s received at the preload input Isadora Manual 357 e preload When triggered preloads the range of movies specified by the picture low and picture high inputs Pitch Bend Watcher Pitch Bend Watcher port port channel CNA channel bend value CD bend value trigger Watches for MIDI Pitch Bend messages outputting the values associated with that message and sending a trigger when one is seen The Pitch Bend Watcher can look for a message with a specific pitch bend value or a range of bend values depending on the setting of the input properties When a message meeting the criterion specified by all of the input properties is seen the values associated with that message are sent out of the output ports and a trigger is sent out of the trigger output Input Properties e port Specifies the MIDI Port on which the message must arrive to be seen These port numbers correspond to the ports shown in the MIDI Setup dialog You may specify a single port or a range of ports e channel Specifies the MIDI Channel on which the message must be received before it wi
390. o New Instance Save amp Update All e Choose Save amp Update All Double click at the User Actor you didn t edit You will see that inside the actor it now exactly matches the modifications you just made Close this editor and take a look at the second input of the User Actor This value stays the same as it was previously When updating User Actors Isadora attempts to maintain the existing value of all the inputs to the User Actor if possible There are situations where this can t be done e g when you change a User Input from a number input to a video input Now drag another copy of the User Actor from the toolbox and examine it you will see that it also matches the copy you just edited and saved The point here is when you choose Save amp Update All you ensure that all instances of a given User Actor stay in sync and will function in exactly the same manner Isadora Manual 59 Creating a New Instance Sometimes you want to make a variation of a User Actor that is distinct from the other instances within your file or the toolbox In this case you should choose New Instance When you do the User Actor you are editing will be assigned a new unique identifier which makes it distinct from the original User Actor If you later edit copies of this variation and choose the Save amp Update All button then only the matching instances of this new instance will be updated the or
391. o 0 Otherwise to specify a range of videos to preload set this to the number of the first video you want to preload and the video high input to the last video When the number of a valid video is entered here its name will appear to the right of the number e video high The last video in a range of videos you want to preload Use this in conjunction with the video low input to specify a range of videos to be loaded when a trigger is received at the preload input e snd out The sound output routing for this movie s audio std built in output e1 2 output on external sound device channels and 2 e3 4 output on external sound device channels 3 and 4 etc If no external device is present when the movie is played or if that device does not have the requested channels the sound will be sent to the built in interface Isadora Manual 436 See the section Using External Multi Channel Sound Output on Page 149 for more information e dir stage Specifies the stage to which the video will be played when using the Movie Player Direct actor For normal Movie Player actors set this input to 0 However when preloading for playback within a Movie Player Direct actor set this value to the number of the stage on which the video will be played The specified stage window must be visible at the time that this actor is triggered for the preload to work properly e into ram When set to true Isadora attempts to load the entire movie into
392. o emails The first will contain a temporary registration code that will expire in three weeks or so This is to allow you to start working with Isadora until the physical USB key arrives To use this temporary code you must download and install the standard version of the program Please see Step 3a for instructions on registering this version of the program The second email will be sent when your USB key is shipped It will contain the permanent registration code to be used with the USB key The key will look something like this C46DFD5684047BD4B3D2 75D58D6BB689 C4DB260B43DA8A6059725C5C455BOF ODF F83E8350A42B196ECF5DC228DEE385CE E35E3FDEA81FFCOC048734C2A5FEIBFE A1756D926605F491E6AFQACE108E5A5DB This key is very important Please print an offline copy so that you can access it in an emergency Once you have received the physical USB Key follow these steps to register your copy of Isadora e Ensure you are logged in as the administrator of your computer e Download and install Isadora as described in Step 1 Ensure that you have downloaded the special USB Key version of the program Download and install the HASP USB Key drivers At the time of this writing the drivers were located on the page at http www aladdin com support hasp enduser aspx If this link doesn t work for some reason search the internet for hasp driver download At the time of this writing the Macintosh users should install the Sentinel HASP Mac OS X Run
393. o into the both the source and offset video inputs This results in three dimensional effect that harkens back to some nice analog video synthesizers of the past Isadora Manual 373 Source amp Displace Video Output Input Properties e source video The video input stream e displace Video stream whose brightness determines how far to shift the pixels of the source video e amount The strength of the displace effect from O to 100 The higher the value the more profoundly the pixels of the source video will be shifted e displace angle Sets the angle of the line along which the pixels are shifted e offset How far to offset the resulting image from 0 to 100 If the displace video stream is too bright or too dark the resulting video may go off the edge of the stage Adjust this value to bring the image back into view again e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The resulting displaced video output Scene Intensity v1 3 Scene intensity intensity Reports the current intensity of a scene When a scene is fully active the intensity output will always be 100 But during a jump with a cross fade this value will vary as the scene fades in or out When this actor is in a scene that is cross fading into another scene the intensity will decrease towards zero When th
394. o match the input or output to which it was connected and 2 the value associated with the User Input or User Output will change its type to match the property of the input or output to which they it connected This adaptation includes the type minimum and maximum and the scale minimum and scale maximum etc In this case both two of the actors changed to a type of video because they were connected to a video input or output The third actor connected to the zoom inputs of the Zoomer changed to an Integer with a minimum of 0 and a maximum of 1000 You can change this behavior using the Set User Property Info dialog described next Isadora Manual 56 At this point your using actor is complete But you many want to rename your User Inputs and Outputs so that their function is more descriptive To do this e Double click on the first User Input The Set Property dialog box will appear Set User Property Info Data Type Match Property Cancel o e Type video in into the Property Name field to give this input a name e Click OK e Do the same for the User Output calling it video out e And finally change the name of the Second User Input to Zoom Note also the Data Type popup menu By default this popup is set to Match Property which means that the User Input or Output will adapt to match the settings of the input or output to which it is connected If you want to force a User Input or Output to a particular t
395. o play forward If you are a VJ or artist who is scrubbing video or you often use the position input of the Movie Player actors then H264 is most definitely not for you If you play an H264 movie backward or you scrub the video back and forth rapidly you will see the CPU usage increase significantly This is simply because the codec is not designed to deliver the images in reverse order By contrast the Photo JPEG and DV formats render each frame individually De the current image is not inherently related to the previous one Therefore it these codecs are very fast when jumping to an arbitrary location within the clip and will play just as well backwards as forwards You can use a number of software tools to recompress your files but perhaps easiest 1s the Pro edition of Apple s QuickTime Player See Tip 9 for instructions on how to use QuickTime Player to compress your video Tip 7 The duration of a movie has little or no impact upon performance We often are asked Can Isadora play movies that are an hour long The answer is yes because in fact the duration of a clip has little to do with playback performance The video playback software within the operating system only reads a small amount of the video file at a time usually about a half second in advance of where the current playback position Thus whether a clip is 1 or 1000 minutes long has little impact on performance Far more important are the factors listed
396. o stage input If you would like to output the 3D model as a video stream that can be sent through Isadora s other video processing actors you must also have a 3D Renderer actor in the same scene and its channel number must match that specified in this actor Each 3D Player actor will show one object on a specified rendering channel or stage If you have multiple 3D Player actors set to the same channel then all of the 3D objects on that channel will appear together For example let s say you have two files Cube 3ds and Wedge 3ds You import these into the Media Window Then you create a scene with two 3D Players both of which have their channel input set to 1 If the stage input of both 3D Players is turned on then both objects will simply be rendered to Stage 1 If the stage inputs are both off you would need a 3D Renderer actor in the same scene and it s channel input would need to be set to 1 You could then connect the 3D Renderer s video output to a Projector and to show the Isadora Manual 211 rendered objects You could also route the output of the 3D Renderer to an Isadora video processing actor to impose additional effects to the image Note the texture map input if you leave this input disconnected then the object will be rendered with any texture maps referenced by the 3DS file If you connect a video stream to this input the video will be texture mapped on to the object in real time but only if the object had a
397. ociated with two or more Scenes the bar below those scenes will be unbroken One Two Three rAd Same Control Panel for All Scenes Control Panel for Scenes One amp Two different Control Panel for Scene Three SS d po p po Different Control Panels for Each Scene It is important you understand that when editing a Control Panel associated with more than one Scene that you are changing the panel for all of those Scenes You can create a separate Control Panel for a group of Scenes using the Split Control Panels command from the menu The inverse can be accomplished by the Join Control Panels command Editing Scenes and Their Control Panels The Control Panel associated with a Scene travels with that Scene when it is copied or cut After a paste Isadora will group all Control Panels that are the same indicating that group by an unbroken bar below the scenes Otherwise a gap will appear to show that there is a separate Control Panel Take a look at the following examples CT ee CT ICT Select Scene Three and Cut RL ee Paste Before Scene One In the example above Scene Three is cut and then pasted before Scene One Since the Control Panel for Scene Three and Scene One were the same the bar below the first three Scenes remains unbroken Isadora Manual 105 Les Ven Paste After Scene One Now Scene Four is cut and then pasted after Scene One Since the Control Panel for Scene Four is different
398. of brightness you see the foreground Where it is outside this range you see the background Currently the key top is set to 100 and the key bottom to 5 100 means as bright as possible 0 means black The dancer s body is fairly bright so it falls within the 100 to 5 range and you see the foreground 1 e her dancing But the black background is outside of the range 100 to 5 so the bubbles show through on that part of the image e Change the key top value to 5 and the key bottom value to 0 Isadora Manual 53 Now you see a silhouette of the dancer showing the bubbles inside of that outline We ve reversed the operation we see the foreground image where that image is dark and the background image where it is bright You can experiment further by connecting the Mouse Watcher s horz pos and vert pos to the key top and key bottom properties and moving the mouse around the screen Note that as you move the mouse around the graphic in the center of the Luminance Key actor will give feedback regarding the range of brightness currently specified by the key top and key bottom properties Displace e Activate the Scene called Displace by clicking on it This time you will find a Movie Player a Picture Player a Projector and yet another actor we haven t seen called Displace e So that you know what imagery you are dealing with link the video out of the Movie Player to the video in of the Projector You should see a dancer
399. of modifiers click on the modifiers value edit box and type the codes for modifiers you desire separated by hyphens You can use either the three letter or single letter modifiers when typing the new modifiers If you wanted the watcher to only see the mouse move when the option and command keys were down enter opt cmd and press enter To remove all modifiers click on the modifiers value edit box press a space and press enter Isadora Manual 409 limit horz Limits the range of horizontal movement that this watcher will see specified as a percentage of the width of the stage specified by the stage input property For example if you set this range to 0 50 the mouse will only be seen moving when it is in the left half of the stage limit vert Limits the range of vertical movement that this watcher will see specified as a percentage of the height of the stage specified by the stage input property For example if you set this range to 50 100 the mouse will only be seen moving when it is in bottom left half of the stage Output Properties left mouse down Sends a trigger when the left mouse button is clicked within the stage specified by the stage input property left mouse up Sends a trigger when the left mouse button is released after it was Clicked within the stage specified by the stage input property right mouse down v1 3 Sends a trigger when the right mouse button is clicked within the stage specified by the stage inpu
400. ol clicking on MacOS or the right clicking on Windows on an Isadora module will display a pop up menu Choose Actor Help to display help information for that module To see help for an input or output control or right click the name or value of an input or output and choose Actor Input Help or Actor Output Help as appropriate Enjoy Mark Coniglio Isadora Manual 18 Quick Start If you don t like reading manuals here are the essential things you need to know to use Isadora e It is rather important that you set up the preferences correctly for your system At the very least follow the instructions regarding Setting Up Isadora Preferences under the Preparing Your Computer section of this Tutorials chapter below e If you intend to use MIDI you should specify the input and output routing to your MIDI interface by choosing Communications gt Midi Setup Note that you should plug your MIDI interface into your computer and install its drivers prior to starting up Isadora otherwise Isadora won t see the interface e An Isadora document has three main areas the Toolbox located along the left side the Scene List located along the bottom and the Scene Editor which takes up the remainder of the window Each Isadora Scene is a complete program made up of one or more modules called an actors in Isadora parlance that manipulate video sound or data e The actors used to create a Scene
401. om a Broadcaster it 1s sent out of this output Note that his output will change its data type to match that specified by the type input property e trigger Whenever a value is sent out of the value output property this output trigger is pulsed Isadora Manual 313 Logical Calculator v1 1 Performs logical bitwise calculations on two numeric values Properties e operation Determines the operation to be performed on the two numbers You may choose and or xor sl for shit left or sr for shift right e valuel the first value for the operation This number will always be converted to an integer i e the portion after the decimal point will be discarded e value2 the second value for the operation This number will always be converted to an integer i e the portion after the decimal point will be discarded e output the result of the calculation For the five different operations this value is calculated as follows and bitwise logical and of valuel and value2 or bitwise logical or of valuel and value2 xor bitwise logical exclusive or of valuel and value2 sl value is shifted left by the number of bits specified by value2 Sr valuel is shifted right by the number of bits specified by value2 Lookup v1 1 Looks up a value in a table of values outputting the index of the matched value The Lookup actor shown above is configured to have three value inputs which are set to 3 5 and 8 If the value 3 wa
402. om a live video feed from the Video In Watcher as you are able to manipulate images that occurred live just moments before To see this in action try the following patch Isadora Manual 239 Yideo In Watcher _ video out video in wideo out SS trigger buffers select Mouse Watcher mode modifiers gx horz pos reset limit horz vert pos bypass limit vert trigger Each time you press the number 1 on the computer keyboard the buffer actor will capture 30 frames of video from the live input Note that since the mode is set to stop when all buffer frames have been stored the Buffer actor will stop and wait for another trigger You can then move the mouse horizontally to scrub through the stored images Input Properties e video in The video input stream e buffers The number of buffers i e frames of video that this actor can store Note that each frame requires a fair amount of memory so setting this value to a high number will consume considerable free memory e select Selects which buffer to send to the output from 1 to the number of buffers specified by the buffers input property When this value changes the contents of the specified buffer are sent to the video output If no video has been stored into the buffer you have selected a black frame will be sent to the output e mode Determines what happens when a frame of video is stored in the last buffer in the list When set to cycle the buffer conti
403. on its background e Choose Edit gt Paste Isadora will paste the controls that you cut or copied previously offsetting their position slightly from their original position Note that normally the Control Ds for the pasted controls will automatically be updated to avoid conflicts with other controls in the Control Panel You can disable this behavior by unchecking Auto Renumber ID Conflicts in the Control menu e The newly pasted controls will all be selected so you can click on any one of them and drag to move them to a new location e You can choose Edit gt Paste Over to paste the controls without offsetting them from their original position This can be useful if you want to use the arrow keys to move the new controls into position Note that normally the Control IDs for the pasted controls will automatically be updated to avoid conflicts with other controls in the Control Panel You can disable this behavior by unchecking Auto Renumber ID Conflicts in the Control menu Isadora Manual 113 setting the font font style and font size for a group of controls e Select the controls e Choose Controls gt Set Font for Selected Controls A dialog box will appear Set Font for Selected Controls Font Geneva Style SS Bold Italic Underline I SS e To change the font choose a new font from the pop up menu When you do the Font checkbox will automatically be checked e To change the typeface check the Bold Ita
404. on the title pitch next to the value edit box and choosing Value gt MIDI Note e pressure Specifies the pressure value or range of values that will be seen from 0 to 127 For a Polyphonic Pressure message to be seen by this watcher its values must fall within the range of values for specified by all four of the input properties Output Properties When this watcher sees a Polyphonic Pressure message that falls within the range of values specified by all four of the input properties the following values are sent to the outputs e port The MIDI Port on which the message arrived e channel The Polyphonic Pressure message s MIDI Channel e pitch The Polyphonic Pressure message s MIDI Pitch e pressure The Polyphonic Pressure message s pressure e trigger Sends a trigger each time a message is seen Preload Scene v1 3 Preloads all media in the specified scene The Preload Scene actor examines through the target scene and preloads all of the media required to play that scene This actor is useful if you want to instantaneously cut from one scene to another especially when it contains a large number of media files Isadora Manual 361 Properties e trigger When a trigger is received on this input port the target scene specified by the mode and scene inputs is examined and all of the media required to play that scene is preloaded e mode Determines how the number in the scene property is interpreted When t
405. one grid unit each time you press the arrow key Otherwise they will change size by one pixel e Release the mouse when the desired size is set To align a group of controls e Select two or more controls e Choose Controls gt Align Left Align Horizontal Center Align Right Align Top Align Vertical Center or Align Bottom to align all specified edge of the selected controls Isadora Manual 112 To distribute a group of controls evenly e Select two or more controls e Choose Controls gt Distribute Horizontally or Controls gt Distribute Vertically to distribute the selected controls in the specified direction To place controls in front of other controls e Select one or more controls e Choose Controls gt Bring to Front to place all of the selected controls in front of other controls m the panel To place controls behind other controls e Select one or more controls e Choose Controls gt Send to Back to place all of the selected controls in behind of other controls in the panel Editing Controls To delete controls e Select one or more controls e Choose Edit gt Clear or press the Delete key Isadora will delete the selected controls To cut or copy controls e Select one or more controls e Choose Edit gt Cut Isadora will cut the selected controls or e Choose Edit gt Copy Isadora will copy the selected controls To paste controls e Make sure that the Control Panel Editor is active by clicking
406. onix com if the computer is connected to the internet and a domain name server is available e port The UDP port number on which the program is receiving data Check the target application to see the UDP port on which it receives OSC messages Isadora Manual 351 e address The OSC address to which the data will be sent Check the documentation of the target application to find out the names of the OSC addresses it supports e use type When turned on the type tag information is sent along with the packet Except in special cases for older software this property should be left on Note Isadora requires type tags if you want to transmit message to another copy of Isadora you must leave set this property on e transmit When triggered send all of the value inputs to the specified OSC address e inputs The number of inputs Increasing this number adds more value inputs decreasing it removes them e value 1 value 2 etc The values to transmit Each time a trigger is received at the transmit input an OSC packet with these values specified by these input properties is transmitted to the UDP address port and OSC address specified in the udp addr port and addr inputs These inputs are mutable Each will individually change its data type to match that of the first link made to it The input will become mutable again if all of its links are disconnected To learn more about mutable inputs and outputs please Mutable
407. ons may be lead to a loss in image quality Working with YUV To enable the YUV Processing e Choose File gt Enable YUV Mode The current document will then use YUV mode when playing back movies and when capturing live video This setting is saved with the document To disable the YUV Processing e Choose File gt Disable YUV Mode To determine if a video stream is RGB or YUV e Point the mouse cursor at a link between a video output and a video input A small window will appear that shows a thumbnail of the video along with its mode RGB or YUV and resolution To determine if an actor can process YUV video without conversion to RGB e Look at the video input if it is called rgb in instead of video in then the actor cannot process YUV video natively If you send YUV video into such an actor it will automatically be converted to RGB Note too that the output will be RGB you may want to use the RGB to YUV actor to explicitly convert the output video stream to YUV if you will be passing the output on to actors that can process native YUV Isadora Manual 144 Recording the Stage Output Isadora allows you to record the output of one of the Stages to a QuickTime movie This is useful if you would like to use manipulate Isadora s video output in another program or just if you d like to make a record of the video you are creating Rendering Complicated High Resolution Scenes Isadora s output will slow down when rende
408. ons normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e rgb out The line superimposed at on the input video stream in RGB format Isadora Manual 312 Listener channel i value type y trigger Receives a value from a Broadcaster actor Listeners are primarily used to receive values sent by Broadcasters in a secondary active Scene See the Activate Scene actor for more information on secondary Scenes Whenever a Broadcaster actor sends a new value and the channel on which it was transmitted matches that specified by the channel property of this actor the value will be echoed to the Listener s value output You can also use the Broadcaster Listener pairs within the same scene if desired since values are broadcast to all active scenes Input Properties e channel Specifies the channel on which this Listener will receive values This actor will only hear values sent by Broadcaster actors who are broadcasting on a matching channel e type Specifies the type of data that will be received by this actor Setting this property controls the type of the value output property Note that type conversion will still take place if possible e g 1f a float is received and this property is set to integer the floating point value will be converted to an integer before it 1s sent to the output Output Properties e value Whenever a value is received fr
409. ont used to draw text for this control es Bold Italic Underline When checked uses the bold italic or underline variations of the specified font e Font Size Sets the size font used to draw text for this control Show Value of Linked Properties When an actor input property is linked to this control and this box is checked the control s value will be set to match the property s value This causes the control to display the property s current value at all times e Control ID This number is used to identify the control when linking it to actor properties When this control s value changes because a user clicked in the control a message giving the Control ID and the control s value is broadcast to the active Scene Any actor properties that are linked to this Control ID will have their value set appropriately Generally speaking you will want this number to be unique within a given Control Panel e Minimum Value The minimum possible value for this slider Can be any number It is permissible for the minimum value to be greater than the maximum In this case the slider value will decrease as you move it from left to right or from bottom to top Isadora Manual 460 e Maximum Value The maximum possible value for this slider Can be any number It is permissible for the maximum value to be less than the minimum In this case the slider value will decrease as you move it from left to right or from bottom to top e Step
410. onverted For instance sending a Float value of 1 5 to an Integer input will yield a 1 because Integers don t allow numbers after the decimal point Note the part after the decimal is simply discarded values are never rounded up or down If you send an Integer value of 5 to a Range value the Range will be set to 5 5 1 e from 5 to 5 Hopefully these conversions are self evident except for the Trigger type which constitutes a bit of a special case Triggers are numeric values essentially O and 1 displayed as a dash or an X but respond to incoming values in a special way Whenever any new value arrives ata trigger input the trigger fires You could illustrate this by linking horz pos output of the Mouse Watcher to another actor s trigger input Every time you move the mouse new values are sent out of the horz pos output and the trigger input to which it is connected will fire Isadora Manual 49 You can easily find out the type of a property Just move the mouse cursor over the property s value edit box and then don t move it for a moment An information box will appear that shows you the property s name type and minimum and maximum values It looks something like this Send Control port channel controller Understanding Value Scaling When connecting two numeric properties whose ranges of values are the same you don t need to think too much about what happens to the values as they pass throu
411. operties e value out The smoothed values Sound Frequency Watcher Sound Frequency Watcher channel 0 0 frequency freq width 7 freq slope min level trig level J SUT PJ UTM 3 L z 3 ne 3 L z oJ L py Measures the intensity within a specific frequency band of audio arriving on one of the Live Capture input channels The Sound Frequency Watcher allows you to manipulate parameters in relationship to the frequency content of the audio signal arriving at the Sound Capture input To use this actor you must first enable Audio Capture by choosing Input gt Start Live Capture and you must ensure the Sound Frequency Analysis item in the Live Capture Settings window is checked See the section Live Video amp Audio Input on Page 164 for more information on setting up live audio input To use this actor you must start by specifying the frequency bands to be watched by setting the frequency and frequency width inputs also known as the pass band All frequencies between frequency frequency width and frequency frequency width will be seen by this watcher The final parameter is the slope input This adds in more energy above and below the specified pass band but with less influence as the frequency extends beyond the pass band Once you have specified Isadora Manual 394 these parameters the watcher will start reporting the total audio energy within the specified band
412. opup menu If your device does not appear try clicking the Scan for Devices button and try again If that fails check the other channels using the Channel Select popup a device might be busy because it is in use by another enabled live input channel or because it is being used by another application If none of this works it simply may be that your device is improperly connected to the computer or that it is not recognized by the operating system e Select the Video Resolution The Resolution popup offers several resolution options Full Size will deliver the video input at the maximum resolution offered by the capture device Half and Quarter Size will shrink the video to one half or one quarter of that maximum There are also other NTSC and PAL resolutions which scale the video to the specified size If you are unsure use the default setting of Half Resolution e Select the Video Quality MacOS X Only The quality setting will effect the quality of the image as well as the amount of CPU power required to acquire the image Lower quality settings require less CPU power but degrade the image The best practice here is to look at the image once it s being shown on the Stage and find the quality setting that works best for you Isadora Manual 165 e Enable Disable the Force 4 3 Aspect Ratio Option Some video sources notably NTSC DV are not delivered in a standard 4 3 aspect ratio Ticking this checkbox will scale the vi
413. or subtracting a value to from its output value You have the option of limiting the output value to a range of values or to let that value wrap around when it exceeds those limits This actor allows floating point numbers i e values with numbers after the decimal point while the Counter uses integer numbers Input Properties e mode Determines how to constrain the output value when it exceeds minimum or maximum When set to limit and an addition or subtraction 1s made to the output value that would exceed minimum or maximum the output value is limited to these values When set to wrap and the calculated value is less than minimum or is greater than maximum it wraps around to other extreme For example if the maximum is 100 the current output value is 95 and you trigger the add input while the amount property is set to 10 5 the new value would be 105 5 Since this would exceed the maximum 100 the float counter subtracts the maximum value from the result and sets the output to the resulting value of 5 5 e amount The amount to add or subtract the counter receives a trigger on the add or subtract trigger input e minimum The minimum possible value See mode for more information on how this value is used e maximum The maximum possible value See mode for more information on how this value is used e cur value This is the value to which the amount property is added to or subtracted from when calculating the o
414. ora Manual 31 e Click on the module named Movie Player The cursor will change to a plus sign to indicate that you are about to add a new module e Move the mouse into the Scene Editor e Click a second time to deposit the Movie Player actor into the Scene Editor The Movie Player actor will appear in the Scene Editor e Follow the same procedure with the Projector actor if it is not visible then use the scroll bar to the right of the list of modules to scroll through the list of modules Place it to the right of the Movie Player actor Your document should now look something like this General Video Video Sources Movie Player Video Renderers movie video out FreeFrame visible trigger speed loop end DE position position MIDI play start text out height Generators play length zoom Mouse amp Keyboard oponas aspect mod ee Calculation blend Control intensity Communications spin User perspective layer EE gene fey Hir d active 3D Faid stage EE Eege Oe oscneliu ebessen 30 Line Accom 3D Lines EE Un proloeeer Untitled rr You need to have both of these modules to play a movie because the movie player does not send the video image it produces directly to the stage Instead you need to route its video output to one of the stages by connecting it to the Projector module The relationship between the Movie Player and Projector actors is the same as that between a videotape recorder and a television the form
415. ormation about that property will appear Settings for speed Minimum O0 Maximum 10 Ctl Link __ init Scale Min Scale Max E EN e e At the top is the name of the input along with the absolute minimum and maximum values allowed for this property e Click in the checkbox to the left of the word Init to enable initialization Then enter the value to which the property will be initialized in the value edit box to the right Editing Property Values To change the value of one of the actor s properties do one of the following e Click on the value edit box the black box next to the property s name and drag the mouse up or down The value will go up or down as you drag the mouse e Click in the value edit box It will turn blue and the current value will disappear to indicate that you are about to type a value Type the new value and press enter Note that if the value you are editing is displayed as text e g the wave type property of the Wave Generator which can be set to sine square triangle etc you can type the first few letters of the text and press enter Isadora will find the value that most closely matches what you typed and enter it for you It is possible that this feature may not be implemented on some third party Isadora Manual 89 actors if this is the case you can always type a number usually starting with I for the first item to select the correct value e Click in the in
416. orz size and vert size inputs e gout res h v Limited resolution Isadora Manual 311 start horz Start vert end horz end vert bne width BS fine color trigger bypass Superimposes a line of a specified color size and position on a video stream Input Properties e rgb in The source video stream on which the line will be superimposed If you leave this input disconnected the line will be drawn on a black background If this stream is in the YUV format it will automatically be converted to RGB e start horz The horizontal coordinate for the starting point of the line specified as a percentage of the incoming video stream s width A vertical position of zero is halfway between the top and bottom edge e start vert The vertical coordinate for the starting point of the line specified as a percentage of the incoming video stream s height A vertical position of zero is halfway between the top and bottom edge e end horz The horizontal coordinate for the ending point of the line e end vert The vertical coordinate for the ending point of the line e line size The size of the shape s frame expressed as a percentage of the incoming video stream s width e line color The color of the line e trigger The line is drawn when a trigger is received at this input This is necessary so that you can set the starting and ending coordinate without seeing the line move e bypass When turned off this effect functi
417. otes from a set you define You specify the number of notes by setting the notes property and then enter the pitches in properties labeled note 1 note 2 etc Two things happen Isadora Manual 332 each time you send a value to the select input First a note off message is sent for any previously sounding notes Then the pitch associated with the selected note property will be sent to MIDI port and channel specified by the port and channel properties The note continues to sound until you 1 send another note 2 trigger the quiet input or 3 leave the scene A green dot will appear next to the note that is currently sounding If there is no currently sounding note the green dot will not be shown You can use you can use the Counter to drive the select input and send the notes out in the order you have specified Or use the Random actor to randomly select the notes to be played Input Properties e port The MIDI port on which the message will be sent These port numbers correspond to the Destinations shown in the MIDI Setup dialog e channel The MIDI Channel on which the message will be sent e velocity The velocity for the next Note On message e select When a new value arrives at this input sends a MIDI Note On message with the pitch given by the corresponding note input 1 e if you input the value 3 here a Note On message will be sent with the pitch given by the note 3 input property e quiet Sends a note off message for
418. other values for the green and blue properties You can also click hold down the mouse and move it up or down to scroll through the values of these properties What s happening Well the red green and blue properties control the intensity of the red green and blue pixels of the video image Setting these properties to a negative value reduces the intensity of that color by the specified percentage while setting them to positive values increases them by the specified percentage If you were to set the green and blue values to 100 all of the green and blue would be removed from the image resulting in a red monochromatic image Let s try another actor e Select the Colorizer actor by clicking on it and then delete it by choosing Edit gt Clear or by pressing the delete or backspace keys e Now click on the Dots actor in the Toolbox and drag it out to the Scene Editor Connect its video inputs and outputs as you did previously with the Colorizer actor e The video image will look something like a picture printed in a newspaper a series of dots that vary in size to represent the brightness of the image e Try experimenting with the dot size input property Larger values produce larger dots By the time you get to 25 or so the image becomes fairly abstract e You can also change the mode property from circle to square The latter produces squares of varying sizes instead of circles There are several more acto
419. ou have received a User Actor file and you would like to bring it into your document use the Place User Actor command e Choose Actors gt Place User Actor An open file dialog will appear e Select the User Actor file in the dialog e Click OK e The actor will appear in the Scene Editor as if you had just clicked on it from the Toolbox Position the actor within the Scene window and click to deposit it Storing and Recalling Scenes with Snapshots The Snapshots feature of Isadora allows you to memorize the current value of all of input ports of all of actors within a Scene You can then use these snapshots to restore the actor s settings This becomes useful when you want to create several variations of one scene and recall those settings later The recall of Snapshots can be done either interactively or via operator input Taking a snapshot is as easy as clicking on the camera icon at the top left of the Scene Editor or by choosing Scenes gt Take Snapshot As you take the snapshots they appear to the right of the camera along the top edge of your Isadora document If you make changes to a scene and want to update the currently selected snapshot you can do so by choosing Scenes gt Update Current Snapshot or by holding down the control key and clicking the snapshot Note that once if you add more actors after you have taken one or more snapshots the snapshots won t actually have enough information to restore the entire
420. ound Player then you should import your sounds as AIFF wave or Sound Designer II files The properties that the Sound Player shares with the Movie Player namely speed volume pan play start play length and loop enable work in exactly the same way for both actors Sound Player includes two other properties that we will explore presently play channel and crossfade e To try out the crossfade property do the following in the Sound Player actor turn loop enable on set play length to 5 Then connect the Mouse Watcher s horz pos output to the Sound Player s play start input Press the letter a on your keyboard to start the sound Now as you move the mouse left and right the portion of the sound that will play moves through the sound file If you leave the mouse still and listen to the sound you ll notice that you often will get a noticeable click when you reach the end of the play segment and Sound Player starts playing from the beginning again Now set the crossfade property to 5000 This value is specified in samples so 5000 is about 1 10 of a second for CD quality sound sampled at 44100 samples per second The click should either be gone or much less noticeable The higher the number the longer the crossfade To begin our final experiment with Sound Channels set the loop enable property of the Sound Player to off so that the sound stops playing Then disconnect the Mouse Watcher and restore the play start play length val
421. ounding box changes by more than this percentage positive or negative then the object cannot be one of the existing blobs The idea here is that an object in real life cannot instantly change size by more than a certain amount Isadora Manual 286 e lifespan Determines how long a blob will live on after it is no longer recognized This setting is an attempt to handle the situation that occurs when two blobs overlap When this happens the two blobs become one blob Hopefully when this happens the size of the new single blob will exceed the same area chg property when this happens the new combined blob is seen as anew blob But if the lifespan is greater than 1 the two existing blobs will continue to live moving in the same direction as they were at the moment of the collision If the two objects being tracked continue moving in the same direction and don t radically change velocity then hopefully they will be correctly reacquired when they separate again This setting may or may not help in your particular situation we can only recommend that you give it a try and see if it improves tracking for you e monitor Turn this property on to see a monitor window inside the actor This will show you what the Eyes actor is seeing this will help you to adjust the threshold input The red crosshairs show the center of the object and the yellow rectangle shows the bounding box of the object as it is tracked Becau
422. ovie in the same scene in which it was recorded by the Record To Disk actor take the following steps 1 Make sure that the visible property of the Movie Player is off while you are recording 2 Use the Record To Disk actor to start recording specifying the place where the new movie will appear in the Media Window 3 Use another Record To Disk actor to stop recording 4 Set the movie property of the Movie Player to the location of the newly recorded movie in the Media Window 5 Set the visible property of the Movie Player to on stopping Capture To Disk To have the Capture To Disk actor stop recording you would set the function property to stop and then send a trigger into the trigger input The movie property has no effect when the function property is set to stop the movie will be stored in the location specified by the Capture To Disk actor that initiated the recording process regardless of its setting here Capture To Disk function 9 movie trigger Once recording is stopped the movie will appear in the Media Window at the location specified earlier At this point it can be played like any other movie that has been imported into the Media Window Specifying the Location on Disk for Captured Media You can specify a folder into which movies recorded using the Capture To Disk will be placed To do so choose Input gt Set Captured Media Folder When you do a file dialog will appear Use this dialog to s
423. ovies audio files pictures Standard MIDI Files and 3D Object Meshes in the 3DS 3D Studio Max format To use these files you must create references to them in the Media Window The Media Window can contain any number of bins each of which is associated with a particular media type Each bin can contain any number of media files You can organize your files by creating new bins and dragging existing media references into them When you do import media Isadora automatically places the media files in the first available bin of the matching type in the Media Window 1 e movie files go into the first movie bin sound files go into the first sound bin etc It is important to understand that the Isadora document does not contain the actual media file data just a pointer to its location on your hard drive or other storage device If you later delete the file Isadora won t be able to find it It is a good idea to create a folder to hold your Isadora document and all of the media associated with it This should make it easier to manage your data when you are working with many files Isadora can import and play several types of movie sound and picture file formats namely Video Files QuickTime Movies mov Digital Video Files Shockwave Files swf Sound Files Audio Interchange Format Files aif aiff Windows Wave wav wave Sound Designer II sd2 MIDI Files Standard MIDI Files mid Pictures Macintosh Pictures
424. ow much you can pan depends on the setting of the width property When width is close to 100 you won t be able to pan much because there isn t much of the source image left over e vert Specifies the vertical position of pan from 0 to 100 percent How much you can pan depends on the setting of the height property When height is Isadora Manual 354 close to 100 you won t be able to pan much because there isn t much of the source image left over e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The panned video output Pass Value v1 1 minimum 1 output maximum d i A value Only allows values to pass through to the output when they are within a specified range Input Properties e minimum The low value to which the value input will be compared e maximum The high value to which the value input will be compared e value The value to be compared to the low and high value inputs Output Properties e output When a value arrives a the value input and it is within the range specified by minimum and maximum the value is sent out of this output If it is outside the specified range the incoming value is discarded Isadora Manual 355 Performance Monitor Performance Monitor gives statistics about Isadora s performance including the current average frame rate and vid
425. ow you to set the background to black instead of blue in their settings menu consult the documentation for your projector to learn how to do this Using the Matrox Dual TripleHead2Go The Matrox Dual and TripleHead2Go are external third party devices that allow you to connect up to three separate video projectors or monitors to a single video output on your computer Isadora Manual 152 O80 aes 3 matrox TripleHead2Go Digital Edition www matrox com graphics The Matrox TripleHead2Go with XVGA video input on the bottom left and three XVGA video outputs along the top When you attach one of these devices to a video output on your computer the computer thinks it is connected to a screen that is twice or three times as wide as normal e g 3072x768 where 3072 1024 x 3 The Matrox hardware splits the extra wide image produced by your computer into two or three separate video outputs each of which can be connected to a separate video projector or monitor TripleHead2Go splits image to three XVGA outputs mmm 1024 1024 st 1026 S 2 3 92072 Computer sees a single triple wide resolution of 3072 To support this very useful device Isadora offers the Split Screen feature in the Stage tab of the Preferences By forcing a stage to use only the left or right half DualHead2Go or the left middle or right third Triple Head2Go of the display the output of the Stage will end up visible on a
426. owards a pastel brightness The brightness of the color 100 is as bright as possible Lower values yield darker colors with a value of 0 giving black e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Isadora Manual 255 Comparator compare output value true value false notify Compares two numbers Input Properties e compare Determines the comparison to be performed on the two numbers You may choose eq ne It le gt or ge representing equal not equal less than less than or equal greater than greater than or equal e valuel the first value for the comparison e value2 the second value for the comparison e notify Specifies when a new output value should be sent Set this property to change to output a new value only when it changes from O to 1 or vice versa Set to always to send the value each time a new value arrives at the value1 or value2 input The change setting is useful when you want to connect the output to a trigger input so that it triggers only when the comparison result changes Output Properties e output the result of the comparison For the six different comparisons the result will be 1 when the comparison is true 0 when it is false Each of the comparisons is performed as follows eq output is I if valuel equals value2 O otherwise ne output is I if valuel does not eq
427. p aspect When turned on the aspect of the incoming video stream will be used to determine the aspect ratio of the rectangle into which the image is rendered The resulting image will be letterboxed horizontally or vertically as needed When turned off the video image will be scaled to fill the entire stage Note that the final aspect ratio is also affected by the width height and aspect mod parameters e aspect mod Specifies the aspect ratio of the image from 100 to 100 Negative values make the image less tall positive values make the image less wide e blend Determines the opacity of the video image in conjunction with the intensity input When set to additive the image is added to the background image lower intensity settings reduce the brightness of the image When set to transparent lower intensity values make the object more transparent allowing you to see more of the image underneath When set to opaque lower intensity values will fade the image to a black background that obscures the background image IMPORTANT When attempting to render a transparent image it is essential that it is rendered last otherwise the transparent image feature may not work Generally this will result in on of the lower images appearing opaque and on top of the transparent image To specify the order in which Projectors render their images use the layer input Higher layer numbers are closer to you i e drawn last so you will want to
428. p to the second scene This loop will continue indefinitely Of course we didn t put any actors in these scenes that show movies or otherwise manipulate media But the principal of how to automate the jump process would be the same regardless of the contents of the Scenes Tutorial 8 Fine Tuning Links and Actors This chapter is vaguely mathematical because of the subject matter Nevertheless for those who dislike things mathematical I strongly encourage you to take the time to understand this tutorial because understanding how property values work together that you can get the most out of Isadora Understanding Property Types Before we talk about scaling values between inputs and outputs we need to spend a moment talking about property types We ve mentioned some of them in passing in the previous tutorials triggers numbers video etc Basically each property is of one of the following types Integer Number without Decimal Points Float Number with Decimal Points Boolean Number only O or 1 often displayed as off or on Range A pair of integers specifying a range of values Trigger A Boolean but specifically looking for a pulse Video A video stream Sound An audio stream All of the numeric types can be connected to one another and will be scaled and converted if needed Video however can only be connected to video and sound only connected to sound When you link different numeric types the values may be c
429. password for this file into both the Password and Confirm Password fields e Choose what users opening this document may edit Choosing User Can Edit Controls means that the user can modify the Control Panels of your document Choosing User Can Edit Media Window means that the user will be able to import media into the Media Window Finally choosing User Can Save Changes means that the user can save any changes that they make if they have a registered version of Isadora e Click OK to confirm your choices At this point Isadora will ask you to save the file so that it will be saved on disk with the password protection enabled Once you ve done this the document will open in the run only mode you specified To edit it you will need to unlock it using the File gt Unlock Document command To unlock a Run Only file so that you can edit it e Choose File gt Unlock Document The following dialog will appear Password s Cancel Unlock e Type the password into the Password field and click Unlock to unlock the document so that it can be edited To lock a previously unlocked document e Choose File gt Lock Document The document will return to locked mode To remove the password from a Run Only document e Choose File gt Remove Password The following dialog will appear Password s Cancel Unlock Isadora Manual 118 e Type the password into the Password field and click Unlock to unlo
430. pecified by the tile cols and tile rows Isadora Manual 297 inputs Then the brightness of each tile is analyzed and stored When a new frame of video arrives at the video in input it is reconstituted by creating a mosaic of tiles of the appropriate brightness For instance consider the following tiles in input which is the ASCII character set Each character occupies 6 pixels across and 8 pixels down Because there are 67 characters across the total size of this image is 67 x 6 402 pixels across by 8 pixels down Using the Picture Player to supply this image as an input to the tiles in input you would set tile cols to 67 and the tile rows to 1 Upon receiving this input the Image Tile actor would analyze the each tile determining its brightness Finally as frames of video arrive at the video in input they would be broken down into tiles of matching size 6 across 8 down Each of the tiles in the video in stream is replaced by the tile from the tile in input whose brightness most closely matches the original Using the ASCII character set example above note the transformation of the image Because the image is small you may need to blur your eyes a bit to appreciate the result higher resolution images look better F FFYYIYYJI JVF PPGGGGPF t JS TEL IC l JCPPGGP J C s lt CCYC FPP d Ai AN ME Es Le b i IW FF GH A DTi DDO ll SDDN _s Ss before While
431. perties e port The MIDI port on which the message will be sent These port numbers correspond to the Destinations shown in the MIDI Setup dialog e channel The MIDI Channel on which the message will be sent e ctl msb The controller number on which to send the most significant byte from 0 to 127 e ctl Isb The controller number on which to send the least significant byte from 0 to 127 e value The value to be sent from 0 to 16383 e trigger Sends the specified MIDI High Resolution Control Change message Isadora Manual 377 Send MIDI Show Control Send MIDI Show Control Sends a MIDI Show Control command to the specified MIDI port optionally allowing you to add and format variable parameters within the message Because MIDI Show Control allows you to control a wide variety of devices there are numerous command formats and parameter combinations Not every command uses all of the parameters shown in this actor At the end of this section you can find a list of all MIDI Show Control commands and the parameters associated with those commands Input Properties e port The MIDI port to which to send the MIDI Show Control message will be sent when triggered from to 16 e device id The device id of the target device for this MIDI Show Control message e cmd format The command format for this MIDI Show Control command e command The command for the MIDI Show Control message Changing this input will change th
432. perties e blob list in A list of blobs as provided by the blob list output of the Eyes actor e horz min The minimum horizontal position value for any blob This along with the horz max value is used to scale the horizontal position of each blob to a range of O to 100 Adjust this input if the blobs do not travel across the entire horizontal field seen by Eyes e horz max The maximum horizontal position value for any blob This along with the horz min value is used to scale the horizontal position of each blob to a range of 0 to 100 Adjust this input if the blobs do not travel across the entire horizontal field seen by Eyes e vert min The minimum vertical position value for any blob This along with the vert max value is used to scale the vertical position of each blob to a range of O to 100 Adjust this input if the blobs do not travel through the entire vertical field seen by Eyes e vert max The maximum vertical position value for any blob This along with the vert min value is used to scale the vertical position of each blob to a range of 0 to 100 Adjust this input if the blobs do not travel through the entire vertical field seen by Eyes e targets The number of targets Increase this value to add targets to this actor Reduce this value to remove targets e xpos 1 2 3 etc etc The x position of a target Isadora Manual 237 e ypos 1 2 3 etc The y position of a target e size 1 2 3 etc The diameter a tar
433. preted When this property is set to relative the scene to be deactivated is relative to the position of the current scene in the Scene List When this property is set to absolute the Scene to be deactivated is based on its position in the Scene List See scene property above for more information e fade V1 1 Specifies a fade time over which the video and audio in the scene being deactivated will be faded out Note The visual aspect of the fade in will only work if Hardware Accelerated Rendering is turned on in the Video tab of the Preferences The visual result of the fade in depends on a number of factors what video is being rendered in the current scene the setting of the blend and layer inputs in the Projector actors that become active etc See the section Compositing with the Projector on Page 140 for more information on taking advantage of multiple projectors Isadora Manual 265 Decay Generator Decay Generator nc tna value inc amt X dec amt Generates a value that decays smoothly over time and that can be bumped up by specified amount each time the generator is triggered Input Properties e inc trigger when a trigger is received on this input adds the value given in the inc amt input property to the current output value e inc amt the number that will be added to the current output value each time the inc trig input is triggered ranging from 0 to 100 Note that this amount is added all at once so the
434. ps have an added component in that some information from the Isadora Manual 19 outside world is changing the way in which one or more actors manipulate their media streams in real time To understand what each of the actors do take a look at the Tutorials or read the Isadora Actors Reference portion of this manual This section describes how to add remove organize and connect actors within a Scene Adding New Actors to a Scene Using the Toolbox The actors available in Isadora can be found in the Toolbox which is located along the left side of an Isadora document SS General Video wm We o wa are IS eg Peni goe a Video Sources ere Ge e right It gives several categories into whic Vidan BE Isadora s actors have been grouped FreeFrame To make a actors from one group visible in the Toolbox Audio e Click on the name of the group you wish to show in MIDI the Toolbox Filter The name will highlight and only Generators the actors in that group will appear in the Toolbox Mouse amp Keyboard To hide or show the Toolbox Filter Calculation e Click the white disclosure triangle kd just above Control and to the left of the Toolbox Filter Or choose Communications Toolbox Filter in the Views menu User To quickly locate an actor by name v1 3 Aoo E e Click in the textbox at the top of the toolbox and type any portion of the actors name Any actor from any of the eight groups whose name contains the text yo
435. put Properties e value The input value e scale The percentage by which the input value will be multiplied from 1000 to 1000 percent Output Properties e output The scaled output value Isadora Manual 372 Scaler v1 1 video in video out horz size vert size force 4 3 Scales a video stream to an arbitrary resolution Input Properties e vide The incoming video stream e horz size The horizontal output resolution in pixels e vert size The vertical output resolution in pixels e force 4 3 When this parameter is on changing the value of either the horz or vert size input will automatically adjust the other input so that the ratio between horizontal and vertical is 4 3 Output Properties e output The video stream scaled to the specified horizontal and video resolution Scanner source video out displace amount angle offset bypass Offsets the pixels of a video stream based on the brightness of a second video stream Displace shifts the pixels the source video stream using the brightness of the displace stream to determine how far to move the pixels For example assuming the displace angle is zero when the displace video is gray e 50 brightness the pixels of the source are not moved at all as it approaches black the source video pixels are shifted more to the left as it approaches white the source video pixels are shifted more to the right One useful technique is feed the same vide
436. put port the blue dot of a value A combination slider value edit box control will appear You can edit the property s value by moving the slider s indicator up or down or by typing into the value edit box This feature is especially useful if you ve collapsed the actor as it is the only way you can change the value without first expanding the actor Collapsing Expanding Actors Each actor has three main components the body the rectangle on which the other elements sit property value boxes and the property value names The latter two can be shown or hidden independently allowing you to make an actor much smaller Here is how the Note On Watcher actor looks in all of its possible states Note On Watcher pitch S pitch velocity velocity trigger channel g J 4 channel es JJt Standard Property Names Hidden Note On Watcher Values Hidden Collapsed To make one or more actors as small as possible e Select the actors you wish to collapse e Choose Actors gt Collapse Isadora will hide both the value edit boxes and property titles making the actor as small as possible To restore one or more actors to its standard state e Select the actors you wish to restore e Choose Actors gt Expand Isadora will show both the value edit boxes and property titles returning the actor to its normal state Isadora Manual 90 You may also hide or show the value edit boxes independently e To hide the value edit boxes
437. puts and Outputs for Didi s Appearance User Inputs User Outputs video in intensity Cancel OK e Click on an input or an output in the list e Drag it to the desired position e Click OK saving the User Actor After an Edit v1 3 After you ve edited a User Actor and you choose File gt Close you will be presented with the following dialog box Confirm User Actor Edit Changes to User Actor User Actor have not been saved Ae This dialog allows you to specify how other copies of this User Actor will be k updated to match the changes you have just made Click More Info for details emeng Revert Cancel Convert To Macro New Instance Save amp Update All The five choices have the following meanings e Save amp Update All All instances of the User Actor you have just edited will be updated to reflect the changes you just made This includes all User Actors in all currently open Isadora documents as well as all instances in the Global or Local Actor Toolboxes Any existing links into or out of the User Actor are preserved as long as the corresponding User Input or Output was not deleted and if the types are compatible If you change a User Input or Output from a number type to a video type for instance all corresponding links will be broken Isadora also attempts to preserve the input values for the other instances even though the internal structure of the
438. r of the output video stream There are two ways to specify the color first if you click on the colored square to the left of the title bkg color a standard color picker dialog will appear Or you may connect the output of the Color Maker actor to the bkg color input Output Properties e video out Outputs a video stream at the default resolution defined in the Video tab of the Preferences Blob Decoder v1 1 Blob Decoder Reports the position size and velocity of one of the blobs being tracked by the Eyes actor Please see the documentation of the Eyes actor on page 284 for more information about how the tracking works One concept that may need further explanation is the centroid of an object Consider the blob and bounding box shown below Isadora Manual 234 The bounding box correctly reports the extent of the blob But the true center of the blob is actually to the right of the bounding box center Eyes calculates the centroid of each blob by measuring the brightness of the pixels assuming that brighter pixels will indicate where the object truly is In the example above you can see the centroid marked by the cross which is to the right and slightly below the bounding box center marked by the square This measurement may or may not prove useful depending on your setup you simply have to give it a try to see if it provides interesting results Output Properties tracking Outputs a 1 when the blob is b
439. r sounds and MIDI files you can only display the name If all of the files that you have chosen for the picker cannot fit within the control s area then you may optionally display scroll arrows tabs or both so that you can navigate through all of the possible movies Isadora Manual 446 Settings Dialog rr Control Settings Control Title CUS Width 32 Height 16 Font Geneva Lei Style Bold italic Underline Font Size 12 j z Show Value of Linked Properties Control Number 1 Show Thumbnail Show Name Media Type Video D Display All of Selected Type Item Width 32 Bin Tab Min Width 20 Bin Tab Reserve o Scroll Option None D Cancel o Control Properties Control Title The title used to identify this control Width The width of the picker Height The height of the picker Font Popup menu selects the font used to draw text for this control Bold Italic Underline When checked uses the bold italic or underline variations of the specified font Font Size Sets the size font used to draw text for this control Show Value of Linked Properties When an actor input property is linked to this control and this box is checked the control s value will be set to match the property s value This causes the control to display the property s current value at all times Control ID This number is used to identify the control when linking it to actor properties Wh
440. racter in the input at all Use this to match an actual question mark since a lone question mark has a special meaning Ne A double quote A single quote n A linefeed ASCII 10 r A carriage return ASCII 13 t A tab ASCII 9 A backslash So the element ack will match any of the following input data for example back HACK pAcK Data Input Elements Character_set A character set consists of a set of characters and character ranges These are specified inside square braces If you want to include a literal hyphen in a character set specify that hyphen first If you want to invert the character set i e all characters not specified put a caret 4 as the first character Here are some examples these examples are inside single square braces double square braces use the same syntax Note that spaces inside a character set are significant they match spaces in the input Escape sequences like to the ones listed in the table above can be used in character sets to identify special characters like tabs and newlines note that a is just a plain old in character sets though unlike in strings ABCD The characters A B C or D A D The characters A B C or D a zA Z Any lowercase or uppercase letter English locale ASCII xyz A hyphen x y or z 0 9 A hyphen or a numeric digit a Any character except a lowercase a 0 9 Any character except hyphens and numeric digits
441. ration will occur See help for the insert delete and replace inputs for details on how this number is used e insert Creates a new line in the list using the current input values The new line is inserted after the existing line specified by the index input If the index is greater or equal to the total number of lines in the list the intervening lines will automatically be inserted If this action causes the data for currently recalled line to change the changed values of that line will be sent to the output e replace Replaces the data values on the line specified by the value of the one based index input If there is no line at this index triggering this input has no effect If this action causes the data for currently recalled line to change the changed values of that line will be sent to the output e delete Deletes the data values on the line specified by the value of the one based index input If there is no line at this index triggering this input has no effect If this action causes the data for currently recalled line to change the changed values of that line will be sent to the output Output Properties e lines Outputs the current number of lines in the list Sent whenever the size of the list changes e cur line Whenever a new line is selected with the recall input sends the index of the line being displayed e value 1 value 2 Output value corresponding an item within each line of the list value 1 being the
442. rd to change how the movie played In this tutorial we will build on this setup to allow you to interactively control movie playback with the mouse e Close any currently open Isadora documents Then choose File gt Open and locate the file called Tutorial 3 in the Isadora Tutorials folder located in the same folder as your Isadora application e Click Mouse amp Keyboard in the Toolbox Filter to show that group of actors e Drag the Mouse Watcher into the Scene Editor After depositing it there take a look at the horz pos and vert pos output property values These outputs tell you the horizontal and vertical position of the mouse as a percentage of the total display size Move the mouse all the way to the top left corner of the display the outputs will both read 0 Now move the mouse across the top of the display You ll see the horz pos value gradually increase until it reads 100 Then move the mouse down along the right side of the display The vert pos will gradually increase until it reads 100 e Set the play length property to 5 by clicking on it and typing from the computer keyboard Then link the Mouse watcher s horz pos output port to the Movie Player s play start input port You can see how the horizontal mouse movements scrub through the movie as it s playing Then connect vert pos to the play length input port on the Movie Player You ll remember from the previous tutorial that the Movie Player
443. ream controlling its font size position and color In addition you can choose to enter several lines of text and choose which line to show The first step is to enter the text you want to display To do this double click the Text ure actor A window will appear that allows you to edit the text Edit Text Some Lines of Text Cancel OK If you just want to show one word or phrase type it and click OK If you would like to have multiple words or phrases that you can choose on the fly put them on separate lines by hitting the Return key In the example above the four words Some Lines Of Text will be able to be recalled individually using the line input Click OK when to confirm the new text Isadora Manual 422 Then choose the font by clicking on the value edit box for the font property A pop up menu will appear that allows you to select the font from all of the fonts available on your computer After these steps are done you can use the size input to set the size position and color of the font The size is based on the height of the video frame if you set it to 100 the font will be as tall as the video output is high The horizontal and vertical position inputs determine the position of the text within the frame O is centered negative numbers move the text to the left positive numbers to the right Finally you can click on the value edit box for the color property to set the text color If you have
444. rently there are two ways to play sound from a QuickTime movie or from a digital audio file AIFF WAVE or Sound Designer II formats Let s start by importing some media e Create a new Isadora document Choose File gt Import Media From the Isadora Tutorials folder import the files called voicel aif chords aif and thunder mov Note that the first two are digital audio files in the AIFF format while the second is a QuickTime movie that has audio only no video You can identify a sound only QuickTime movie in the Media Window because a speaker icon will replace what would normally be a thumbnail image First we ll work with the QuickTime movie audio e Click Video Sources in the Toolbox Filter Drag the Movie Player actor into the Scene Editor e Set the movie input property to 1 so that the Movie Player will play the thunder mov you imported above You should immediately hear the sound begin to play Note that you don t have to connect the Video Player to any other modules to hear the sound play Unlike video sound within a movie is sent directly to your computer s sound output and doesn t need a Projector actor for you to hear it e Click Mouse amp Keyboard in the Toolbox Filter and drag the Mouse Watcher actor from the Toolbox into the Scene Editor Connect the horz pos and vert pos to the pan and volume inputs of the Movie Player actor After doing so move th
445. req bands input property is set to a value greater than zero See freq bands input property for more information Isadora Manual 399 Sound Player Sound Player sound play channel start stop speed volume pan play start play length loop enable crossfade chunk enable chunk size chunk skip Plays a sound to the computer s sound output allowing control over its playback characteristics There are four main things that you can control when manipulating the playback of a sound its volume and panning its speed the portion of the sound that will play and whether or not that portion will loop and the channel on which it will play The portion of the sound that will play is called the play segment The play segment is determined by the play start and play length properties both of which are expressed as a percentage of the sound s total length The play length indicates how long the play segment will be while the play start specifies where that chunk will start For example with a sound that was 60 seconds long a play start of 50 and a play length of 10 would indicate that the play segment would start 30 seconds into the sound and be 6 seconds long You can choose to play this segment continuously by turning the loop enable property on The green bar at the bottom of the actor shows the play segment in bright green The thin yellow line that moves across that bright green bar indicates the current sound position
446. requency Analysis checkbox There is also a pop up menu that allows you to choose the maximum frequency of this display This is particularly useful if you are trying to determine the frequency spectrum of a particular sound and need a finer resolution in the lower end of the spectrum Isadora Manual 134 See the Sound Frequency Watcher actor on Page 338 to find out how to use the frequency spectrum of the live sound input to control other actors DV Devices If you connect digital video cameras or other devices that allows transport control via your computer s Fire Wire port then those devices will appear here It will report the device s unit ID its name its status and the current frame number of its media if available When you see a device here you will be able to control it using the DV Device Control actor Use the unit ID shown here to identify which device you wish to control with the DV Device Control actor Isadora Manual 135 Cue Sheets Isadora has an integrated Cue Sheet feature that is useful when you are creating a performance that is linear e g a play that goes from the one scene to the next This feature allows you to trigger events in Isadora while simultaneously displaying text to an operator to prepare them to take the next cue The cue sheet works by simulating key presses on the computer keyboard Whenever the operator triggers a cue the specified character is sent to all Keyboard Watcher actors i
447. right volume level will be sent to the left output from 0 to 100 percent left trig level Whenever the left output level goes above this value a trigger will be sent out of the left trig output Isadora Manual 396 e right trig level Whenever the right output level goes above this value a trigger will be sent out of the right trig output Output Properties e left level Sends the current volume level of the left sound input channel from O to 100 percent This output will change only when the level is above the value specified in the left min input property Note that if the left min level is greater than O this value is scaled see above for details e right level Sends the current volume level of the right sound input channel from 0 to 100 percent This output will change only when the level is above the value specified in the right min input property Note that if the right min level is greater than O this value is scaled see above for details e left trig Sends a trigger whenever the left volume level goes above the left trig level e right trig Sends a trigger whenever the right volume level goes above the right trig level Sound Movie Player position position play start play length loop enable preload freq bands mstr volume track count trk vol 1 trk pan 1 snd out 1 Plays a QuickTime movie with multiple sound tracks allowing you to control the volume panning and output routing of each trac
448. ring Scenes that have high resolution movies i e 720x480 DV movies etc or when it is processing video through many actors To achieve full frame rates when recording in these situations use the Render Speed setting in the Record Settings dialog Setting the Render Speed to a value below 100 slows down Isadora s internal clock This means that all media as well as actors that reference time e g the Envelope Generator Pulse Generator etc run at a proportionally slower rate It does not however slow down the processing of video Using a low Render Speed ensures that very complicated high resolution video Scenes can be fully rendered before each frame needs to be stored in the output movie It also means that Isadora will not run in real time One way of determining the correct Render Speed setting is to watch the Status window as you record Isadora s output The Cycles value should be greater than the frame rate of the movie to which you are recording If it isn t choose a lower rendering speed and try again You can also check the Abort Recording On Dropped Frames checkbox in the Record Settings dialog see below If you do recording will be aborted if Isadora can t keep up with the frame rate specified in the Compression Settings dialog If Isadora aborts the recording process set the Render Speed to a lower value and try again Adjusting the Recording Settings To change the Recording Settings e Choose Record g
449. riodic the hours minutes and seconds specifies the frequency of the output trigger When the mode is set to time they specify a specific time of day when the trigger will be sent 1 e once every 24 hours at the specified hour minute and second If the mode is set to date time then the day month and year inputs will also be used allowing the user to specify a trigger that will occur on a particular date at a specific time i e once in the history of the world e hour minutes second The time of day that will trigger this actor e day month year The particular day on which the trigger will occur if the mode is set to date time Isadora Manual 426 Output Properties e trigger Sends a trigger when at time of day matches that specified by the input properties Toggles between on and off each time a trigger 1s received Input Properties e init Allows you to specify the initial on off state of the toggle out output You may choose on off or none if you choose none the toggle off will not be initialized but will instead simply remember its previous state which is saved with the document If you choose on or off this value will automatically be sent from the toggle out output when the owning scene is activated e trigger When a trigger is received turns the toggle out on if it is currently off turns it off if it is currently on Output Properties e toggle out Changes from off to on or from on to off each time a trig
450. rion specified by input properties is seen the values associated with that message are sent out of the output ports and a trigger is sent out of the trigger output Input Properties e port Specifies the MIDI Port on which the message must arrive to be seen These port numbers correspond to the ports shown in the MIDI Setup dialog You may specify a single port or a range of ports e channel Specifies the MIDI Channel on which the message must be received before it will be seen by this watcher from to 16 You may specify a single port or a range of ports e prog num Specifies the program number or range of numbers that will be seen from 0 to 127 Note that for a Program Change message to be seen by this watcher its values must fall within the range of values for specified by all three of the input properties Output Properties When this watcher sees a Program Change message that falls within the range of values specified by all of the input properties the following values are sent out of the outputs e port The MIDI Port on which the message arrived e channel The Program Change message s MIDI Channel e prog num The Program Change message s program number e trigger sends a trigger each time a message is seen Isadora Manual 363 Program Change Watcher Program Change Watcher port port channel vs channel prog num CD prog num trigger Watches for MIDI Program Change messages outputting the values
451. rmat Creating and Editing a User Actor To add a User Actor e Click User in the Toolbox Filter Then select the User actor by clicking on it drag it into the Scene and click again to deposit it You will see an actor with no inputs and no outputs e Isadora Manual 95 To edit a User Actor e To open a User Actor s editor tab double click the User Actor A new tab will appear at the top of the Scene editor displaying the name of your User Actor In this editor you add Isadora actors as well as User Input and User Output actors to define the functionality of your actor Adding Isadora Actors to a User Actor e To add an Isadora actor into a User Actor click on the actor in the User Actor Editor s Toolbox and deposit it into the User Actor s editor Creating and Editing User Inputs and Outputs Adding inputs or outputs to a User Actor e Click on User in the Toolbox Filter There you will find the User Input and User Output actors e Drag a User Input and or User Output to the Scene Editor and deposit it by clicking They will look like this initially User Input User Output Input 1 se Output 1 e After adding a User Input or User Output actor inside of the User Actor Editor a corresponding input or output will appear as part of the User Actor that you are modifying Important Note At the moment you connect a User Input or User Output to another actor all of the properties of the User I
452. round Output The dark background behind the dancer a good consistent brightness or luminance that we can use to key the background image onto the foreground In this example the key top was set at 100 the key bottom was set at 5 and the softness was set to 5 Wherever the brightness of the foreground image is inside the range of 5 to 100 you see the foreground Where it is outside this range 0 to 5 the background image shows through The edges between the foreground and background images is softened somewhat because we set the softness property to 5 To help you understand what brightness you are specifying with the key top and key bottom values there is a diagram displayed in the center of the actor that represents those properties It gives you graphic feedback by showing the range of brightness that will allow you to see the foreground image The slope at the top and the bottom represents the softness property Input Properties e foreground The foreground video stream Areas of this stream will be seen when its brightness falls within the range specified by the key top and key bottom properties e background The background video stream will appear superimposed on the foreground where the foreground brightness falls outside the range the key top and key bottom properties If you do not connect any video stream to this input the background defaults to black e key sre Specifies whether the foreground or background video stream
453. rriving at the input to the output specified by the select input property Isadora Manual 375 Send Bank Select Send Bank Select port channel bank program trigger Sends a MIDI Bank Select message each time a trigger is received Input Properties e port The MIDI port on which the message will be sent These port numbers correspond to the Destinations shown in the MIDI Setup dialog e channel The MIDI Channel on which the message will be sent e bank The MIDI bank number from 0 to 127 e program The MIDI program change number from 0 to 127 e trigger Sends a MIDI Bank Select message with the values specified by the other input properties each time a trigger is received on this input Send Control channel controller value trigger Sends a MIDI Control Change message each time a trigger is received Input Properties e port The MIDI port on which the message will be sent These port numbers correspond to the Destinations shown in the MIDI Setup dialog e channel The MIDI Channel on which the message will be sent e controller The MIDI controller number from 0 to 127 e value The MIDI controller value from 0 to 127 e trigger Sends a MIDI Control Change message with the values specified by the other input properties each time a trigger is received on this input Isadora Manual 376 Send HiRes Control Send HiRes Control Sends a MIDI High Resolution Control Change message Input Pro
454. rs the links that were in place at the time of the cut copy will be restored To paste actors e Make sure that the Scene Editor is active by clicking on its background e Choose Edit gt Paste Isadora will paste the actors that you cut or copied previously e The newly pasted actors will all be selected so you can click on any one of them and drag to move them to a new location Making Links Between Actors For Isadora s actors to work together you must define the way in which the data moves from one actor to another You do this by making links between the output of one actor and the input of another Property Types Each property is of one of the following types Integer Number without a decimal points Float Number with decimal points Boolean Number only 0 or often displayed as off or on Range A pair of integers specifying a range of values Text A string of text characters Trigger Number only 0 or represented as a hyphen and an X Whenever a new value arrives the trigger pulses Video A video stream Sound An audio stream Blobl Blob information from an Eyes module Isadora Manual 82 You can find out the type of a property by placing the mouse cursor over a property s value edit box and then keeping it still for a moment An information box will appear that shows the property s name type and its minimum and maximum values Send Control port channel E controller You can conne
455. rs that manipulate video One quick way of seeing what the video processing actors can do is to open the Isadora Examples izz file located in the Isadora Examples folder that was installed with your copy of Isadora But the best thing to do if you really want to understand these modules to create simple patches of your own Don t forget that all of the input property values can be manipulated in real time connect the Mouse Watcher s outputs to some of the your filter s inputs and experiment Below is a brief description of the single input video processing actors included with the Isadora along with a description of what they do so that you can get started e Colorizer Individual manipulation of the intensity of the red green and blue components of the source video image e Desaturate Allows you to incrementally remove the color information from the source video Isadora Manual 41 e Difference Compares the brightness of the current frame of video with the previous frame The greater the difference in brightness between the two frames 1s the brighter the resulting video Can produce lovely ghosting effects e Dither Allows you to make grainier in various ways e Dots Manipulates the incoming video so that it resembles a photograph printed in a newspaper The dots vary in size to represent the brightness of the source image You can vary the size of the dots from quite small to huge e Flip
456. rties These set the levels above which the Sound Level Watcher will see the audio input Whenever the level is above the left min level or right min level values values will be sent to the left level or right level outputs respectively You can use the left level and right level outputs as continuous control inputs to other actors Note that when you set the left min level and right min level properties to a value greater than zero the value at the output is scaled so that as the input level varies between the minimum level and 100 the output will vary between O and 100 E g if you set the minimum to 50 and the incoming audio level is 66 7 one third of the way between 50 and 100 the output value will be 33 4 one third of the way between 0 and 100 The left trig level and right trig level input properties also determine when the left trig and right trig outputs will send a trigger Each time the output level goes above these minimums a trigger will be sent out of the corresponding output This allows you to trigger events based on the volume of the sound Input Properties e channel The live audio input channel that will be measured See the Live Capture Settings window on Page 170 for more information on configuring live capture e left min level The level that must be exceeded before the left volume level will be sent to the left output from 0 to 100 percent e right min level The level that must be exceeded before the
457. s P1 DO specified in the editor will be replaced with the current value of the matching parameter inputs i e P2 in the message above is replaced by the value of the param 2 input Input Properties e port The MIDI port on which the message will be sent These port numbers correspond to the Destinations shown in the MIDI Setup dialog e trigger Sends the raw MIDI message each time a trigger is received on this input e params The number of variable parameter inputs Increasing this number adds parameter inputs decreasing it removes them Isadora Manual 384 e param 1 param 2 etc variable value parameters that will be inserted into the message See description above for more about using variable parameters Send Raw Serial Data v1 3 Send Raw Serial Data Sends raw data to the specified serial port This actor has two modes text and hex Input Properties e port Specifies the serial port to which the data will be sent when triggered from to 8 This port is configured using the Serial Port Setup dialog found in the Communications menu e mode When set to text the text received at the text input is sent directly to the serial port When set to hex the text must consist of hexidecimal characters 0 9 A F Each pair of characters is converted to its single byte equivalent and the result sent to the serial port The latter option is essential if you need to send data that includes the
458. s of 100 etc Calc MBT midi file location measure beat tick trigger Converts a measure beat and tick specification into a percentage that can be used to set the play start or play duration parameters of a Midi Player The play start and play length properties in the Midi Player actor are specified as a percentage of the MIDI file s total length There may be times however when you want to specify these values in measures beats and ticks This actor allows you to convert the time specified in measures beats and ticks into a percentage appropriate for the Midi Player Because each MIDI file may have a different time signature you need to specify the MIDI file Isadora Manual 243 Input Properties midi file The number of the MIDI file you want to play as shown in the Media Window When the number of a valid movie is entered here its name will appear to the right of the number It is important that the MIDI Play to which you are connecting this actor references the same MIDI file measure the measure number starting with measure 1 If you want to calculate the play length parameter use the add one to the measure number Le if you want to specify a duration of 6 measures set this value to 7 because the distance between measure 7 and measure 1 is 6 measures beat the beat number from 1 to the numerator of the MIDI file s time signature tick the tick within the beat The range of this value is specific to th
459. s play start and play length values are also expressed as a percentage from 0 to 100 of the movie s total duration Your patch should look something like this Isadora Manual 36 e Show the stage and experiment by moving the mouse around on the screen Try moving the mouse so that it is all the way to the left of the screen and nearly all the way to the top Take a look at the stage the Movie Player actor should be looping on a small portion of the movie Now gradually move the mouse across the screen to the right The portion of the movie that is looping will change as you move Look also at the indicator at the bottom of the movie player window to see how it changes as you move the mouse It will give you a clear visual indication of what part of the movie you are playing This model of taking input from the outside world and linking it to an actor s input properties is the one on which all interactive programming in Isadora is based Just remember that instead of the mouse position it could be the computer keyboard MIDI or remote Network connection controlling the previously demonstrated variations of the play back of the movie We ll illustrate these possibilities in later tutorials but for now try a couple of other interactive setups e Disconnect the links between the Mouse Watcher and Movie Player You do this by clicking on the link to select it the link changes to a brighter color to indicate that it is selected and then
460. s sent to one of the actor s input properties you would use the notation Px where x is a number from to 9 indicating which parameter you wish to include When using this notation for numeric parameters there are a number of extra options The floating point number 3 141 outputs the characters 3 1 Ai D l 9 The text hi outputs the characters h 1 Px n m Output the number with a maximum of n digits to the left of the decimal point and m digits to the right If the input parameter is Px Use the default formatting For integer numbers output the ASCH text of the number in decimal for numbers with decimal points output the ASCII text of the number and all the digits after the decimal point for text inputs output the text itself Examples The integer 12 outputs the characters 1 2 text ignore n m and just output the text Px Zn m Same as above but add leading zeros to ensure a total of n digits appear to the left of the decimal point Px nX Output the ASCII representation of the number as n hexadecimal digits If the input parameter is a floating point number the digits after the decimal are ignored If the input parameter is text ignore the nX and just output the text Example Px 2 X applied to the decimal value 254 outputs F E Same as above but add leading zeros to ensure a total of n digits Px Output the character as a single byte of data Examp
461. s sent to the compare input the index output would be set to 1 and the trigger output would send a trigger if the value 5 was sent to the compare input the index output would be set to 2 etc If the value 22 was Isadora Manual 314 sent to the compare input the index output would be set to 0 since no match was found You can prevent a value from being sent when there is no match using the mode input Input Properties e compare Each time this value changes it is compared to all values in the table If a match is found the index of that value is sent to the index output and the trigger output sends a trigger e mode Determines what will happen if a value arriving at the compare input cannot be found in the list of values specified by the value inputs When set to no match the output index is set to when a match cannot be found When set to match the output index will be set only when the compare input matches one of the values specified by the value inputs e values Sets the number of values in the lookup table Increase this value to add input values decrease it to remove input values e value 1 value 2 etc The values in the lookup table Output Properties e index When the compare input changes and a match is found in one of the value inputs sends the index of the value that was matched e trigger When the compare input changes and a match is found in one of the value inputs sends a trigger Loop Calculator
462. s set to 5 then the output would be the media index of the fifth audio file within the third audio bin The output value could then be passed a Sound Player actor to play the specified sound Input Properties e type The media type of the bin whose objects will be counted Can be video audio midi picture or 3D e bin The index of the bin within which the media object is located e item The index of the bin within the specified bin Output Properties e count The absolute index of the specified media object which can be passed to an appropriate player actor to play the specified media If no media object can be found within the specified bin the output value will be 0 Isadora Manual 293 Global Keystone Global Keystone stage flip horiz flip vert top left h top left v top right h top right v bot left h bot left v bot night h bot night v Advanced keystoning for a specified stage Input Properties stage The stage for which the keystoning will be set flip horiz When turned on flips the image horizontally flip vert When turned on flips the image vertically top left h The horizontal offset of the top left corner expressed as a percentage of the stage size top left v The vertical offset of the top left corner expressed as a percentage of the stage size top right h The horizontal offset of the top right corner expressed as a percentage of the stage size top right v The vertical offset of
463. s the enter or return key on your keyboard e The Popup Toolbox will disappear and the desired actor will be deposited into the scene selecting and Deleting Actors To select an actor e Click on the main portion of the actor with the mouse To select multiple actors e Hold down the shift key while clicking on the actors you want to select To select a group of actors e Click on the Scene Editor s background and drag the mouse A selection rectangle will appear When you release the mouse any actors under the selection rectangle will be selected e If you hold down the shift key before you click the actors under the selection rectangle will be added to the current selection Organizing Actors To reposition actors within the Scene Editor e Select one or more actors Isadora Manual 81 e Click on the main body of the actor and drag The selected actors will follow the movements of your mouse until you release the mouse button Editing Actors To delete actors e Select one or more actors e Choose Edit gt Clear or press the Delete key Isadora will delete the selected actors To cut or copy a range of actors e Select one or more actors e Choose Edit gt Cut Isadora will cut the selected actors or e Choose Edit gt Copy Isadora will copy the selected actors e Note that when cutting or copying a group of actors all of the links between actors in the group will be kept intact When you paste these acto
464. s to be loaded when a trigger is received at the preload input Sound Level Watcher Sound Level Watcher channel left level left min level right level right min level left trig left trig level right trig right trig level Measures the amplitude volume of audio arriving on one of the Live Capture input channels The Sound Level Watcher allows you to use the control other actors based on the amplitude of a live audio signal To use this actor you must first enable Audio Capture by choosing Input gt Start Live Capture See the section entitled Live Video amp Audio Input on Page 164 for more information on setting up live audio input To use this actor start by setting the left min level and right min level input properties These set the levels above which the Sound Level Watcher will see the audio input Whenever the level is above the left min level or right min level values values will be sent to the left level or right level outputs respectively You can use the left level and right level outputs as continuous control inputs to other actors Note that when you set the left min level and right min level properties to a value greater than zero the value at the output is scaled so that as the input level varies between the minimum level and 100 the output will vary between O and 100 E g if you set the minimum to 50 and the incoming audio level is 66 7 one third of the way between 50 and 100 the output
465. s up to 3 digits assigns to integer value mixlevel float Matches a decimal number assigns to float mixlevel position float 8 2 Matches a decimal number assigns to float position word string hello Matches the string hello and assigns to string parameter word id string 3 digits Matches up to 3 digits assigns to string id choice string a z Matches a single lowercase letter assigns to string choice color int Matches a single byte of any value assigns to integer color volume bint 4 bytes Matches 4 bytes of any value treated as big endian integer and assigned to volume fname string letters Matches a sequence of 1 or more letters assigns to string fname If you assign a text element to an integer parameter the actor attempts to convert as much as possible to an integer So if you have a int characters and the input is 123abc a will be assigned a value of 123 Similarly if you have b int letters b will always have the value 0 Some technical info You are not limited to standard machine sizes for binary integers You can do a int 3 to match 3 bytes treat as a little endian 3 byte integer and assign the value to a You can also do b int 15 to match 15 bytes but keep in mind that internally the actor can t really represent values wider than 4 bytes so the matched value will be truncated 1f it is too large Now sometimes you will want to only respond to input matches 1f certain
466. s up to eight video streams into one output MultiMix is a little bit like the Video Mixer it allows you mix several video streams together The difference aside from the number of inputs is that MultiMix sums together up to eight streams of video literally adding their pixels together to each other to produce the output With the Video Mixer s mix input set to 50 each of the images is darkened before the two are added together allowing you to produce crossfades With MultMix you can add together two or more video streams without reducing their brightness Input Properties e video in 1 8 Video streams to be summed together Output Properties e video out The summed video output stream Isadora Manual 345 MultiVid video in video out columns rows mode bypass Makes multiple copies of the source video arranged as a grid of images MultiVid allows you to tile an incoming video stream creating a grid made up of multiple copies of the original You can specify the number of rows and columns in the grid You may optionally choose to copy the images sequentially i e each time a new frame of video arrives copy it to the next position in the grid This option creates interesting delay effects as you see the sequential frames appear in the grid Multi Vid Original Image and Result 3 Columns 2 Rows Input Properties e video in The incoming video stream e columns The number of columns in
467. s width Lower numbers have the effect of zooming in horizontally src horz size Determines the vertical cropping of the source video stream from 0 to 100 of the source video stream s height Lower numbers have the effect of zooming in vertically dst horz ctr Sets the horizontal placement of the cropped source image specified as a percentage of the background video stream s width from 100 to 100 dst horz ctr Sets the vertical placement of the cropped source image specified as a percentage of the background video stream s height from 100 to 100 dst horz size Sets the vertical placement of the cropped source image specified as a percentage of the background video stream s height from 100 to 100 Isadora Manual 326 e dst horz size Sets the vertical size of the cropped source image specified as a percentage of the background video stream s height from O to 100 e scale fg When turned off prevents the foreground image from being scaled Normally if two incoming video streams to be combined are not the same size Isadora will scale one of the two videos so that their sizes match even if this were to distort the aspect ratio of one of the two streams You can prevent the foreground image from being scaled and thus preserve its aspect ratio relationship to the background by turning this property off e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video inp
468. s will stay fixed as the horz pos and vert pos are adjusted classic is for Isadora Manual 366 compatibility with versions or Isadora prior to V1 3 classic is similar to left top except that the zoom input influenced the position of the left and top edges Pulse Generator Pulse Generator freq trigger 1 run stop st L reset outputs Generates triggers that are evenly spaced in time The Pulse Generator will send a trigger out of its trigger output at the frequency specified by the freq input property You can optionally specify more than one output If you do so the outputs will send triggers in sequentially one after the other Input Properties e freq The frequency at which the triggers will be sent from 0001 to 999 Hz cycles per second e run stop When set to on the pulse generator runs normally When set to off the pulse generator is paused It will continue counting time at the point it left when the run stop property is turned back on e reset Resets the Pulse Generator s internal time counter to 0 This means that it will be at least one full cycle before the next trigger is sent outputs sets the number of output triggers on the right side of the actor When this value is greater than 1 each output will send a trigger one after the other i e trigger 1 then trigger 2 etc until the last output is triggered Then the process begins again with trigger 1 When using mul
469. sage Live Input The live input section gives you information and feedback about the video input device and sound input device including the frequency content of the incoming audio stream Video Input When you are capturing video e g Start Live Capture has been chosen from the Capture menu the Video Input panel displays the name of the video input device that is being captured the resolution of the video and the format RGB or YUV that is being captured and a thumbnail of the incoming video image Sound Input When you are capturing audio e g Start Live Capture has been chosen from the Capture menu the Sound Input panel displays the name of the audio device from which the sound is being captured along with a VU meter that allows you to monitor the current input volume See the Sound Level Watcher actor to find out how to use the sound input volume to control other actors Frequency Display If you are capturing audio and the Sound Frequency Analysis checkbox in the Live Capture Settings Window is turned on you will also see the Frequency Display panel Here you can see a real time display of the frequency spectrum of the sound coming into the computer If Sound Frequency Analysis is not enabled you can enable it by 1 choosing Input gt Live Capture Settings to show the Live Capture Settings Window 2 selecting the desired live capture channel in the Channel Select popup and 3 turning on the Sound F
470. se Isadora Manual 60 e Choose Actors gt Place User Actor e Use the file dialog that appears to choose the User Actor you want to load e Click OK e The User Actor will now be tracking your mouse as if you had clicked on it in the Toolbox Click once to deposit the actor into your scene Alternatively you can just drop the User Actor into your Global User Actors Folder described in the previous section If you do it will appear in the User Group in the Toolbox the next time you run Isadora Tutorial 11 Getting the Most From the ss cei v1 3 Double click on the Isadora icon to launch the application This will automatically open a new Untitled file e Choose Output gt Show Stages to show the stage If the black Stage fills the display press Command G MacOS or Control G Windows to hide it Then choose Output gt Force Stage Preview and again choose Output gt Show Stages to show a smaller version of the stage e Choose File gt Import Media and navigate to the Examples folder included with the Isadora download e Select all of the media available in the Examples folder e Double click the gray area in the Scene Editor and from the pop up toolbox type Movie movie Movie Player Movie Player Direct Movie Player VR Movie Player Sound Movie Player e Click Movie Player to add a Movie Player actor to the Scene e Follow the same procedure to add a Projector actor e Link the
471. se displaying the monitor consumes some of your CPU speed you should turn it off once you have configured eyes to your satisfaction monitor size v1 5 monitor size v1 5 Controls the size of the monitor display 1 is normal 2 is double size 3 is triple size etc Output Properties e img count outputs the number of objects currently being track brightness Reports the overall brightness of the frame Can be useful when determining how close the objects are to the camera e blob 1 blob 16 When connected to the Blob Decoder actor reports the various characteristics measured for each blob Filter value frequency stages decay scaling Smoothes a jittery stream of values NOTE This actor has been superceded by the Smoother actor If you need to smooth out a stream of numbers the Smother actor is now the recommended choice Isadora Manual 287 Sometimes you have a source of values where the numbers jump up and down This actor uses a weighted averaging of the past values to provide a smoother version of the input value stream The key settings to adjust when attempting to smooth your values are the stages and decay input properties The number of stages determines how many of the previous numbers the filter remembers The decay determines how much influence those remembered numbers have on the current value For instance decay is set to one second numbers that are 1 2 second old would have half the inf
472. section for information on setting up the MIDI Setup Dialog Windows MIDI support is built into Windows You will need to install drivers for your MIDI interface before it will be recognized These drivers are generally included on a CD ROM that accompanies the interface Double click the installer application and follow the instructions provided You may need to restart your computer again after installing these drivers the installer will ask you to do this if it is necessary After installation 1s complete plug your MIDI Interface into your computer using the supplied cable Once the drivers are installed and the MIDI interface is connected its input and output ports should automatically show up in Isadora s MIDI Setup dialog See next section for information on setting up the MIDI Setup Dialog Setting Isadora Preferences The first time you run Isadora you should set up your preferences To do this you must find your Isadora application and double click on it Isadora will open up with a new file From the menu along the top of your display choose Edit gt Preferences to set up your preferences Isadora Manual 26 Isadora supports up to six video output channels called Stages The Stage section of the Preferences window allows you to set the display on which a stage will appear when it is shown For now set up the preferences as follows e Click the Stage tab at the top of the window to change the Stage sett
473. set to local orientation changes will affect this scene only When set to global changes affect all scenes e x y z rotation Rotates the camera around the x y or z axes by the number of degrees specified e x y z translation Translates the camera along the x y or z axes by the number of degrees specified e vel The velocity of the point as it moves Isadora Manual 224 3D Trackball v1 5 x rotation y rotation a z rotation d x translate y translate z translate trigger Allows the mouse to clicks on the stage to change the rotation and translation parameters for a 3D Stage Orientation object Connect the outputs of this actor to the matching inputs of the 3D Stage Orientation actor to enable the trackball Input Properties e x rotation Camera rotation about the X Axis from 360 to 360 degrees e y rotation Camera rotation about the Y Axis from 360 to 360 degrees e z rotation Camera rotation about the Z Axis from 360 to 360 degrees e x translate Camera translation along the X Axis e y translate Camera translation along the Y Axis e z translate Camera translation along the Z Axis e trigger Sends a trigger whenever the rotation or translation values changes Output Properties e vel The velocity of the point as it moves 3D Velocity v1 3 Calculates the velocity of a point as it moves in 3D space This module calculates the velocity of a point in 3D space as specified by its x y an
474. single video output of the Matrox device To learn more about using the Split Screen feature please see page 128 Using External Multi Channel Sound Output Isadora allows you to output sound to a variety of external multi channel sound output devices This means that you can route the sound output of a Movie Player or Sound Player object to separate outputs which can be very useful in performance Isadora Manual 153 situations where you want the various sounds to appear on separate channels of a mixing console To use this feature you must have a multi channel audio device connected to your computer On Windows Isadora uses ASIO Audio Streaming Input Output drivers to communicate with the external hardware On MacOS X it uses CoreAudio Installing Drivers Before attempting to use multi channel output in Isadora you should ensure that the drivers for your device are installed and working properly Here is what you should do for the various operating systems e On MacOS X install the CoreAudio driver for your device using the installer program that came with the device e On Windows install the ASIO driver for your device using the installer program that came with the device setting Up Multi Channel Sound With the Sound Player Once you have installed your drivers run Isadora Then follow this set up procedure e Create a new document or open an existing document You need to do this because Isadora stores the sound ro
475. size font used to draw text for this control e Show Value of Linked Properties Not applicable e Font Size This size of the font used to draw the comment in points e Comment The comment text that will appear inside the control Isadora Manual 451 e Horiz Alignment The horizontal alignment of the text within its bounding box Choices are left middle and right e Vert Alignment The vertical alignment of the text within its bounding box Choices are top middle and bottom e Color The color of the text To change the color click on the colored box A Color Picker control will appear allowing you to choose a new color Dial v1 1 D 50 Displays a dial that sends a continuous range of values Dials are most useful when you want to vary an actor s property over a range of possible values Settings Dialog Control Settings Control Title Dial 1 Width 56 Height ep Font Geneva He Style Bold italic Underline Font Size 9 Show Value of Linked Properties Control ID 1 Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Step 0 Dial Size Large B Show Dots v Display Value Display Format 123 Color C Control Properties e Control Title The title used to identify this control e Width The width of the slider Note that if the slider is wider than it is tall the slider is horizontal and its indicator will move from left to right If the slider is taller than it 1s wide it
476. some cases it may be necessary to change Isadora s port number to match the other application Once you change this value you will need to quit and restart Isadora before the change will take affect For more information on Open Sound Control support see Page 176 Isadora Manual 131 Warnings Isadora Preferences General Video Stage Midi Net Warnings Warnings Warn when entering Full Screen Mode Warn when connecting two video streams to one input vV Warn when resetting a property s Scale Min Max or Limit Min Max Warn when video input start fails Warn when sound input start fails E Warn when video input resolution is too high vV Warn when output cannot link to multiple inputs vV Warn of Control ID Number Conflicts Automatic Updates Automatically Check for New Versions of Isadora Never L i To help new users avoid common problems Isadora shows warning messages when certain actions are taken When these warnings appear you have the option of continuing with the operation canceling the operation or choosing Don t Show Again to continue with the operation and to prevent the warning from appearing again in the future Choosing Don t Show Again has the side effect of unchecking the corresponding checkbox in the Warnings section of the Preferences Note that the Warn when video input start fails and Warn when sound input start fails boxes are unchecked by default This is to pr
477. splace Remember though we used a still picture as our displace source you can use a moving video image or live video input just as easily Video Feedback Video Feedback pointing a video camera at the monitor that was displaying the image from that camera was a staple technique of some early video artists Here we ll use a pair of Isadora video processing modules to create our own digital version of this technique Isadora Manual 54 e Activate the Scene called Feedback by clicking on it This time you will find Movie Player Luminance Key Zoomer and Projector actors Note how this patch is linked the dancer video is the foreground input to the Luminance Key and the key s video out goes to the projector But that same output also goes to the video in of Zoomer whose output goes to the background input of the Luminance Key In essence we ve created a loop with the Zoomer actor manipulating the Luminance Key s output and feeding it back into itself e Take a look at the resulting image You will see a kind of decay around the dancers body as she moves This decay is because the Zoomer module is scaling the image down by 1 making it just a tiny bit smaller By keying the original image with a scaled down version of itself you get these lovely trails e Experiment with all five parameters of the Zoomer module You will get a wide range of effects from subtle to explosive Also try adjusting the key top and key botto
478. ssfades the audio when looping from the end of the play segment to the beginning Often there is a noticeable click when looping By using a crossfade the click can be reduced or even eliminated This property is specified in audio samples At a sampling rate of 44100 Hz a value of 4410 would be 1 10 of a second chunk enable Enables the chunking feature When chunking is active the sound player will play the number of samples specified by the chunk size property Then it will skip the number of samples specified by the chunk skip property and start playing the next chunk Depending on the settings of the size and skip properties you will get sounds that vary from slightly distorted Isadora Manual 401 to heavily grunged out To start experimenting try a size setting of 100 and a skip value of 50 Then gradually decrease the skip value heading towards 99 e chunk size The size of the chunk in samples e chunk skip The number of samples to skip upon reaching the end of the chunk Sound Preload preload mode sound low sound high Preloads a sound or range of sounds into memory so that the Sound Player can start playback instantly Sounds played by the sound player are loaded into your computer s Random Access Memory RAM so that they can be efficiently manipulated This is fine except that when using the Sound Player to play a particularly long sound there can be a noticeable delay from the time yo
479. state by embedding several actors into a smaller object Once you have identified a group of actors that you want to encapsulate into a User Actor or Macro you can create one as follows click User in the Toolbox Filter drag the User Actor or Macro actor into the Scene Editor You then open its User Actor Editor tab by double clicking on it The tabs look like this Isadora Manual 92 _ release notes example izz Ao o EEG General Video Movie Player Video Sources movie video out video in Video Renderers visible trigger horz pos Core Video Effects speed loop end vert pos position position width Quartz Composer play start text out FreeFrame play length zoom Audio loop enable keep aspect volume aspect mod MIDI blend et Inside the editor you can add the Isadora actors that define the function of this particular User Actor Finally you will add User Inputs and or Outputs to bring data into and send data out of the new actor When the actor is complete close its tab by clicking its close box and choose Save amp Update All in the Confirm User Actor Edit dialog No dialog will appear for Macros as they do not update copies of themselves The user actor now exists in your Scene and can be copied pasted and otherwise treated like any other Isadora actor Once a User Actor or Macro has been created you can open its editor tab at any time and change its functionality without disturbing the way in which the o
480. stered Isadora Manual 24 Tutorials Preparing Your Computer Download the Tutorials Before you begin you should download the tutorial files from the TroikaTronix web site The address is http www troikatronix com files isadora tutorials zip After decompressing this document you will have an Isadora Tutorials folder with six Isadora documents and seven media files Online Video Tutorials You can now go to the Help menu of the Isadora program and find the new Online Tutorials menu This will link you directly to 18 Isadora Tutorials These can also be found on the TroikaTronix You Tube Channel http www youtube com troikatronix Basic System Requirements Here are the basic system requirements needed to run Isadora Macintosh Requirements e MacOS 10 4 or higher e 1 5 MHz Intel Core Duo or better processor 2 GHz minimum recommended e 2 GB of RAM Minimum 4 GB recommended Windows Requirements e Windows XP or higher e 1 5 MHz Processor or better 2 GHz recommended e 2 GB of RAM Minimum 4 GB recommended Optional e Second Video Monitor Most desktop computers will require a second video output card to be installed for them to be able to output video to a second monitor Most contemporary laptops support a second video output as a standard feature If your laptop does not have this feature built in then it is difficult to add it at a later time e Video Digitizing Card or Fire Wire Digital Video Input for live
481. stream will be seen Smaller values show less which has the visual effect of zooming in The src horz ctr and src vert ctr properties determine the center point of the crop Lower values for src horz ctr move left higher values move right Lower values for src vert ctr move up higher values move down Note that as the src horz size and src vert size parameters decrease in value the effect of the src horz ctr and src vert ctr will become more profound When the two source size parameters are set to their maximum 100 changing the center Isadora Manual 325 parameters will have no effect because there is nowhere to move within the source video stream image Here is an example Matte Example Input Properties foreground The foreground video stream After this stream will is cropped and scaled it will be matted on to the background video stream background The background video stream The cropped and scaled foreground will be matted on to this background src horz ctr When src horz size is less than 100 determines which part of the image will be seen Lower numbers move left within the source image higher numbers to the right src horz ctr When src vert size is less than 100 determines which part of the image will be seen Lower numbers move up within the source image higher numbers to the down src horz size Determines the horizontal cropping of the source video stream from 0 to 100 of the source video stream
482. t Output Properties e video out The Slit Scanned video stream Smoother v1 1 value in smoothing frequency force out Smoothes out noisy numeric values Sometimes when receiving a continuous stream of numeric values from an external sensor the values will be noisy for one reason or another Smoother addresses this problem by smoothing out the incoming values This actor is similar to the Filter actor but uses a much better algorithm In general you should use the Smoother actor now instead of the Filter actor Isadora Manual 393 Input Properties e value in The numeric values to be smoothed e smoothing The amount of smoothing from 0 to 1 A value of 0 produces no smoothing at all while a value of 99 produces extremely smooth output Note however that the higher this setting the more the output values will lag behind the input value e frequency Determines how often a value is sent of the value out output This is specified in Hertz Le cycles per second The higher the frequency the smoother the resolution at the output Note however that if you are processing a lot of video and getting slow frame rates the actually frequency may be lower than the value specified here e force out When turned off values are only sent out of the value out output when they change When turned on values are sent out at the rate specified in the frequency input regardless of whether they have changed or not Output Pr
483. t trigger Sends a value each time a trigger is received Input Properties e value The value to send to the value out property each time a trigger is received at the trigger input e trigger Sends the value to the output when a trigger is received Output Properties e value out Sends the value shown at the value input each time the trigger input receives a trigger Isadora Manual 429 Update Snapshot Update Snapshot snapshot Updates an existing snapshot by re recording the input values of all actors in the current scene This actor simulates choosing Update Current Snapshot command from the Scenes Menu For more on Snapshots see the section entitled Storing and Recalling Scenes With Snapshots on page 101 Input Properties snapshot The number of the snapshot that will be updated when this actor is triggered e trigger When this input is triggered the input values of all actors in the current scene are re recorded into the specified snapshot If the specified snapshot does not exist then triggering this actor will have no effect Value Delay Line Value Delay Line value pp Value out size Delays a value by passing it through a specified number of stages You can imagine the delay line as a series of numbers in a pipe Each time a new value arrives the number at the end of the pipe is sent to the output the values remaining in the pipe are shifted one to the right and the new value is pl
484. t If you leave out n or m any number of digits matches but keep in mind that if you leave out the period then this element will not accept input with a decimal point in it i e signifies a number with an optional decimal point of any length specifies an integer only The words digit digits and all mean the same thing is just a shortcut Matches a hexadecimal number up to n digits If n not specified then matches any number of digits making the longest possible match Both x and hex mean the same thing Matches up to n letters depends on current locale but these are letters in the alphabet only of any case If n not specified then makes the longest possible match The keywords a letter and letters all mean the same thing Matches up to n characters any printable character pretty much any character with a picture on your keyboard except for whitespace this includes letters numbers and punctuation If n not specified then makes the longest possible match The keywords c char chars character and characters all 189 character_set I character_set eol n n bytes byte_set byte_set bitfields type Isadora Manual Text Text Text Binary Binary Binary Binary a zA Z 059 abc 4 r n a zA Z 0 9 eol 4 17 bytes 00 20 FO F1 i 00 01 08 5 0A See belo
485. t Record Settings to show the Record Settings dialog Initially it will look like this Isadora Manual 145 Record Stage Setup Non Real Time Rendering Render Speed 100 of Normal Abort Recording On Dropped Frames Record Source amp Size Record From Stage 1 B Record Size Custom B Custom Size 320 by 240 vV Maintain 4 3 Aspect Ratio e Set the rendering speed by entering a value between and 100 in the Render Speed edit text box Lowering this value slows down Isadora s internal clock giving it more time to finish all video processing before it has to store a frame to the output movie This means that Isadora won t run in real time but it allows you to generate output at the frame rate specified in the Compression Settings dialog without dropping frames See Rendering Complicated High Resolution Scenes above for more details on this feature e If you want Isadora to abort the recording process if it cannot achieve the frame rate specified in the Compression Settings dialog check the Abort Recording On Dropped Frames checkbox Isadora will automatically stop recording and show an alert box if this box is checked and it drops a frame during recording e Select the Stage whose output you would like to record using the Record From pop up menu e Select the size of the movie by selecting an option from the Record Size pop up menu There are four options Full Stage Size Half Stage Size Quarter Stage Size a
486. t video etc to match that of the output property to which it is linked Isadora Manual 238 Buffer video in video out frames last buf select mode reset bypass Captures an arbitrary number of frames of video allowing them to be recalled in any order and at any rate You can visualize the buffer as an ordered list of video frame buffers and two pointers into that list a store pointer and a recall pointer The store pointer maintained internally determines where the next frame of video will be stored it automatically moves to the next buffer in the list each time a new frame of video arrives at the video in input The recall pointer moves based on the values arriving at the select input By sending a buffer number to the select input you can send the contents of that buffer to the video output Because each buffer stored in the computer s RAM and not on disk recall is almost instantaneous a 8 _ _ e gt Recall Pointer Moves each time a What the store pointer does when the last buffer in the list is reached depends on the setting of the mode input If it 1s set to cycle Buffer will continue to store incoming video starting over with the first buffer this erases that buffer s previous contents If set to stop Buffer will stop after storing the last frame and wait until the reset input is triggered before starting again from the first buffer One interesting use comes when Buffer stores frames fr
487. t of the Difference actor is almost black Thus the more movement there is the higher the value of the brightness output of Calc Brightness Isadora Manual 242 But even when there is a lot of movement using this technique the output value will never reach 100 as that would require a completely white frame To help get a full range of output you can use the auto scaling feature of Calc Brightness Set the auto frames input to the number of frames you want to analyze e g 150 frames is five seconds of 30fps NTSC video Then trigger the auto measure input and have the person or object seen in the video feed move both very slowly and very fast The auto measure function keeps track of the lowest and highest brightness values measured and once the measurement is complete will start automatically scaling its measurements so that the output should go from 0 to 100 Input Properties e video in The source video stream e auto frames Specifies how many frames to examine when using the auto measure function see below e auto measure when triggered measures the brightness of the next n frames of video with n being specified by the auto frames input The minimum and maximum brightness measured is then used to automatically scale the brightness output for subsequent frames Output Properties brightness The brightness of the current frame of video with a black frame yielding a brightness of 0 a white frame yielding a brightnes
488. t property right mouse up v1 3 Sends a trigger when the right mouse button is released after it was clicked within the stage specified by the stage input property inside stage Sends on when the mouse is inside the specified stage or off when it is outside the stage wheel delta x v1 3 Sends a value whenever the mouse wheel or scroller is moved in the horizontal direction Simultaneously the wheel changed output will send a trigger wheel delta y v1 3 Sends a value whenever the mouse wheel or scroller is moved in the vertical direction Simultaneously the wheel changed output will send a trigger wheel changed v1 3 Sends a trigger whenever the wheel delta x or wheel delta y values change horz pos The horizontal position of the mouse ranging between 0 and 100 This percentage is measured within the range specified in the limit horz input property not the entire width of the stage So if the limit horz property was Set to 0 50 and the mouse was 25 of the way across the stage i e halfway between 0 and 50 then horz pos output would be set to 50 vert pos The vertical position of the mouse ranging between 0 and 100 This percentage is measured within the range specified in the limit vert input property not the entire height of the stage So if the limit vert property was set to 50 100 and the mouse was 75 of the way down the stage 1 e halfway between 50 and 100 then vert pos output would be set to
489. t which those frames can be processed decreases In addition there is the CPU overhead necessitated by decoding the video from it s compressed format to the uncompressed format that can be processed by the video effects and or graphics card So while Isadora has no limitation on the resolution of the video it can play if you want good frame rates it is best to keep the resolution as low as you possible so as to get the best frame rates To give you a sense of the amount of data being processed take a look at this table Resolution Megabytes Frame Megabytes Sec 30FPS 320x240 QVGA 0 3 Mb 9 2 Mb S 720x480 DV Video 1 3 Mb 41 Mb S 1920x1080 HD 8 2 Mb 248 Mb S Isadora Manual 66 Thus you can expect a single frame of full res 1080p video to take 26 times longer to process than a QVGA frame and six times longer than a frame of DV Moreover consider the situation when you re cross fading from one scene to the next if you were playing two 1080p HD clips you d be pushing around nearly 500 Mb per second That s approximately 62 of the maximum bus bandwidth of a top of the line 2011 Mac Book Pro Playing a third HD clip would put you at 93 of the maximum bus bandwidth of the same machine Note that the final column in the table above is the decompressed bandwidth of the image the actual bandwidth required when reading the clip from disk can be considerably lower depending on the compression scheme used BONUS TIP I
490. tandard MIDI Files or 3D Object Files 3DS To import a media file into Isadora Choose Windows gt Show Media to show the Media Window It will look like this an A Untitled Media 2 B Reck y EH Video Files g i AudioFiles When you create a new Isadora document it starts with five bins one for each type of media file that can be loaded into the window You can make new bins using the buttons at the top of the window Choose File gt Import Media A file selection dialog will appear Find the dancer mov QuickTime movie in the Isadora Tutorials folder The movie will be imported into Isadora and appear in the Media window as shown below Isadora Manual 30 ECHO Untitled Media 1 dancer mov Ed Auge fie Vim Pictures CD 3D Models If you like you can select multiple items in the file selection dialog by holding down he Shift key as you select multiple items and then click the Open button All of the files you have selected will be imported into Isadora and appear in the proper bin in the Media window Also note that you can add files by dragging them into the media window from the Finder MacOS or Explorer Windows Note the number to the left of the movie s name This number is important as it is how you specify which media file to play or manipulate within an actor Under each heading the numbers start at one and count up from ther
491. te property is on Output Properties e out Echoes all values sent to the in input as long as the gate property is on Gaussian Blur Gaussian Blur rgb in rgb out size SS bypass Performs a Gaussian blur on a video stream Input Properties e rgb in The video input stream If this stream is YUV it will automatically be converted to RGB e size The diameter of the blur mask The larger this value the blurrier the resulting image e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e rgb out The blurred video output stream in RGB format Get Media Count Returns the number of media objects within a specified bin Input Properties e type The media type of the bin whose objects will be counted Can be video audio midi picture or 3D bin The index of the bin whose objects will be counted For example if the type input is set to audio and the bin input is set to 3 then the output would be the count of the audio files in the third audio bin Isadora Manual 292 Output Properties e count The number of media objects within the specified bin If the bin doesn t exist the output is zero Get Media Index v1 1 Returns the media index of a media object within a specified bin For example if the type input is set to audio the bin input is set to 3 and the item input i
492. ted to Multiple Types In this actor each input is individually mutable The first input was attached to a Toggle actor whose output shows on off the second input was connected to the output of a video effect In both cases the input mutated to match the data type of the first link The dots to the left of these two inputs are blue to indicate they are no longer mutable But the dot to the left of the third input which has not yet been connected is green to indicate that it can still mutate Getting Help for an Actor Each actor has built in help information To display help for an actor control click MacOS or right click Windows and choose Actor Help from the popup menu If you control or right click in an input or output you can choose Actor Input Help or Actor Output Help to see specific information about that input or output To get help for an actor e Control click MacOS or right click Windows and choose Actor Help from the popup menu A small window will appear with the help information Click anywhere to dismiss the help window Isadora Manual 85 rgb in a horz pos vert pos Help for Text ure font height Supenmposes text upon a video stream allowing you to control the text s position size and color Double click this actor to edit the text that it shows If the video input stream is YUV it is automatically converted to RGB To get help for an actor s proper
493. ted will be sent to the trig 1 output Each subsequent input trigger will send a trigger out of the next available output When the last output has been triggered the sequence starts over at the beginning e reset Resets the sequence over so that the next trigger received at the trig in input will send a trigger to the trig 1 output Isadora Manual 389 outputs determines the number of trigger outputs Setting this value to a higher number will add more trigger outputs to the actor setting it lower will remove trigger outputs Output Properties trig 1 trig 2 etc The output triggers Shapes v1 3 rgb in bkg alpha horz pos vert pos width height line size shape bypass Superimposes ovals rectangles or polygons of a specified color size and position on a video stream Input Properties rgb in The source video stream on which the shapes will be superimposed If you leave this input disconnected the shapes will be drawn on a black background If this stream is in YUV format it will automatically be converted to RGB horz pos The horizontal center of the shape specified as a percentage of the incoming video stream s width A horizontal position of zero is halfway between the left and right edge vert pos The vertical center of the shape specified as a percentage of the incoming video stream s height A vertical position of zero is halfway between the top and bottom edge width The width of the shap
494. ter Isadora Manual 20 Registration Procedure Before you will be able to save your work in Isadora you must register Isadora on your computer This section outlines the registration procedure step 1 Download You should download the latest demonstration version from the TroikaTronix web site The demonstration version becomes fully enabled i e allows you to save after you register it You can always find the latest version on the Downloads page at http www troikatronix com 1zzydownload html If you have purchased a USB Key and the key has arrived then make sure to download the USB Key version Run the installer once you have downloaded the program to install Isadora on your computer Step 2 Purchase You need to purchase a license from the TroikaTronix web site Follow the instructions at http www troikatronix com izzypurchase html to obtain your license Each licensee is entitled to generate up to three registration codes per year This takes into account purchasing a new computer reformatting your hard drive etc Once you register Isadora on a computer it will work on that machine forever except if you reformat your hard drive Step 3 Register If you have purchased a standard registration please continue with step 3a if you purchased Isadora with a USB key please skip to step 3b Step 3a Register Standard Version After your order has been processed you will receive an email with the information
495. termined by the override wid input e override wid Used in conjunction with brt override input this value determines how far the brightness override will extend Setting this to a higher value means that the brightness of more objects will be affected e x y z rotation Rotates the image around its x y or Z axis e x y z translate Translates the image along the x y or z axis e img x y z offset When creating multiple copies of the frame using the add img input these values determine how far the new object will travel along each axis each second e x y z The location in space of the center of the image e add img Each time this input is trigger a copy of the image is created It will travel along the x y z axes at the speed set by the x y z offset inputs and decay towards being black or fully transparent over the duration set by the lifespan input Isadora Manual 216 3D Quad Distort v1 1 3D Quad Distort video in stage visible layer blend intensity render back depth test draw mode zoom keep aspect aspect mod x rotation y rotation z rotation x translate y translate z translate xT yl x2 y2 x3 y3 x4 y4 Renders a video stream onto a rectangle that can be rotated and translated in three dimensions additionally all four corners of the image can be moved independently of each other allowing the image to adapt to complex keystoning situations This actor only works when Hardware Accelerated Rend
496. that chunk will start For example with a MIDI file that was 60 measures long a play start of 50 and a play length of 10 would indicate that the play segment would start at measure 31 30 measures from measure 1 and have a duration of 6 measures You can choose to play this segment continuously by turning the loop enable property on The green bar at the bottom of the actor shows the play segment in bright green The thin yellow line that moves across that bright green bar indicates the current position Input Properties e midi file The number of the MIDI file you want to play as shown in the Media Window When the number of a valid movie is entered here its name will appear to the right of the number e port The MIDI port to which the file s MIDI data will be sent These port numbers correspond to the Destinations shown in the MIDI Setup dialog e channel When this value is set to 0 the channel given in the MIDI file itself is used If this value is set to a number between 1 and 16 all MIDI messages in the file are forced to that channel e restart When triggered starts playing from the position specified by the play start parameter e stop Stops playing the MIDI file turning off any sounding notes Isadora Manual 330 e velocity mod When set to 100 the Note On messages are sent with the velocity specified in the MIDI file When set to values between 0 and 99 the Note On velocities are scaled by that percentage For
497. the Control IDs used by a control e Choose Controls gt Hide Control IDs Using FreeFrame Plug ins Isadora supports FreeFrame an evolving video plug in standard for MacOS and Windows You can find out more about FreeFrame at their home page http freeframe sourceforge net Isadora looks for FreeFrame plug ins in a standard location The FreeFrame development community has agreed upon standard locations where application programs should search for FreeFrame Plug ins On MacOS you should place the plug ins in Library Application Support FreeFrame on Windows you should place them in C Program Files Common Files FreeFrame You may need to create these folders they don t normally exist by default You can however choose a different directory in the Video tab of the Preferences see Page 126 for more information Saving Files as Run Only v1 1 Isadora now allows you to save your files as run only so that others can use the file but can modify in specific ways One place this might be useful is when Isadora is used to create installations that will be maintained by others Making a document run only means that only you will be able to modify the file To save a file as Run Only e Choose File gt Save As Read Only The following dialog will appear Isadora Manual 117 Password Confirm Password Options User Can Edit Controls L User Can Edit Media Window Cancel Proceed e Type the
498. the Stage to be recorded and size of the output using the Recording Settings dialog see above e Choose Record gt Start Recording If the compression settings have not yet been set see above the compression settings dialog will be shown If the compression settings have already been set then the previous settings will be used to compress the movie e Now a standard file dialog will appear Use it to specify the name of the new movie and where you would like it saved Click OK to confirm the dialog e Recording will begin immediately To stop recording the output e Choose Record gt Stop Recording e The recorded output will appear with the name and in the location you specified in the standard file dialog box that was shown when you started recording the output Mirroring Video to an External Device v1 1 Isadora now allows you to mirror one of its Stages to a FireWire camera or to other devices such as video output cards Start by installing the video card or connecting your FireWire device Then take the following steps e Choose the stage to be mirrored to the external video out Do this by choosing Isadora gt Preferences MacOS or Edit gt Preferences Windows and clicking on the Video tab There you can set the stage to be mirrored to the external output The default setting is Stage 1 e Choose the device to which the Stage will be mirrored by selecting it from the External Video Output submenu found in th
499. the bin s title The items within the bin will be hidden To show the media references within a bin e Click on the sideways pointing arrow to the left of the bin s title The items within the bin will be shown To reorder media references within a bin or to move them to a different bin e Select the media references you want to move You should only select media references of the same type De only movies only audio files etc e Click a second time on one of the selected items and drag the media references As you do an insertion point will appear between pairs of existing media references or below an existing bin This let s you know where the media references will be inserted when you release the mouse e Release the mouse button when the insertion point indicates the desired position of the media references When you do they will be moved to that position QuickTime movies and the High Quality Flag Since version 1 1 Isadora has respected the high quality flag setting for each movie This flag is most important for movies that contain interlaced video notable DV NTSC and DV PAL When the high quality is turned on both fields of the video are rendered when turned off only one field will be rendered and the other field will be interpolated You can set the high quality flag for a movie using QuickTime Player Pro or other applications In the Media Window you can set a flag to force Isadora to render the movie at eit
500. the computer keyboard that matches one of the keys given in key 1 key 2 etc outputs the position of that key in the list starting with 1 for the first key 2 for the second etc Keyboard Watcher Keyboard Watcher key range ANZ key direction lt 3 Watches for a key or range of keys on the computer keyboard to be pressed released or both With the Keyboard Watcher you can specify a single key or range of keys that the watcher will see When the watcher sees one of those keys and it is going in the direction specified by the direction input it will send that character associated with that key the output Isadora Manual 304 Input Properties e key range Specifies the key or range of keys that the watcher will see Specify a single key by typing it into this value edit box enclosed by single quotes e g the capital letter B is entered as B To specify a range of keys type two keys separated by a hyphen e g A 74 Note that the key range is case sensitive in that the keys Z and z are considered to be different e direction Determines whether the watcher will see keys that are pressed down released up or both Output Properties e key When a key is pressed on the computer keyboard that matches the key or range of keys specified in key range input and it is traveling in a direction that matches the direction input that character associated with that key is sent out of this output Remember that
501. the default lighting orientation will be used See the 3D Light Orientation actor for more information about lighting 3D objects render back When turned off only the front side of the surfaces that comprise the model are rendered Depending on the orientation and position of the camera some surfaces may be invisible When turned on both sides of the surfaces comprising the model are rendered ensuring that they are visible from any viewing angle x y z rotation Rotates the object around the x y or z axes by the number of degrees specified x y z translation Translates the object along the x y or z axes by the number of degrees specified all scale Scales the object in all three dimensions equally by the specified percentage of its original size Isadora Manual 212 e x y z scale Scales the object in the x y or z dimension by the specified percentage e texture map Texture maps the incoming video stream on to the model in real time but only if the model had a texture map assigned to it when it was saved If no texture map was defined for the model when it was created video sent into this input will have no effect If no video is sent to this input the model will be rendered using it s default texture map and or color materials e tex map scale Scales the texture map by the specified percentage e use alpha V1 1 When turned on the alpha channel information embedded in the video stream will be used when render
502. the display until the value reads 1 0 Release the mouse button The movie is now playing at normal speed but backwards instead of forwards Finally you can make the movie play at twice its normal rate e Using the mouse click in the speed property value and drag up until the value reads 2 Release the mouse button Another interesting property in the Movie Player is position Do the following e Change play start back to 0 e Change play length to 25 e Change the speed to 0 0 e Using the mouse to change the value click in the position property value and drag the mouse up and down As you movie the mouse you will scrub the Isadora Manual 35 movie back and forth It is a bit like a DJ scratching a record but instead you are scratching video with the mouse movements In this last example each time you change the position property to a new value the movie jumps to the specified position within its play duration The movie doesn t continue playing because its speed is set to O e still You can also try editing the other movie properties try setting the loop enable property off to cause the movie to play only once without looping Or import a movie with a sound track and or change the volume property to change its playback volume Tutorial 3 Interactive Control In the previous tutorial we used the Movie Player and Projector actor s to play a movie on the stage and you used the mouse and the keyboa
503. the dot to the left of the spin aspect ratio and perspective inputs and drag the slider to observe the effect of these parameters on the image By rotating the image changing its aspect mod and introducing perspective shift you can position an image quite precisely onto a specific object in the field of view of your video projector This can be an effective way to use one video projector to project onto multiple surfaces simultaneously Alpha Channels Click on the Scene called Alpha Mask The image shown on the stage looks like this O Compositing izz Stage 1 If you ve used Isadora s Luminance Key actor before this image might look familiar the darker portions of the foreground image the Eye are transparent such that you can see the Bubble image below But instead of using the Luminance Key actor the Alpha Channels actor uses built in Alpha Masking features Alpha Masks are used to blend two images An alpha mask is usually a gray scale image white means that the foreground image is opaque black means it is fully transparent and gray means that it is partially transparent The projector will respect any alpha channel information that is with your video stream Here s how it works e Of special importance in the Alpha Mask scene is the bit between the lower Movie Player and its Projector Add Alpha Channel Pro video video out mask OF bypass Isadora Manual 142 First is the Threshold
504. the output grid from 1 to 16 e rows The number of rows in the output grid from 1 to 16 e mode When set to simul the incoming video stream is copied to all of the grid positions simultaneously When set to scan each new frame that arrives at the input is copied to the next position in the grid moving from left to right and then top to bottom e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The tiled video output stream Isadora Manual 346 Net Broadcaster Net Broadcaster computer id channel 0 1 value Sends a numeric value to other computers on a Local Area Network Net Broadcaster allows you to send values from one computer to another when they are connected via a local area network Whenever a numeric value is received at the Net Broadcaster s value input that value is broadcast to over the local area network on the channel specified by the channel input property Any copy of Isadora on the LAN whose Net ID matches the specified target id and who has an active Listener actor set to receive on a matching channel will hear the broadcast value and send that value to its value output Note that if the Net Broadcater s target id is set to 0 then all machines on the network will receive the broadcast values regardless of their Net ID Currently you can only s
505. the resolution of your video Tip 2 Add as much RAM Random Access Memory to your computer as you can afford Modern operating systems rely on a feature called virtual memory When the computer senses that some data that resides in your computers RAM e the extremely fast internal memory linked to your main processor has not been used for a while it will write it out to disk to make more RAM available to other applications This is called page swapping and can adversely affect performance The best way to solve this problem is to add more RAM to your computer As a general rule 2 Gigabytes is a good base line 4 Gigabytes is even better Page swapping will often take place on machines with less memory than 2 Gigabytes of memory Tip 3 Don t run other applications at the same time as Isadora Every running application consumes system resources So especially when using Isadora for a live performance don t run any other applications at the same time Even if they aren t doing anything they get some of the processor s time and thus slow down Isadora Tip 4 Keep your video resolution as low as you can The biggest burden any real time video software faces is the size of the image it has to process This data has to be brought in from the hard drive or from a live camera input moved through any effects and sent to the graphics card for output It s a simple relationship as resolution increases the speed a
506. the space bar You will see that scene one is deactivated and scene two becomes active and that the movie appearing in the Stage window changes e Press the space bar again Now scene two is deactivated and scene three is activated Again the movie shown in the Stage changes e Press the space bar one final time Scene three is deactivated and scene one becomes active again How does this work Take a look at the actors in scene one You will see a Movie Player connected to a Projector Actor Below that you will see a Keyboard Watcher and a new actor we have not yet used called Jump The Jump actor has three input properties The mode works in tandem with the jump to input to determine which Scene will be activated when the jump is triggered When a value arrives at the trigger input the current scene is deactivated and the scene specified by the mode and jump to properties is activated Isadora Manual 46 If mode is set to relative and the jump to property is set to 1 then the Jump actor will activate the next scene when triggered If jump to is set to 1 then Jump will activate the previous scene 2 would advance two scenes 2 would go back two scenes etc Relative jumps are useful when you want to be able to cut and paste a group of scenes that work together and have their jumps still work properly If mode is set to absolute then the jump to property gives
507. the vertical center of the sprite within the background from 100 to 100 percent of the background video s height O is in the center of the image e dest size Allows you to scale the sprite from O to 1000 of its original size A value of 100 renders the sprite at its original size e mode The transfer mode used to render the sprite on to the background image The modes noted as being arithmetic or xor bic produce results that are somewhat unpredictable but that can nevertheless prove interesting The possible choices are e copy copies the image on top of the background e or performs a mathematical or operation on the color bits in the sprite and the background e xor performs a mathematical xor operation on the color bits in the sprite and the background bic performs a mathematical black is changed operation on the color bits in the sprite and the background blend uses the brightness xfer color to blend the sprite and the background The brighter this color the more of the sprite you see If you were to use the Color Maker actor to fade from white to black the sprite would appear to fade out Note that the transfer color works on the sprite colors individually a pure red xfer color would only allow you to see the red component of the sprite with the green and blue being masked out e transparent uses the brightness xfer color to matte the sprite on to the background
508. them to the mun distance outputs If you increase the number of outputs then this actor will output a list of minimum distances from lowest to highest Please see the documentation of the Eyes actor on page 284 for more information about blobs and blob lists Input Properties e blob list in A list of blobs as provided by the blob list output of the Eyes actor e outputs The number of mun distance outputs Increasing this value will add more min distance outputs to the actor decreasing it will remove outputs Output Properties e min distance 1 2 3 etc A minimum distance between any two blobs in the system The first output will be the closest pair the second output will be the next closest pair etc Isadora Manual 236 Blob Target Proximity v1 5 Blob Target Proximity blob list in proximity 1 horz min horz max vert min vertmax Age ot targets x pos 1 y pos 1 size 1 Measures the proximity of each blob in the received blob list to one or more circular targets The location and size of the targets are specified by the x pos y pos and size inputs When a blob s bounds ctr h and bounds ctr v is within the distance specified by the size parameter the corresponding proximity output will increase in value to a maximum of 100 when the blob is exactly in the center of the target Please see the documentation of the Eyes actor on page 284 for more information about blobs and blob lists Input Pro
509. thing in the video output stream When set to higher values the difference between the two frames must be more profound before a color will be appear in the video output stream Setting this property to higher values is useful to get rid of video noise seen as stray pixels at the output that can be seen when the video input stream was shot at low light levels e mode When set to gray the difference output is based on the overall brightness of the current and previous video frames In this mode the output is shades of gray When set to color the difference is calculated on the individual red green and blue components that make up the video image In this mode the output will be in color e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out the difference between the current and previous frames of video Displace source displace Offsets the pixels of a video stream based on the brightness of a second video stream Displace warps the source video stream by shifting its pixels around by using the brightness of the displaced video stream to determine how far to move the pixels For example assuming the displace angle is zero when the displace video is gray i e 50 brightness the pixels of the source are not moved at all as it approaches black the source video pixels are shifted
510. this example was made using a still image you can just as easily supply a moving video to the tiles in input The results in this case depend greatly on the content of that video stream but it can lead to interesting effects Input Properties e video in The video input stream to be tiled e tiles in The video input that will be used to create the tiles The height and width of each tile are given by the tile cols and tile rows inputs e tiles across The number of tiles across in the tile in video stream s tiles down The number of tiles down in the tile in video stream steps The number of brightness steps to use when creating the final image Lower numbers produce a coarser resolution of brightness higher numbers give finer resolution Isadora Manual 298 color When off the color of the tiles used to create the final output is the same as received at the tile in input When on imposes the color of the source image on the tiles Turning this setting on may produce unusual colorization effects when the ole in image is not black and white bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties video out The tiled video output stream Inside Range v1 1 Reports whether or not a value is within a specified range Input Properties notify Specifies when a new output value should be
511. ting the first scene in the Isadora document Then do the following e Choose Windows gt Show Cue Sheet to show the cue sheet to the operator It will look like this ry O Untitled Cue Sheet e To execute a cue hold down the Control key and press the Space Bar When you do Isadora will simulate pressing a key on the computer keyboard as defined for this particular cue in the Cue Editor window It will then immediately show the next cue For example for example the cue above When the dancer moves upstage left the Other radio button had been selected and the Send Key set to 1 Upon holding down the Control key and pressing the Space Bar Isadora would simulate pressing the number 1 on the computer keyboard Any Keyboard Watcher actors in the current scene set to watch for the key 1 would send a trigger thus allowing you to trigger a specific action when this cue is executed Isadora Manual 138 Pausing and Resuming the Isadora Engine It is possible to create a patch that will never let you edit it again For example connecting the Enter Scene Trigger actor to the Jump actor would cause a jump to another scene as soon as the scene is activated The Pause Engine and Resume Engine commands in the Output menu can help you in just such a circumstance To edit a scene regardless of how it is programmed choose Output gt Pause Engine and then activate the scene by clicking on it When in this mode all of Isadora
512. tion to execute Options include e Tangent tan x e Square Root Vx e Squared x e Sine sin x S Reciprocal 1 x S pi 3 141592 note ignores input value e log 10 logzo x log e log x e Hyperbolic Tangent tanh x e Hyperbolic Sine sinh x e Hyperbolic Cosine cosh x sg Exponent e e e Cubed x e Cosine cos x e Arc Tangent atan x Isadora Manual 318 e Arc Sine asin x e Arc Cosine acos x e in Indicates the input value Output Properties e out Indicates the resulting value Matrix Value Receive Matrix Value Receive port output mode new msg min in chan max in chan min out chan max out chan min out value max out value prefix num fmt max digits frac digits lead zeroes separator postfix master min period Receives a list of values from one or more Matrix Value Send actors mixes the values taking into account the intensity of the source Scene and outputs a text string representation of the result The Matrix Value Send and Receive actors together implement a flexible system to control devices that have a large number of values intensities that need to be manipulated Examples include DMX output devices complex MIDI devices audio mixing consoles etc Generally you would place the Matrix Value Receive actor in a secondary Scene that is always active For more information on secondary Scenes see the Activate Scene actor on page 228
513. tiple outputs the actual frequency at a given output will be less than that specified by the freq input each will pulse at a frequency of freq divided by outputs tb oe with freq set to 1 Hz and outputs set to 3 each output will pulse at a rate of 1 Hz divided by 3 or 0 3333 Hz This feature is most useful when you want to trigger other Actors alternately or sequentially Output Properties e trigger 1 trigger 2 etc Sends a trigger at a rate determined by the freq input property If there is more than one output each will be triggered sequentially one after the other Isadora Manual 367 Random trigger Si value out Generates random numbers Input Properties e trigger Sends a new random number out of the value out property each time a trigger 1s received Output Properties e value out Outputs a new random number each time the trigger input receives a trigger Real Time Watcher v1 1 Real Time Watcher Looks for MIDI Real Time Messages on the specified port Input Properties e port Specifies the MIDI Port on which the message must arrive to be seen These port numbers correspond to the ports shown in the MIDI Setup dialog You may specify a single port or a range of ports e message Specifies the MIDI Real Time message that will trigger this actor Can be one of the following timing start continue stop or reset Output Properties e trigger Sends a trigger when the message specified by t
514. tive you will see more of the bottom side of the image Input Properties e video out The cropped video stream Chopper v1 1 video in video out horz ctr horz vert ctr Ke vert horz size vert size zoom Crops a video stream outputting it at a new resolution that is a percentage of the original resolution Chopper works in a manner very similar to Chop Pixels in that it allows you to crop an incoming video stream and output it at a new resolution The difference between Chopper and Chop Pixels is that instead of specifying a specific output resolution the final output resolution is specified as a percentage of the incoming video stream s resolution and combined with a zoom factor For example let s say the incoming video stream has a resolution of 320x240 If the horz size and vert size were set to 50 and the zoom input was 100 then the output resolution would be 160x120 If you were to change the zoom to 50 then the resulting resolution would be 80x60 i e 50 of 160x120 If zoom was 200 you would get a 320x240 output Isadora Manual 248 IMPORTANT It is bad practice to use Chop Pixels to scale images to a different size instead use the Panner or Zoomer actor The reason for the inefficiency stems from the fact that when Isadora tries to combine two images of differing resolutions it will scale one to match the other as specified by the Video Image Processing setting in the Video Tab of the Prefere
515. to O to if you don t want to limit the number of digits e lead zeroes When turned on and max digits is not set to O 1 e disabled fills any extra space to the left of the integer portion of the number with zeroes Otherwise the extra space is filled with blanks e separator Text to be inserted between each number when generating the output text E g setting this to a comma would insert a comma after each number e postfix Text to be added to the end of the output text e master The grand master for output values generated by this actor from to 0 to 100 Set this to 100 to send the full output value or to a lower value to reduce the intensity by the specified percentage e min period v1 5 Limits the rate at which messages are sent to the output This can be important to ensure that output devices like DMX converter boxes are other devices with serial inputs are not overloaded Output Properties e output Text output in the form of a list of numbers generated each time a Value Matrix message is received See the prefix num fmt max digits frac digits lead zeroes separator and postfix inputs for more information on controlling the way in which this text is generated If the individual output values are desired use the Text Parser actor to decode the output string e new msg Sends a trigger each time a Value Matrix message is received and new output has been generated Isadora Manual 322 Matrix Value Se
516. to any number of output channels For instance if you enter 21 23 25 to the right of input channel 5 then values are received on input channel 5 will be output to channels 21 22 23 and 25 This feature is especially useful when outputting to DMX devices as it essentially implements a soft patch feature This means as you go from venue to venue and the DMX dimmer numbers change you need only edit the Channel Map in the main Matrix Value Receive actor and everything will work precisely as before Input Properties e port The receive port for this Matrix Value Receive only messages from a Matrix Value Send actor whose port is set to a matching number will be recognized e mode v1 5 Specifies how the Matrix Value Receive actor will respond if it is receiving data from more than one Matrix Value Send actor on the same channel mix will add the values together allowing scenes to crossfade from one to another highest will use the highest incoming value of all the values that have been received latest will use the most recently received value e min in chan The minimum input channel number to be received by this actor any channel values sent by a Matrix Value Send actor that are less than this value are ignored e max in chan The maximum input channel number to be received by this actor any channel values sent by a Matrix Value Send actor that are greater than this value are ignored e min out chan The minimu
517. to be unique within a given Control Panel e Background Color The background color of the popup menu e Text Color The color of the text drawn inside the popup menu Items The items that will be displayed in the pop up menu Enter one line for each item you want to display The example above will show three items labeled Item 1 Item 2 and Item 3 Slider Displays a horizontal or vertical slider that sends a continuous range of values Sliders are most useful when you want to vary an actor s property over a range of possible values The sliders can be either horizontal or vertical and can display their current value as a number if desired Isadora Manual 459 Settings Dialog Control Settings Control Title Slider 1 Width 19 Height 106 Font Geneva D Style Bold italic Underline Font Size 9 Show Value of Linked Properties Control ID 1 Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Step 0 Display Value Display Format 123 Color E Background Picture oo Thumb Pictture 0 Cancel oK Control Properties e Control Title The title used to identify this control e Width The width of the slider Note that if the slider is wider than it is tall the slider is horizontal and its indicator will move from left to right If the slider is taller than it 1s wide it 1s vertical and its indicator will move up and down e Height The height of the slider e Font Popup menu selects the f
518. to get the most out of Isadora e To delete a link click on it and choose Edit gt Clear or press the Delete key e Point the mouse at a link that is carrying video and a small window will appear displaying the video moving through that connection This is quite useful when you Isadora Manual 19 have a complicated video patch and you want to see the video as it moves from actor to actor e Contextual menus are available throughout the program Control click MacOS or right click Windows to display a pop up menu with the currently available choices e To show help for an actor or one if its inputs or outputs control click MacOS or the right click Windows to show a pop up menu From that menu choose Actor Help to display help information for the actor or Actor Input Help or Actor Output Help to show help for an input or output e To insert more scenes click to the right of the last scene in the Scene List at the bottom of the window When you see the blinking cursor choose Scenes gt Insert Scene A new empty scene will appear e To delete a scene click on the scene and chose Edit gt Clear or press the Delete key e To activate a different scene click on it in the Scene List The old scene will be deactivated and the new scene and its actors will be shown in the Scene Editor e You can jump from one scene to another using the Jump actor found in the Control section of the Toolbox Fil
519. to the resulting value of 12 e amount The amount to add or subtract the counter receives a trigger on the add or subtract trigger input e minimum The minimum possible value which can be set to any integer value See mode for more information on how this value is used e maximum The maximum possible value which can be set to any integer value See mode for more information on how this value is used e cur value This is the value to which the amount property is added to or subtracted from when calculating the output It is an unusual input in that it is automatically set to match the output value each whenever the add or subtract trigger inputs are pulsed You can make use this property in two ways first you can click it s title check the Init checkbox and specify an initial value from which the counter will begin counting second you can send a value to it to preload the next value that will be added to or subtracted from e add Adds the value specified by the amount input property to the current value at the output The resulting value is limited by the minimum and maximum properties e sub Subtracts the value specified by the amount input property from the current value at the output The resulting value is limited by the minimum and maximum properties Output Properties e output The current output value of the counter fore back left right D i top bottom bypass Crops the foreground video str
520. tore the settings when you connect your computer to the Internet again your Internet connectivity won t work It may occur that you want to communicate between two computers that are connected directly to each other i e an Ethernet cable is running between them In this case it is often necessary to set both computers to a unique fixed IP address We often use the address 192 168 0 xx where xx is 1 on one computer and 2 on the other Each IP address on a network must be unique We then set the subnet mask to 255 255 255 0 You can specify a fixed IP address on both MacOS and Windows computers Isadora Manual 180 Setting a Fixed IP Address on Mac OS X Open the System Preferences and click Network Start by creating a new configuration From the Location popup menu choose New Location In the dialog box that appears set the name of the configuration 1 e OSC Fixed Address and click OK From the Show menu choose Network Port Configurations Uncheck everything except Built in Ethernet Now from the Show menu choose Built in Ethernet Click on the TCP IP tab TCP IP PPPoE AppleTalk Proxies Ethernet Configure IPv4 Manually HH IP Address 192 168 0 1 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Router DNS Servers Search Domains Optional IPv6 Address Configure IPv6 7 Next to the caption Configure IPv4 select Manually Set the IP Address field 192
521. tream to be interlaced with the stream arriving at the video 2 input If no vide stream is linked to video 2 this stream will be interlaced with black e video 2 A video stream to be interlaced with the stream arriving at the video 1 input If this input is left disconnected black is used for the background e height The height of each row copied from the video 1 input expressed as a percentage of the stream s height e spacing The space between each row copied from the video 1 input expressed as a percentage of the stream s height This space is filled with the image appearing at the video 2 input or black if no input is specified e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e output The interlaced video output stream Isadora Manual 301 Activates a new Scene after deactivating the current primary Scene The jump actor allows you to move from one scene to another When a trigger is received on the trigger input the all of the actors in the current Scene are deactivated and then all of the actors in the new Scene are activated Properties e trigger When a trigger is received on this input port the current primary Scene is deactivated and the primary Scene indicated by the mode and jump properties is activated e mode Determines how the number in the jump property is interpret
522. triggers starts ramping the envelope from the beginning When trig mode is set to ind one starts ramping the next segment of the envelope See trig mode for more info e segments Specifies how many segments are in the envelope from to 99 This number determines how many pairs of rate and level input properties will be found along the left edge of the actor e trig mode specifies what will happen when a trigger is received at the trigger input and when triggers will be sent out of the end trigger output When this property is set to all and a trigger is received the envelope starts ramping from the first segment each time a trigger is received and continues until the last segment is complete At the completion of the last segment a trigger is sent out of the end trigger output When set to ind one or ind end each trigger ramps the next segment of the envelope If no segments have been triggered yet or if all the segments have been triggered then the ramping begins at the first segment The difference between ind one and ind end has to do with the end trigger output When set to ind one a trigger is sent out of the end trigger output at the end of each segment When set to ind end the end trigger output is triggered at the completion of the last segment e value 0 the starting value for the first segment e rate 1 rate 2 etc Determines the number of seconds that it takes to get from the previous level to the next level E g
523. trol Width The width of the monitor Height The height of the monitor Font This setting has no effect for the Monitor control Bold Italic Underline These settings have no effect for the Monitor control Font Size This setting has no effect for the Monitor control Show Value of Linked Properties This setting has no effect for the control Actor Border Size The width of the border around the monitor display specified in pixels Stage Specifies which stage will be shown in this control Keep Aspect When turned on ensures that the aspect ratio of the image is maintained Otherwise the image will be scaled to fill the monitor Refresh FPS Determines how fast the Stage Preview image is updated To reduce the amount of processor power consumed by this control set this number to a value less than 30 463 Video Picker 2 353 4 a wing Shibling wa ing wat g water clouds wn in da J awn mil wn mumi Allows the user to pick a movie from a group of movies that you select NOTE The functionality of the Video Picker has been superseded by the more powerful Bin Picker control We recommend that you use the Bin Picker for any newly created files The Movie Picker works in conjunction with the movie input of the Movie Player Movie Player Direct or Movie Player VR actors When you click on a movie in the picker the number of that movie in the Media Window is sent to any input that is listening to this control
524. ts e average Determines how many previous tempos will be averaged together If this value is 1 then the reported tempo is calculated every time the trig in input is triggered Higher values report the average tempo for the specified number of measurements i e a value of 4 would average the tempo of the last four measurements Output Properties bpm out The tempo in beats per minute e hertz out The tempo in Hertz or cycles per second TCP In Watcher Binary Reads a fixed length binary data block from the specified stream id using a user specified pattern matching specification Note To read data consisting of variable length messages marked by a delimiter use the TCP In Watcher Text actor Isadora Manul 4 Values within the data are parsed and output from this actor according to a user specified pattern matching system To edit this parsing specifier double click this actor s icon and the editor will open For documentation on parsing input streams see Data Input Parsing on page 186 Input Properties e stream id Specifies the TCP stream from which to receive data e enable When turned on reads all data from the TCP stream and attempts to match the specified pattern When turned off ignores data from the TCP stream This should be used with caution as enabling this input in the middle of a message may result in the data being read erroneously e mesg len The length of the data blocks to be received
525. ts shown in the MIDI Setup dialog You may specify a single port or a range of ports e channel Specifies the MIDI Channel on which the message must be received before it will be seen by this watcher from to 16 You may specify a single port or a range of ports e value Specifies the pressure value or range of values that will be seen from 0 to 127 Note that for a Monophonic Pressure message to be seen by this watcher its values must fall within the range of values for specified by all three of the input properties Output Properties When this watcher sees a Control Change message that falls within the range of values specified by all of the input properties the following values are sent out of the outputs e port The MIDI Port on which the message arrived e channel the message e MIDI Channel e pressure the message s pressure value e trigger sends a trigger each time a message is seen Isadora Manual 334 Motion Blur v1 1 video in video out accum amt decay amt bypass Blurs a video stream by gradually adding in the input video stream while it simultaneously darkens the existing output The net effect of Motion Blur is that things that are still in the image Oe the background look normal but anything that is moving is blurred Setting the accum amt and decay amt determines the amount of blurring Higher values mean less blurring lower values mean more For best results the accum amt and decay amt inp
526. ttempts to load the entire movie into RAM Random Access Memory for faster playback NOTE This can consume large amounts of your system s memory be cautious when using this feature Loading into RAM is no longer recommended it has been kept only for compatibility with past versions of Isadora e stage Specifies the stage upon which this movie sg video will appear Output Properties e loop end Sends a trigger each time a the end of the play segment is reached position Reports the current position within the play segment e text out Output from a movie s text track See the text track input property for more information e freq 1 freq 2 etc Output that reports the audio level within a specific frequencies range These outputs will only appear when the freq bands input property is set to a value greater than zero See freq bands input property for more information Isadora Manual 342 Movie Player VR Movie Player VR movie video out visible trigger pan tiit zoom Plays a QuickTime VR movie to the stage allowing control over its pan tilt and zoom Movie Player VR only works with QuickTime VR movies If you try to use it to play a movie that is not a QuickTime VR movie you won t see any output Input Properties e movie The number of the movie you want to play as shown in the Media Window When the number of a valid movie is entered here its name will appear to the right of the number e visibl
527. ttings are as you desire click the OK button to confirm your changes e Note that when clicking OK to confirm your settings if the Control ID for this control conflicts with an existing control in this panel you will be shown a warning dialog indicating there is a conflict Click OK to accept the Control ID as you have set it click Cancel to return to the Settings dialog or click Don t Show Again to accept the Control ID and prevent this warning from being shown in the future setting Control Specific Options Some controls have options that cannot be edited in the Control Settings dialog e g the Video Picker You can access these settings by choosing the Control Specific Options dialog Each dialog is specific to the control so you should refer to the specific documentation in the Controls Reference chapter for more information Isadora Manual 116 To edit a Control Specific Options e Select the control and choose Controls gt Control Specific Options The control s options dialog will appear Please refer to the documentation for the specific control for more information Seeing the Control ID Associated with Controls While editing you can choose to show the Control IDs associated with the controls shown in the Control Panel Editor To show the Control IDs used by a control e Choose Controls gt Show Control IDs The Control ID will appear in a small rectangle located at the top right of the control To hide
528. ty e Control click MacOS or right click Windows and choose Actor Input Help or Actor Output Help from the popup menu A small window will appear with the help information Click anywhere to dismiss the help window As a shortcut you can also option click MacOS or alt click Windows an actor or its properties to show built in help information Navigating Inside the Scene Editor In addition to using the scroll bars you can use the mouse to drag the visible area of the Scene Editor up and down or left and right To scroll up or down or left and right using the mouse e Hold down the command key MacOS or alt key Windows and click in the gray portion of the Scene Editor The cursor will change into a hand While holding the mouse button down drag the Scene Editor scaling Values Between Outputs and Inputs Whenever you link an actor s numeric output to another actor s numeric input Isadora s default behavior is to scale the output s range of values so that they match the input s range of values Two pairs of values are used to calculate how values are scaled Output properties have a Limit Minimum and Limit Maximum value that give the lowest and highest possible values that can be sent by that output property Input properties have a Scale Minimum and Scale Maximum value that specifies the range to which any value arriving at that input will be scaled By changing these values for any pair
529. u bar at the top right of the screen under the icon e Click the Arrangement tab The window will now look something like this aA Color LCD Ls gt Oe E Display Arrangement Color To rearrange the displays drag them to the desired position To relocate the menu bar drag it to a different display _ Mirror Displays M Show displays in menu bar Gather Windows Detect Displays Note if your computer has multiple video cards one rectangle will appear for each video projector connected to your system e If the Mirror Displays checkbox is ticked click it so that it is no longer enabled e Ifthe menu bar the little white rectangle shown in this window is not at the top of your main display then click inside it and drag it to the monitor where you want the menu bar to appear 99 e You can drag the window rectangles themselves to specify the virtual layout of the windows In the image above the second display is to the right of the main display in the virtual space e Setup of the displays is now complete Windows 7 e Choose Start gt Control Panel and click the Connect to a Projector link in the Hardware and Sound settings Isadora Manual 150 Display Make text and other items larger or smaller Adjust screen resolution nnect to a projector Connect to an external desplay e TIP Press Ctrl Windows Logo Key P This shortcut opens the Projector settings w
530. u trigger its restart input In this scene we added an Enter Scene Trigger actor to start the sound The Enter Scene Trigger sends a trigger whenever the Scene it is in is activated Thus activating the Scene starts the sound automatically e Now move the mouse left and right You will hear the sound go from a low pitch to a very high pitch as its playback speed varies from 0 to 10 times normal speed Note that Isadora is already scaling the values as the Mouse Watcher s horz pos varies between 0 and 100 the Sound Player s speed input Isadora Manual 50 ranges between 0 and 10 This is Isadora s default behavior when you link an input to an output namely scale the output value to match the input value This particular sound the recording of the singer we used in Tutorial 6 seems a bit comical when playing at 10 times normal speed Let s limit the range of speed so that it goes from 0 5 to 1 e Click on the word speed in the Sound Player An inspector window appear At the top is the name of the input or output along with the absolute minimum and maximum values allowed for this property Below are four value edit boxes Ctl Link Init Scale Min and Scale Max By changing Scale Min and Scale Max you can change the minimum and maximum values of the input and thus change the way Isadora scales the values Note that these fields work like any value edit box you can use the mouse to scroll up or down through the v
531. u trigger the restart property until you hear the sound This is usually because of the time it takes to read the sound into RAM from disk The Sound Preload actor allows you to avoid this delay by loading sounds into RAM in anticipation of their later playback Input Properties e preload Preloads the specified sound when a trigger is received e mode This property can be set to either play or forever When set to play the sound is kept in memory until a Sound Player actor starts and then stops playing it Once that actor stops playing the sound it is removed from memory When set to forever the sound is kept in memory until it is preloaded again with the mode set to play or until Isadora quits Use this option with caution It is easy to fill up your RAM with sounds that you no longer need to play sound low The number of the first sound you want to preload as shown in the Media Window If you want to preload only one sound set the number of the sound you want to preload and leave the sound high input set to Q Otherwise to specify a range of sounds to preload set this to the number of the first sound you want to preload and the sound high input to the last sound When the number of a valid sound is entered here its name will appear to the right of the number Isadora Manual 402 e sound high The last sound in a range of sounds you want to preload Use this in conjunction with the sound low input to specify a range of sound
532. u type will appear in the toolbox e You may also choose Actors gt Search for Actor or Command Shift A MacOS or Control Shift A Windows to activate the search text box This feature added in v1 3 e To clear the search text box click the small X to the right of the text field To add a new actor into a Scene e Click in actor you want to add in the Toolbox The cursor will change into a plus sign to let you know you have selected an actor e Move the mouse into the Scene Editor As you do you will see the actor you selected following the movements of your mouse e Once you have the actor in the position you desire click the mouse to confirm its addition to the Scene e Note You can click again the Toolbox or hit the Escape esc key to cancel the addition of the actor Isadora Manual 80 To add a new actor into a Scene using the Popup Toolbox v1 3 e You can access a popup version of the Toolbox at any time by double clicking in the grey area of the Scene Editor BackDropkey Backugnt Backarounad olor Global tage Blend Mask 00a Keystone G0 Backward Send Bank Select Stage Background e After the Popup Toolbox appears type all or part of the name in the text box at the top of the Popup Toolbox Only actors with that text in their name will be displayed e Then either click the desired actor with your mouse or use the up or down arrow keys to select the desired actor and pres
533. ual 324 e scale fg When turned off prevents the foreground image from being scaled Normally if two incoming video streams to be combined are not the same size Isadora will scale one of the two videos so that their sizes match even if this were to distort the aspect ratio of one of the two streams You can prevent the foreground image from being scaled and thus preserve its aspect ratio relationship to the background by turning this property off e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The resulting matted video image Matte foreground video out background src horz ctr src vert ctr src horz size src vert size dst horz ctr dst vert ctr dst horz size dst vert size scale fq bypass Overlays a scaled zoomed and or panned foreground video stream on a background video stream A portion of foreground image cropped according the four sre parameters Then it is scaled to the size specified by the dest horz size and dest vert size properties and placed at the point specified by the dst horz ctr and dst vert ctr properties The cropping of the foreground image is set by four properties The amount of cropping is specified by src horz size and src vert size which are specified as a percentage of the source image s size When set to 100 all of the foreground video
534. ual value2 O otherwise lt output is l if value is less than value2 0 otherwise le output is I if valuel is less than or equal to value2 O otherwise gt output is I if valuel is greater than value2 O otherwise ge output is I if valuel is greater than or equal to value2 O otherwise e true sends a trigger whenever the output property changes from false to true i e from 0 to 1 e false sends a trigger whenever the output property changes from true to false i e from 1 to 0 Isadora Manual 256 Compare Guarded v1 1 Compare Guarded value is above low X go above high go below Reports when a value crosses a threshold but prevents false triggers by using a guard band When value goes above high the above output will change to a 1 and the go above will send a trigger When value goes below low the above output will change to a 0 and the go below output will send a trigger When value is between low and high 1 e inside the guard band nothing will happen Input Properties e value the value to be compared to the low and high value inputs e low the low value to which the value input will be compared e high the high value to which the value input will be compared Output Properties e above Changes from a 0 to 1 when value goes above the high input Changes from a to O when value goes below the low input When value is between low and high this output does not change e go above sends a trigger
535. ues to O and 100 respectively Then e Highlight both the Keyboard Watcher and Sound Player by shift clicking on them The choose Edit gt Copy and finally Edit gt Paste Drag the copied actors so that they don t overlap the originals e Working now with the copied actors set the sound input property of the Sound Player so that it will play chords aif Then change the key range input property to b e Press the letters a and then b on your computer keyboard Each time you do a should trigger the first Sound Player and b should trigger the second Again this is a bit like a mini sampler in that you can trigger short portions of each sound e Now press the letter a and before the first sound is done playing press the letter b Note that the first sound stops playing and the second one starts Why does one sound interrupt the other It s because both of the sounds are set to play on the same Sound Channel Look at the Play Channel input of the two Sound Isadora Manual 45 Player actors both are set to 1 Because a Sound Channel can play only one sound at a time when a second one starts to play it interrupts the first You can however get both sounds to play by setting them to different sound channels Set the play channel of the second Sound Player to 2 Repeat the experiment above pressing the letter a followed quickly by letter b Now you will hear both sounds pla
536. ults in faster performance but lower resolution e Scale To Default Resolution When this option is chosen Isadora will scale all video images to the default resolution specified above If you want to speed up video processing make this a smaller value e 160 x 120 Isadora Manual 124 OpenGL Full Frame Antialiasing v1 3 Full Frame Antialiasing reduces aliasing sometimes called stair stepping artifacts that can be seen along the edges of 3D objects rendered to the stage This may be especially noticeable when using the 3D Player actor and rendering 3D models with fine detail for instance Turning on this feature will smooth these rough edges but may also reduce performance If you rendering an image to the full stage or to a rectangular shape that is not rotated in any way there is no advantage to enabling this feature If however you are using the 3D actors you may find that enabling this feature produces more pleasing results OpenGL Disable Vertical Retrace Sync v1 5 Normally Isadora synchronizes the each new frame with the vertical retrace interval of your monitor This option allows you to disable this behavior On the positive side disabling this feature can lead to more fluid performance because Isadora never has to wait for the vertical synchronization interval on the downside you may see noticeable visual tearing of the image If you disable this feature please take some time to run through your e
537. und Tutorial Like the Sound Player all pre recorded sounds to be manipulated in Isadora must first be imported into the Audio bin Once you have some sounds in the Audio Bin follow these steps for an example of manipulating pre recorded sound 1 Click on Audio in the Toolbox Filter to show the actors available in the audio group 2 Add an AUAudioFilePlayer actor to the scene Set the sound input to the number of the sound you want to manipulate Note that its output says audio This is like the video inputs and outputs seen in Isadora s video processing actors Audio is a special type of stream that transmits digital audio signals You can only connect audio outputs to audio inputs and vice versa 3 To the right of the AUAudioFilePlayer add an AULowpass actor This is a low pass filter with adjustable resonance i e Q 4 To the right of the AULowpass actor add an AUMixer actor This actor allows the volume and panning of multiple sound streams to be manipulated and mixed together 5 Note the inputs input on the AUMixer You can add an arbitrary number of input channels to this mixer by changing this value For our example we will work with 2 so set the inputs input to 2 Isadora Manual 160 6 To the right of the AUMixer actor add an DefaultOpututUnit actor This sends the mixed sound to the default audio output device 7 Make a link between the AUAudioFilePlayer s out 1 output and the
538. urned on reads all data from the serial port and attempts to match the specified pattern When turned off ignores data from the TCP stream This should be used with caution as enabling this input in the middle of a message may result in the data being read erroneously e eom char The character that signifies the end of a message e eom end of message Whenever this character is received the data accumulated in the buffer is parsed using the pattern matching specifier and values are sent to the outputs if a match is successfully made Output Properties e msg rev Sends a trigger when a valid message has been parsed and it matches the pattern specified by the parsing string e value outputs The output for one of the parsed values The names and number of these outputs are based on the pattern matching specifier TCP Send Data Formats and sends data to the specified TCP stream To specify the precise format with which the data is sent to the TCP stream you must double click this actor and change its formatting specifier To learn more about how to specify the output format see Data Output Formatting on page 185 Input Properties e stream id Specifies the TCP stream to which the data will be sent e trigger When a trigger is received on this port the data is sent to the specified port e params The number of variable parameter inputs Increasing this number adds parameter inputs decreasing it removes them e para
539. urrently attached to your computer For instance if you had a desktop computer with two dual output video cards installed there would be four displays active in the Place On popup menu If a display is currently available on the computer its dimensions will appear next to the name in the Place On popup menu eg Display 2 1024 x 768 You may also select None if you don t want a given Stage to be visible On computers with more than one display you would generally set Stage 1 to appear on Display 2 Stage 2 to appear on Display 3 etc That way you can edit your Isadora document on the Main Display e Display 1 and show the output on the other displays If you only have only one display you would place Stage 1 on Display 1 and set the other Place On popup menus to None In this case you can conveniently toggle between the full display and the preview stage size by choosing Output gt Force Stage Preview Stage Options Aspect v1 3 In the popup menu labeled Aspect you can choose Match Display Aspect so that the stage will entirely fill the display or you can choose Limit To to limit the stage to a custom aspect ratio defined by you leaving the remainder of the display area black sometimes referred to as letterboxing When you choose the Limit To option two text boxes will appear that allow you to specify the aspect ratio you would prefer e g 4 3 or 16 9 Stage Options Split Screen
540. use a higher layer number for Projectors whose blend input is set to transparent e intensity Sets the brightness or transparency of the image from 0 to 100 See blend input for a complete description e spin Specifies the rotation of the image from 360 to 360 degrees e perspective Allows you to change the horizontal perspective of the image from 200 to 200 Vales less than zero make the right edge less tall values greater than zero make the left edge less tall e layer This value determines the order in which the images will be rendered when using multiple projectors in the same scene Lower numbers are further away from you 1 e the Projector with the highest layer value will be seen in front of the other images e active Determines whether or not the video stream is actually sent to the stage When turned on new frames of video are sent to the Stage as they arrive When turned off the frames of video are ignored This means that the last frame of video received before this property was turned off will still be visible on the stage e stage Specifies the stage upon which the video stream will be displayed e hv mode Determines the meaning of the horz pos and vert pos inputs in relation to the width height and zoom inputs The default setting is centered which means that the image will grow shrink from its center when adjusting the width height or zoom The left top setting means that the left and top edge
541. using the watch col and watch row properties When an object enters this grid location the enter output will send a trigger when the object disappears the exit output sends a trigger Generally speaking the higher contrast the incoming video image the easier it will be for Eyes to track placing a performer in a light colored costume on a black background is ideal You can also improve tracking by filtering the video before you attempt to track it The two actors that can be quite useful in this respect are Difference and Chroma Key If you connect the output of the Difference actor to Eyes video input you can track the location of an object that is moving in the frame even in poor lighting conditions You can track a colored object by using the setting the Chroma Key s key color to the color of the object you want to track and feeding its output to the video input of Eyes Input Properties e video The source video input to be analyzed e columns and rows Specifies the number of columns and rows in the grid used to determine the object s location Higher numbers give finer resolution but this does not necessarily mean that Eyes will track more accurately Experimentation is the key to finding the right values for these inputs e threshold The brightness threshold An object s brightness must be above this value for Eyes to see it If the monitor is on and the brightness is below this value that gird point will be drawn as
542. ut is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The resulting matted video image Max Value Hold Max Value Hold reset inputs ai value value 2 d value 3 Outputs the maximum value that has been received since the last reset Input Properties e reset Resets the output to zero e inputs Specifies the number of value inputs for this actor from 1 to 16 e value 1 value 2 etc When a value arrives at one of these inputs it is compared to the output If it is greater than the output the new value is stored and sent out of the output port If a value arrives that is less than the current value of the output nothing happens Output Properties e max The maximum value that has been received since the last reset Isadora Manual 327 Maximum mputs L max value 1 4 X value 2 5 Outputs the current maximum value of all of its inputs Input Properties e inputs Specifies the number of value inputs for this actor from 1 to 16 e value 1 value 2 etc When a value arrives at one of these inputs it is compared to all of the other value inputs If it is the greatest of all of these the new value is sent out of the output port If a value arrives that is less than or equal to any of the other input values nothing happens Output Properties e max The current maximum value of all of the value inputs Media Percent to Time v1 2 Media Percent To Time type 01 23 ome te
543. utings with each document since it is likely that different documents will require different audio routing setups e Choose Output gt Sound Output Setup to display the Sound Output Setup Dialog It looks like this Isadora Manual 154 Sound Output Setup Set Default Sound Output Device Sound Output Routing Channel 1 Built in Channel 2 Built in Channel 3 Built in Channel 4 Built in Channel 5 Built in Channel 6 Built in Channel 7 Built in Channel 8 Built in mm Channel 9 Built In Channel 10 Built in Channel 11 Built In Channel 12 Built In Channel 13 Built In Channel 14 Built In Channel 15 Built In Channel 16 Built In Al dh dh dd md mmm mg ei pp lt KL d iind Cancel OK At the top you will see the Set Default Output Device option Select the device you would like to use for multi channel output If your device is not listed in the pop up quit Isadora and make sure that your drivers are properly installed and repeat the above process If you only need to route the sound of movies played by the Movie Player you can skip this step Otherwise if you are using the Sound Player actor to play sound and want to route their output to various channels on the external device you should set up the routing for Isadora s sixteen sound channels These channels correspond
544. utput It is an unusual input in that it is automatically set to match the output value each time the add or subtract Isadora Manual 289 trigger inputs are pulsed You can make use this property in two ways first you can click it s title check the Init checkbox and specify an initial value from which the counter will begin counting second you can send a value to it to preload the next value that will be added to or subtracted from e add Adds the value specified by the amount input property to the current value at the output The resulting value is limited by the minimum and maximum properties e sub Subtracts the value specified by the amount input property to the current value at the output The resulting value is limited by the minimum and maximum properties Output Properties e output The current output value of the counter Float to Integer v1 3 Converts a floating point number to an integer with specific rounding options Input Properties e mode Determines how the floating point number is converted to an integer floor rounds down to the next lowest integer ceiling rounds up to the next highest integer while round rounds up to the next highest integer only if the digits after the decimal point is 0 5 or greater e in The floating point input value Output Properties e out The resulting integer value Isadora Manual 290 Freeze video in video out freeze agrab bypass Freezes a video i
545. uts to the output Input Properties e select Each time this value changes the value at the corresponding input property value 1 value 2 etc is sent to the output e values Sets the number of values in the list Increase this value to add input values decrease it to remove input values e value 1 value 2 etc Specifies values in the table Each time that a new value is arrives to the select input the corresponding input value value 1 value 2 etc is sent to the value out output Output Properties e value out The value from the table as chosen by the select input Take Snapshot Take Snapshot trigger E EN Store a new snapshot of the input values of all actors in the current scene when triggered This actor simulates choosing Take Snapshot command from the Scenes menu For more on Snapshots see the section entitled Storing and Recalling Scenes With Snapshots on page 101 Isadora Manual 413 Input Properties e trigger A new snapshot of the input values of all actors in the current scene is taken when this input is triggered The new snapshot will appear at the end of the snapshot list at the top of the Scene Editor window Tap Tempo trig in d bpm out average hertz out Measures the tempo of incoming triggers Input Properties e trig in Each time this input is triggered the rate is calculated in Beats Per Minute bpm and Hertz cycles per second and sent to the corresponding outpu
546. uts should be set to the same value However interesting results can be achieved by setting them to two different values Technically Motion Blur maintains an output buffer that is initially black As each new frame of video arrives at the video in input a percentage of it specified by the accum amt input is added to the buffer Simultaneously the output buffer is darkened by an amount specified by the decay amt input Input Properties e video in The video input stream e accum amt How much of the incoming video stream will be added to the buffer expressed as a percentage from 0 to 100 Lower values mean that new frames of video will have less influence on the existing image e decay amt How fast the output buffer will tend to darken expressed as a percentage from 0 to 100 Higher values mean that the buffer will decay to black faster e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The blurred video output stream Isadora Manual 335 Mouse Watcher modifers horz pos imit horz lt vert pos imit vert trigger Outputs the current position of the mouse optionally choosing to see changes in position when specific modifier keys are held down Input Properties e modifiers Specifies the modifier keys that must be held down before mouse movement will be seen by this w
547. valid video image is present at the video input e intensity Sets the brightness or transparency of the image from O to 100 See blend input for a complete description e zoom Scales the image from O to 1000 of its normal size e keep aspect v1 2 When turned on the aspect of the incoming video stream will be used to determine the aspect ratio of the rectangle into which the image is rendered The resulting image will be letterboxed horizontally or vertically as needed When turned off or when no video input is present the aspect ratio of the rectangle defaults to 4 3 e img count When creating multiple copies of the frame using the add img input determines the maximum number of objects that can be created How long each object will actually be visible is determined by the lifespan input e lifespan Determines how long an object will live after it has been created by triggering the add img input An object grows darker and or more transparent depending on the blend input as it approaches the end of its lifespan e brt override Used when created multiple copies of the image to override the brightness of objects as they grow older For example if the lifespan of the objects is two seconds and a particular object is one second old it would normally be 50 brightness But if you set the brt override to 1 sec this Isadora Manual 215 object would be rendered at 100 brightness How many objects the override will affect is de
548. value will be 33 4 one third of the way between 0 and 100 The left trig level and right trig level input properties also determine when the left trig and right trig outputs will send a trigger Each time the output level goes above these minimums a trigger will be sent out of the corresponding output This allows you to trigger events based on the volume of the sound Input Properties e channel The live audio input channel that will be measured See the Live Capture Settings window on Page 170 for more information on configuring live capture Isadora Manual 403 e left min level The level that must be exceeded before the left volume level will be sent to the left output from 0 to 100 percent e right min level The level that must be exceeded before the right volume level will be sent to the left output from 0 to 100 percent left trig level Whenever the left output level goes above this value a trigger will be sent out of the left trig output e right trig level Whenever the right output level goes above this value a trigger will be sent out of the right trig output Output Properties e left level Sends the current volume level of the left sound input channel from O to 100 percent This output will change only when the level is above the value specified in the left min input property Note that if the left min level is greater than 0 this value is scaled see above for details e right level Sends the curre
549. ve actor considers the intensity of the source scene the output value for channel 1 will smoothly transition from 100 to 25 over the 10 second cross fade time Scene 1 s intensity is lowering as it fades out Scene 2 s intensity is increasing while it fades in The other key feature of the Matrix Value Receive actor is the ability to map input channels to output channels Consider the following MVR actor Matrix Value Receive port output min in chan new msg max in chan min out chan max out chan min out value max out value prefix num fmt max digits frac digits lead zeroes separator postfix master Isadora Manual 320 The min in chan and max in chan inputs specify the range of inputs channels to which this MVR actor will listen In this example they are set to 1 and 5 indicating that messages sent to other channels will be ignored The min out chan and max out chan outputs define the range of output channels that will be generated by the actor in this case output channels 20 through 24 five channels total With this setup double click the body of the actor to open the Edit Channel Map dialog Edit Channel Map Input Output Channels Ww P PA A e Ww L N A Set Defaults Cancel OK When you first create the actor the default settings define a one to one mapping input 1 is output to channel 20 input 2 to channel 21 etc Using this editor you can map any input channel
550. ve made your first Isadora scene Take note of a few things before you quit this lesson e When the movie gets to the end it automatically jumps back to the beginning and continues playing from there By default the Movie Player actor loops movies in this way e As mentioned above a link is red when no data is flowing through it green when data is flowing through it This color coding helps you visualize when how data moves through an Isadora Scene Isadora Manual 33 Tutorial 2 Changing Actor Settings As you can see both the Movie Player and the Projector actors have a list of numbers and titles along both the left and right sides of the modules The values along the left side are input properties they determine what the actor does when its scene is activated or allow data to flow into the actor The actor outputs information through the output properties along its right side There are two basic ways to change the setting of a property either with the keyboard or the mouse Let s start by changing some input property values in the Movie Player using the keyboard e Close any currently open Isadora documents Then choose File gt Open and locate the file called Tutorial 2 in the Isadora Tutorials folder e On your system it may be that Isadora won t automatically find the one media file in this document dancer mov If so a file selection dialog will appear that looks like this Locate Missing Media Fi
551. ved Input Properties e port The MIDI port on which the message will be sent These port numbers correspond to the Destinations shown in the MIDI Setup dialog e channel The MIDI Channel on which the message will be sent e program The Program Change message s program number from 0 to 16383 e trigger Sends a MIDI Pitch Bend message with the values specified by the other input properties each time a trigger is received on this input Isadora Manual 383 Send Raw MIDI Sends a MIDI message without any error checking for formatting each time a trigger is received The message may contain variable values To specify the contents of the raw MIDI message double click this actor s icon A dialog allowing you to edit the System Exclusive message will appear Edit Raw MID Message 90 pO pl 91 p2 p3 Cancel o Message data must be entered in hexadecimal There is no error checking done on this data You should have a clear understanding of the MIDI specification if you intend to use this actor as you MIDI devices may become confused or even freeze if they receive invalid data You can insert up to nine variable values in the message by using the codes P1 P9 instead of a valid hexadecimal number After you do this you should then set the params input to the desired number of variable parameters and the specified number of parameter value inputs will appear e g param 1 param 2 etc When a message is sent the code
552. ven User Actor could be placed inside itself This is no longer allowed in v1 3 and later because it would lead to an infinite loop when attempting to update the actors If you attempt to double click a pre v1 3 User Actor that contains embedded references to itself you will see the following dialog lt This User Actor contains recursive references to Z itself Do you want to update the embedded User bh Actor references Isadora no longer allows User Actors to be recursively embedded within themselves If you choose Update the internal IDs of the embedded User Actors will be updated making them distinct from their parents and preventing any recursive references If you choose Cancel the User Actor Editor will not be opened If you choose Update the embedded User Actors will be converted to the new format and assigned a new unique identifier to ensure they are distinct from the parent User Actor User Actors Files Before and After v1 3 Prior to version 1 3 Isadora User Actors files were saved with the extension iza The extension for 1 3 and later User Actors is iua Isadora User Actor Isadora will continue to load Global User Actors in the Global User Actor Folder with the iza extension You can also use the Place command to add iza files to your document But all newly created User Actor files will have the extension iua to indicate that they are saved in the new fo
553. verts individual RGB components to their corresponding hue saturation and brightness values Input Properties e red The red component of the color from 0 to 255 e green The green component of the color from 0 to 255 e blue The blue component of the color from 0 to 255 Output Properties e hue The hue of the color expressed as in degrees from 0 to 360 Useful values are 0 red 60 yellow 120 green 180 aqua 240 blue 300 purple e saturation The saturation of the color expressed as a percentage from O to 100 Higher values yield more saturated colors brightness The brightness of the color expressed as a percentage from 0 to 100 A value of 0 is black higher values represent a brighter color Resizable Bkg horz size video out vert size force 4 3 bkg color Generates a video stream with a solid color at a specific horizontal and vertical resolution The Background Color actor generates a solid color video stream at the default resolution specified by in the Video Tab of the Preferences This actor allows you to generate a video stream of any resolution Input Properties e bkg color This determines the color of the output video stream There are two ways to specify the color first if you click on the colored square to the left of the title bkg color a standard color picker dialog will appear Or you may connect the output of the Color Maker actor to the bkg color input Isadora Manual 370 e
554. w mean the same thing Matches one or more characters in character_set see below Matches exactly one character in character _set Matches any sequence of characters possibly none at all up to and including a CR LF then matches all following CR LF characters This can be used to match the remainder of a line of text Please note that for the text versions of actors that parse input data the use of the delimiter character makes this element a little bit ambiguous You may want to avoid this with the text actor for the time being unless you are sure you want to use it if all you want to do is say this input data ends with a linebreak consider using the text actor with the eom char input parameter instead Matches a sequence of n bytes of any value If n is left out 1 is assumed byte and bytes all mean the same thing Matches one or more characters in byte_set see below Matches exactly one character in byte_set Matches some number of bytes in the input data and extracts integer bitfields from the matched bytes This can be used to read bitfields from binary integers The type specifies the endianness of the matched integer is optional and is either B or L Default if not specified is B See below for more details 190 Data Input Elements String Some characters or character sequences in a string inside single or double quotes have special meaning This matches any cha
555. which will return you to the User Actor editor If you choose Revert all of the changes you ve made since opening this User Actor editor will be discarded You can actually get the changes back one step at a time by choosing Edit gt Redo Further details regarding all of these choices can be found in the section below entitled Saving the User Actor after an Edit Considerations for User Actors Created Before v1 3 User Actors created prior to version 1 3 of Isadora do not have the unique identifier that allows the automatic User Actor synchronization described above In essence User Actors created before 1 3 function as what are now called Macros when you close the editor for a pre v1 3 User Actor you will notice that no dialog box will appear asking if you d like to Save amp Update All etc This is because Isadora cannot identify which User Actors are instances of the User Actor you ve just edited In other words you can continue to use and edit pre v1 3 User Actors as you did in previous versions of the program Isadora Manual 94 But you may want to update the User Actors in your document to make the new features available To do this simply select the User Actor and choose Actors gt Update User Actor to New Format No Recursive References Allowed Because pre v1 3 User Actors did not offer the Save amp Update All feature you were allowed to recursively reference those actors i e a copy of a gi
556. will start For example with a movie that was 60 seconds long a play start of 50 and a play length of 10 would indicate that the play segment would start 30 seconds into the movie and be 6 seconds long You can choose to play this segment continuously by turning the loop enable property on The green bar at the bottom of the actor shows the play segment in bright green The thin yellow line that moves across that bright green bar indicates the current movie position Isadora Manual 337 Note that the Movie Player actor does not output video to a Stage Instead it produces a video stream that can be connected to other video manipulation actors or that can be connected to the Projector actor to show the video on Stage Input Properties movie The number of the movie you want to play as shown in the Media Window When the number of a valid movie is entered here its name will appear to the right of the number visible When turned on the movie plays and the resulting video stream is sent out of the video out output When turned off the movie stops playing and is unloaded from memory speed The speed of the movie from 10 to 10 times normal speed The default setting is 1 0 which plays the movie forward at normal speed 0 5 would play the movie forward at half speed 2 0 plays the movie forward at twice normal speed Negative values play the movie in reverse position Jumps to the specified position within the play segment whenev
557. will be compared to the key top key bottom inputs to used to create the mask for the image e key top Specifies the top of the range of brightness that will allow you to see the foreground image Used in conjunction with the key src input e key bottom Specifies the bottom of the range of brightness that will allow you to see the foreground image Used in conjunction with the key src input Isadora Manual 317 softness Determines how hard the edge between the foreground and background images is Experiment to see what setting looks best e alpha When turned off the output is a standard RGB video image with no transparency When turned on the output image is encoded with an alpha channel ARGB based causing the image to be transparent where the foreground brightness falls between the key top and key bottom inputs Or the inverse of this if the inverse input is turned on The Projector actor will respect this alpha mask when compositing images on the stage For more information on this using alpha channels see Compositing with the Projector on Page 140 e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The resulting keyed video image Math Allows you to perform higher math operations on a single floating point number Input Properties e mode Indicates the math func
558. will shift from the start color to the mid color and then to the end color over the duration of the fade in hold and fade out times e start color Starting color of the object being drawn defines the initial color of the object when its created If the color shift input is on the particle will change its color based on the start color mid color and end color as well as the fade in hold and fade out times e mid color Defines the middle color of the object being drawn during its hold time between the end of the fade in and the beginning of the fade out times Only used if color shift input is on e end color Ending color of the object being drawn defines the color of the object when it reaches the end of the fade out time Only used if color shift input is on e fade in time Specifies the duration of the fade in The brightness or intensity of this object increases from zero to the value specified in the intensity input over the duration specified by this input e hold time Specifies the duration of the hold time After the fade in time is complete this input specifies how long the object will maintain its full intensity as specified by the intensity input e fade out time Specifies the duration of the fade out The intensity of this object decreases from the full intensity specified by the intensity input to zero over the duration specified by this input e inten override When the override width input is gr
559. witch to the User Actor Group and the new actor will appear be shown there You can only add a User Actor to the Local Toolbox if there is not an actor with that name already in the Toolbox Isadora will warn you with an alert box if the name is already in use and you can choose to replace the actor or cancel Otherwise make sure actor names are visible and then choose Actors gt Rename Actor A text edit box will appear Type the new unique name and press the Return key Then follow the procedure above to add the User Actor To Remove a User Actor from the Toolbox e In the Toolbox click on the User Actor you want to remove Below the Toolbox a small trashcan will appear e Move the cursor to the trash can the cursor will change into a downward pointing arrow e Click on the trashcan The User Actor will be removed from the Toolbox To Save an Individual User Actor to Disk You may want to share a User Actor with another Isadora user To facilitate this you can save an individual User Actor Isadora Manual 100 e Select the User Actor e Choose Actors gt Save User Actor A save file dialog will appear e Using the file dialog name your user actor and chose the place to which it will be saved Then click OK e Note that if the User Actor you are saving was created prior to v1 3 it will be converted to the new format and saved with a new unique identifier To Bring a Saved User Actor into the Scene Editor If y
560. with Isadora First you must have capture hardware that allows Isadora to see the video coming into your computer On contemporary Macintoshes the Fire Wire input is the most ubiquitous way to input video Fire Wire aka iLink or IEEE1484 is also becoming common on Windows machines In addition there are various capture boards PC Cards for laptops USB video capture devices etc Any of these can be used with Isadora as long as you have installed drivers that allow them to be seen by QuickTime On the Macintosh this is pretty much a given On Windows machines it is may be somewhat more difficult to configure When using capture boards or other external video capture hardware the installation procedure varies from vendor to vendor Follow their instructions to install the video input hardware on your system Isadora Manual 38 Here s how to create a simple patch that will allow you to show live video on Isadora s stage e You should start by making sure that Isadora is not running If it is quit it before connecting your camera e First connect your video camera or VCR to the video the video capture device on your computer For computers with Fire Wire inputs you would connect your digital video camera s Fire Wire output to the computer s Fire Wire input Most other capture devices accept an analog video input If this is the case connect the analog output of your camera often a yellow RCA phono plug to the analog v
561. wn within a source video image Panner is the cousin of the Zoomer actor the results are similar but the way in which you control the panning is slightly different You start by giving the width and height of the source rectangle that is the rectangle that determines how much of the source image you will see You can visualize this by looking at the graphic in the center of the actor The green area is the size of the frame the light green rectangle is the portion that you can see You then control the panning by manipulating the horz and vert properties This moves the source rectangle around within the source video image controlling which part of the source image you See at the output Note that the lower the values of the width and height properties the more you will be able to pan This is because more of the source image is left over again use the graphic in the center of the actor to visualize this Input Properties e video in The video input stream e width Specifies how much of the source image you will see horizontally from 0 to 100 percent of the source image s width The smaller this value the more zoomed in you are horizontally e height Specifies how much of the source image you will see vertically from O to 100 percent of the source image s height The smaller this value the more zoomed in you are vertically e horz Specifies the horizontal position of pan from O to 100 percent H
562. wning Scene operates Additionally for User Actors you have the option of updating all other instances of this actor to match the changes you ve just made or to create a new unique instance of the actor that is distinct from the previous versions User Actors are an advanced feature you may want to review the User Actor tutorial in the Tutorials section to fully understand how they work User Actor Synchronization Feature v1 3 As of version 1 3 you are able to automatically synchronize all copies of a given User Actor after you ve made changes to it This allows you to easily ensure the functionality a given User Actor is the same throughout an Isadora document Whenever a new User Actor is created it is assigned a unique identifier Each User Actor with the same identifier is called an instance in other words a kind of copy of the master User Actor This identifier is maintained for all instances of the User Actor whether it is created by copying and pasting or by dragging it into the Scene Editor from the Toolbox Whenever you make a change to one instance of a given User Actor you are given the opportunity to automatically update all instances 1 e all copies with the same unique identifier throughout document and in the toolboxes so that they match the newly edited version Any existing links into or out of the User Actor are maintained as long as the corresponding User Input or Output was not deleted and if the typ
563. wo If Display Value is turned off this setting has no effect Isadora Manual 453 e Color Sets color of the dial When you click the color box a Color Picker control will appear allowing you to choose the new color Edit Text v1 1 some text Allows the user to enter text which can be sent to any property input that accepts text Settings Dialog Control Settings Control Title Edit Text 1 Width 64 Height 32 Font Geneva L i Style Bold italic Underline Font Size 9 Show Value of Linked Properties Control ID 2 initial Text Horiz Alignment center L i Color ct Control Properties e Control Title The title used to identify this control e Width The width of the number control Height The height of the number control e Font Popup menu selects the font used to draw text for this control e Bold Italic Underline When checked uses the bold italic or underline variations of the specified font e Font Size Sets the size font used to draw text for this control e Show Value of Linked Properties This setting has no effect for the Monitor Actor e Control ID This number is used to identify the control when linking it to actor properties When this control s value changes because a user clicked in the control a message giving the Control ID and the control s value is broadcast to the active Scene Any actor properties that are linked to this Isadora Manual 45
564. would normally be 50 brightness But if you set the brt override to 1 sec this object would be rendered at 100 brightness How many objects the override will affect is determined by the override wid input e override wid Used in conjunction with brt override input this value determines how far the brightness override will extend Setting this to a higher value means that the brightness of more objects will be affected e x y z rotation Rotates the image around its x y or Z axis e x y z translate Translates the image along the x y or z axis e img x y z offset When creating multiple copies of the frame using the add img input these values determine how far the new object will travel along each axis each second e x y z The location in space of the center of the image e width The width of the object expressed as a percentage of its normal width Oe 200 would be twice as wide as normal e height The height of the object expressed as a percentage of its normal height i e 200 would be twice as wide as normal e max width n a e max height n a e horz ref Determines from which edge the rectangle will be drawn as the width input is changed When set to center the image grows from the middle when set to left the image grows to the right when set to right the image grows to the left e vert ref Determines from which edge the rectangle will be drawn as the height input is changed When set to center the
565. x e Choose Output gt Show Stages Note that you won t see anything yet as the input to Projector hasn t been linked to anything yet e Move the up and down As you do the image on the Stage crossfades from one video to the other The Video Mixer actor fades between two video sources When its mix amount property is 0 you see only the video stream arriving at its video in 1 input As the value increases you see more and more of video in 2 until you reach 100 when the video from that input is all that you see Luminance Key e Activate the Scene called Luminance by clicking on it In it you will find two Movie Player actors a Projector actor and an actor we haven t seen yet called Luminance Key e So that you know what imagery you are dealing with link the video out of the top Movie Player to the video in of the Projector You should see a dancer moving on a black background Choose Edit gt Undo to undo the link Do the same with the video out of the bottom Movie Player You should see some bubbles floating on a blue background Again choose Edit gt Undo to remove the link e Now connect the video out of the Luminance Key to the video in of the Projector What you will see on the Stage is the dancer superimposed on the bubbles What the Luminance Key actor does is combine two images You specify a range of brightness in its key top and key bottom properties Where the foreground video stream is within this range
566. xy 1 y for the vertical To receive messages from this controller you would add those two OSC addresses using OSC Stream section of the Stream Setup If you use the Auto Detect Input option you don t even have to know the OSC addresses that the external software or hardware is using they will be automatically added to the list as soon as Isadora receives them Then you could set the port numbers for these two messages to 10 and 11 respectively After closing the editor you would add two OSC Listeners to your patch one listening to port 10 the other listening to port 11 The information sent by the XY Pad would then be received by these two actors Manually Adding OSC Addresses Isadora v1 3 allows you to manually add Open Sound Control addresses in the OSC Stream Editor To add an Open Sound Control address manually 1 Choose Communications gt Stream Setup Isadora Manual 178 2 Click on the Stream Select popup menu and choose the OSC option 3 Click the plus symbol in the bottom left corner of the Stream Setup window A new entry will appear in the list with the default name osc_address 4 Click in the text box for the new entry and type in your OSC address The address that you type must exactly match that used software or hardware sending messages to Isadora Automatically Adding OSC Addresses Isadora also allows you to automatically add items to the list whenever an OSC message is received To a
567. y the front side will be rendered e depth test Enables or disables depth testing when rendering this image When turned on the depth z coordinate of this object image is taken into account when rendering the object other 3D objects images that are in front of this object will obscure it When turned off the layer input is used to determine whether or not this object will be obscured by other objects in the scene e draw mode Determines if drawing will occur when no video input is present If the draw mode is Set to always then the object will be drawn whether or not there is a video stream connected to the video in input if there is no video stream the object will appear as a white rectangle When set to vid in the object will only be drawn if there is a valid video stream e img scale Scales the image on the mesh Numbers less than 1 zoom in numbers greater than 1 will generate multiple repeats of the image e shift horiz Shifts the image left or right on the mesh e shift vert Shifts the image up and down on the mesh e x y z rotation Rotates the mesh around its x y or z axis e x y z translate Translates the mesh along the x y or z axis Isadora Manual 202 3D Mosaic v1 3 render back vertices vertex rot cols TOWS h space v space x rotation y rotation z rotation x transtate y translate z translate trk atk ris v mag size v mag z amt v mag zoom track 1 h mag pos 1 v mag pos 1 track 2
568. ying at the same time Being able to interrupt a sound that is currently playing and being able to play two sounds simultaneously are both useful depending on what you are trying to do Just know that if you have a sound that 1s cutting out unexpectedly it s probably because you are playing two sounds on the same Sound Channel Tutorial 7 Using Scenes Scenes are a powerful feature of Isadora They allow you to create several complicated setups and instantly switch between them either by manually clicking on the scenes or by using triggers from the outside world This is useful when you are creating pieces with multiple sections that have different interactive setups In this tutorial we will illustrate several methods of working with Scenes e Close any currently open Isadora documents Then choose File gt Open and locate the file called Tutorial 7 in the Isadora Tutorials folder located in the same folder as your Isadora application e Choose Output gt Show Stages so that the stage is visible 29 66 In the Scene List you will see three scenes label one two and three None of them are active because the default behavior is to start with all scenes deactivated when opening a file Activate the scene labeled one by clicking on it e After you activate the first scene you will see its actors appear in the Scene Editor You should also see a movie being played in the Stage window e Press
569. ype you can select it in this menu The other choices are e Match Property Integer Float Trigger On Off Video Movie File Audio File Picture File MIDI File 3D File e Integer sends receives an integer number e no digits after the decimal point e Float sends receives a floating point number e a number that can have numbers after the decimal point e Trigger sends receives a trigger e On Off sends receives an integer value that is either on 1 or off 0 e Video sends receives video e Movie Audio Picture MIDI 3D File sends receives an integer number that represents the number of an object in the Media Window The name of the file is displayed with the number Isadora Manual 57 In this case we don t need to change the Data Type of our User Input and Output so you can leave it set to Match Property To close the editor for your User Actor choose File gt Close In version 1 3 and later following dialog will appear Confirm User Actor Edit Changes to User Actor User Actor have not been saved Ae This dialog allows you to specify how other copies of this User Actor will be e s k updated to match the changes you have just made Click More Info for details emm Revert Cancel Convert To Macro New Instance Save amp Update All Choose Save amp Update All to save this User Actor Normally this would update all other copies of your User Actor to match the cha
570. ze your controls the Control Panel Editor has a Grid Snap feature that allows you to define a grid to which controls will be aligned You can tell if grid snapping is on or off by looking at the Grid Snap On item in the Controls menu it will have a checkmark next to it if snapping is on To turn grid snapping on or off e Choose Controls gt Grid Snap On The grid snap feature will turn on if it was off or vice versa To change the size of the grid e Choose Controls gt Edit Grid Settings The following dialog will appear Control Grid Settings Horizontal Grid SECH Vertical Grid 24 M Snap Width amp Height Width Snap Offset 2 Snap Width 22 Height Snap Offset 3 Snap Height 22 Cancel OK The Horizontal Grid and Vertical Grid settings determine the grid to which the top left corner of the control will be snapped If the Snap Width and Height checkbox is on then the object s size will be snapped when you resize it The Width Snap Offset and Height Snap Offset values are subtracted from the Horizontal and Vertical Grid values to determine the width and height to which controls will be snapped The resulting width and height will be shown next to the Width Snap Offset and Height Snap Offset respectively Changing a Control s Settings Each control has settings that determine its characteristics including its visual operation mode of operation and most importantly its Control ID The Control

Isadora Manual v1.3 08-19-2013

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents